Advanced User Guide

Affinity

Building Automation
HVAC/R drive

Part Number: 0474-0011-03

Issue: 3
 Original Instructions
For the purposes of compliance with the EU Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, the English version of this manual is the Original Instructions. Manuals
in other languages are Translations of the Original Instructions.

Documentation
Manuals are available to download from the following locations: http://www.drive-setup.com/ctdownloads

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing and does not form part of any contract. The manufacturer
reserves the right to change the specification of the product and its performance, and the contents of the manual, without notice.

Warranty and Liability

In no event and under no circumstances shall the manufacturer be liable for damages and failures due to misuse, abuse, improper installation, or
abnormal conditions of temperature, dust, or corrosion, or failures due to operation outside the published ratings. The manufacturer is not liable for
consequential and incidental damages. Contact the supplier of the drive for full details of the warranty terms.

Environmental policy
Control Techniques Ltd operates an Environmental Management System (EMS) that conforms to the International Standard ISO 14001.

Further information on our Environmental Policy can be found at: http://www.drive-setup.com/environment

Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)

The products covered by this manual comply with European and International regulations on the Restriction of Hazardous Substances including EU
directive 2011/65/EU and the Chinese Administrative Measures for Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products.

Disposal and Recycling (WEEE)

When electronic products reach the end of their useful life, they must not be disposed of along with domestic waste but should be recycled
by a specialist recycler of electronic equipment. Control Techniques products are designed to be easily dismantled into their major
component parts for efficient recycling. The majority of materials used in the product are suitable for recycling.
Product packaging is of good quality and can be re-used. Large products are packed in wooden crates. Smaller products are packaged
in strong cardboard cartons which have a high recycled fibre content. Cartons can be re-used and recycled. Polythene, used in protective
film and bags for wrapping the product, can be recycled. When preparing to recycle or dispose of any product or packaging, please
observe local legislation and best practice.
REACH legislation
EC Regulation 1907/2006 on the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and restriction of Chemicals (REACH) requires the supplier of an article to
inform the recipient if it contains more than a specified proportion of any substance which is considered by the European Chemicals Agency (ECHA)
to be a Substance of Very High Concern (SVHC) and is therefore listed by them as a candidate for compulsory authorisation.

Further information on our compliance with REACH can be found at: http://www.drive-setup.com/reach

Registered Office

Nidec Control Techniques Ltd

The Gro
Newtown
Powys
SY16 3BE
UK
Registered in England and Wales. Company Reg. No. 01236886.

Copyright
The contents of this publication are believed to be correct at the time of printing. In the interests of a commitment to a policy of continuous development
and improvement, the manufacturer reserves the right to change the specification of the product or its performance, or the contents of the guide, without
notice.
All rights reserved. No parts of this guide may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electrical or mechanical including
photocopying, recording or by an information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Copyright © April 2018 Nidec Control Techniques Ltd

 Contents
1 Parameter structure.......................................................................................................5
1.1 Menu 0 ...................................................................................................................................................5
1.2 Advanced menus ...................................................................................................................................8
1.3 Solutions Modules .................................................................................................................................8
1.4 Drive and Building Automation Network (BAN) Interface software version ...........................................8
2 Keypad and display .......................................................................................................9
2.1 Understanding the display .....................................................................................................................9
2.2 Keypad operation ..................................................................................................................................9
2.3 Status mode ........................................................................................................................................10
2.4 Parameter view mode ..........................................................................................................................10
2.5 Edit mode ............................................................................................................................................10
2.6 Parameter access level and security ...................................................................................................12
2.7 Alarm and trip display ..........................................................................................................................13
2.8 Keypad control mode ...........................................................................................................................13
2.9 Drive reset ...........................................................................................................................................13
2.10 Second motor parameters ...................................................................................................................13
3 Parameter x.00 .............................................................................................................14
3.1 Parameter x.00 reset ...........................................................................................................................14
3.2 Saving parameters in drive EEPROM .................................................................................................14
3.3 Loading defaults ..................................................................................................................................15
3.4 SMARTCARD transfers .......................................................................................................................15
3.5 Display non-default values or destination parameters .........................................................................15
4 Typical parameter description format .......................................................................16
4.1 Parameter ranges and variable maximums: ........................................................................................17
4.2 Sources and destinations ....................................................................................................................20
4.3 Update rates ........................................................................................................................................20
5 Advanced parameter descriptions.............................................................................22
5.1 Overview ..............................................................................................................................................22
5.2 Feature look-up table ...........................................................................................................................23
5.3 Menu 1: Frequency/speed reference ...................................................................................................26
5.4 Menu 2: Ramps ...................................................................................................................................40
5.5 Menu 3: Speed feedback and speed control .......................................................................................49
5.6 Menu 4: Torque and current control ....................................................................................................60
5.7 Menu 5: Motor control ..........................................................................................................................77
5.8 Menu 6: Sequencer and clock .............................................................................................................95
5.9 Menu 7: Analog I/O ............................................................................................................................111
5.10 Menu 8: Digital I/O .............................................................................................................................122
5.11 Menu 9: Programmable logic, motorized pot and binary sum ...........................................................130
5.12 Menu 10: Status and trips ..................................................................................................................140
5.13 Menu 11: General drive set-up ..........................................................................................................159
5.14 Menu 12: Threshold detectors, variable selectors and brake control function ...................................172
5.15 Menu 13: Not used ............................................................................................................................184
5.16 Menu 14: Advanced process PID ......................................................................................................186
5.17 Menus 15 and 16: Solutions Module slots .........................................................................................200
5.18 Menu 17: Building Automation Interface ............................................................................................201
5.19 Menu 18: Application menu 1 ............................................................................................................207
5.20 Menu 19: Application menu 2 ............................................................................................................208
5.21 Menu 20: Application menu 3 ............................................................................................................209
5.22 Menu 21: Second motor parameters .................................................................................................210
5.23 Menu 22: Additional menu 0 set-up ...................................................................................................217
5.24 32 bit parameters ...............................................................................................................................218
6 PC communications protocol...................................................................................219
6.1 ANSI communications protocol ..........................................................................................................219

Affinity Advanced User Guide 3

Issue Number: 3
 6.2 CT Modbus RTU specification .......................................................................................................... 221
7 Building Automation Network ................................................................................. 226
7.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 226
7.2 BACnet ............................................................................................................................................. 226
7.3 Metasys N2 ....................................................................................................................................... 230
8 Performance .............................................................................................................. 234
8.1 Digital speed reference ..................................................................................................................... 234
8.2 Analog reference .............................................................................................................................. 234
8.3 Analog outputs .................................................................................................................................. 234
8.4 Digital inputs and outputs ................................................................................................................. 234
8.5 Current feedback .............................................................................................................................. 235
8.6 Bandwidth ......................................................................................................................................... 235
9 Rotor Flux Control (RFC) mode............................................................................... 236
9.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 236
9.2 Setting up the RFC mode ................................................................................................................. 236
9.3 Further Tuning .................................................................................................................................. 236

4 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

1 Parameter structure 1.1 Menu 0

Menu 0 has up to 19 fixed parameters and 40 programmable parameters
The drive parameter structure consists of menus and parameters. that are defined in menu 11 and menu 22. Menu 0 parameters are
The drive initially powers up so that only menu 0 can be viewed. The up copies of advanced menu parameters, and although these parameters
and down arrow buttons are used to navigate between parameters and are accessible via drive serial comms, they are not accessible to any
once level 2 access (L2) has been enabled in Pr 0.49, and the left and Solutions Modules. All menu 0 read/write parameters are saved on
right buttons are used to navigate between menus. For further exiting the edit mode. Table 1-1 gives the default structure for each drive
information, see section 2.6 Parameter access level and security on type setting. Where alternative parameters are selected with motor map
page 12. 2 from menu 21 these are shown below the motor map 1 parameters.
Figure 1-1 Parameter navigation Figure 1-3 Menu 0 cloning‘

Menu 2

2.21 5
Menu 0
* *
Menu 1
0.04 5
0.05 0
0.06 150
1.14 0

Menu 4

* can only be used to move between menus if L2 access has

been enabled (Pr 0.49).
4.07 150
The menus and parameters roll over in both directions; i.e. if the last
parameter is displayed, a further press will cause the display to rollover
and show the first parameter.
When changing between menus the drive remembers which parameter
was last viewed in a particular menu and thus displays that parameter.
Figure 1-2 Menu structure

Menu 20 enu 2
Menu 41 Menu 0 Menu 1 M

....XX.00....
41.51 1.50
41.50
0.50
0.49 1.49
41.49
0.48 1.48
41.48
0.47 1.47
41.47 1.46
41.46
0.46

Moves
between
parameters

41.05 0.05 1.05

41.04 0.04 1.04
41.03 0.03 1.03
41.02 0.02 1.02
41.01 0.01 1.01

Moves between Menus

Affinity Advanced User Guide 5

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Menu 0 is used to bring together various commonly used parameters for basic easy set up of the drive. All the parameters in menu 0 appear in other
menus in the drive (denoted by {…}).
Menus 11 and 22 can be used to change most of the parameters in menu 0. Menu 0 can also contain up to 59 parameters by setting up menu 22.
Table 1-1 Menu 0 parameters

Range() Default()
Parameter
OL RFC OL RFC
0.00 xx.00 {x.00} 0 to 32,767 0
±SPEED_LIMIT_
0.01 Minimum reference clamp {1.07} ±3,000.0Hz 0.0
MAX Hz/rpm
SPEED_LIMIT_ EUR> 50.0 EUR> 1,500.0
0.02 Maximum reference clamp {1.06} 0 to 3,000.0Hz
MAX Hz/rpm USA> 60.0 USA> 1800.0
0.0 to 3,200.0 0.000 to 3,200.000 EUR> 40.0 EUR> 13.333
0.03 Acceleration rate {2.11}
s/100Hz s/1,000rpm USA> 33.3 USA> 11.111
0.0 to 3,200.0 0.000 to 3,200.000 EUR> 40.0 EUR> 13.333
0.04 Deceleration rate {2.21}
s/100Hz s/1,000rpm USA> 33.3 USA> 11.111
0.05 Reference select {1.14} A1.A2 (0), A1.Pr (1), A2.Pr (2), Pr (3), PAd (4), Prc (5) A1.A2 (0)
0.06 Current limit {4.07} 0 to CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX % 110
Ur_S (0),
OL> Voltage mode select {5.14} Ur (1), Fd (2), Ur_Auto (3), Fd (2)
0.07 Ur_I (4), SrE (5)
0.0000 to 6.5535
RFC> Speed controller P gain {3.10} 0.0300
1/rad s-1
Size 1 to 3: 3.0
0.0 to 25.0% of motor
OL> Voltage boost {5.15} Size 4 & 5: 2.0
0.08 rated voltage
Size 6: 1.0
RFC> Speed controller I gain {3.11} 0.00 to 655.35 1/rad 0.10
OL> Dynamic V/F {5.13} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0)
0.09 0.00000 to
RFC> Speed controller D gain {3.12} 0.00000
0.65535 (s)
OL> Estimated motor speed {5.04} ±180,000 rpm
0.10
RFC> Motor speed {3.02} ±SPEED_MAX rpm
0.11 Drive output frequency {5.01} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz ±1250 Hz
0.12 Total motor current {4.01} 0 to DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX A
0.13 Percentage load {4.20} ±USER_CURRENT_MAX %
FASt (0)
FASt (0)
0.14 Ramp mode select {2.04} Std (1) Std (1)
Std (1)
Std.hV (2)
0.15 Sleep/wake threshold {6.53} ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm 0.0
0.16 Sleep/wake delay time {6.54} 0.0 to 250.0 s 10.0
0.17 RFC> Current demand filter 1 {4.12} 0.0 to 25.0 ms 0.0
0.18 Spin start boost {5.40} 0.0 to 10.0 1.0
0-20 (0), 20-0 (1), 4-20tr (2), 20-4tr (3),
0.19 Analog input 2 mode {7.11} 4-20 (4)
4-20 (4), 20-4 (5), VOLt (6)
0.20 Analog input 2 destination {7.14} Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99 Pr 1.37
0-20 (0), 20-0 (1), 4-20tr (2), 20-4tr (3),
0.21 Analog input 3 mode {7.15} 4-20 (4), 20-4 (5), VOLt (6), th.SC (7), VOLt (6)
th (8), th.diSp (9)
0.22 Date {6.16} 0 to 311299
0.23 Time {6.17} 0.00 to 23.59
0.24 Date/Time selector {6.19} 0 to 5 3
0.25 Date format {6.20} Std (0), Std.ds (1), US (2), US.ds (3) EUR> Std (0), USA> US (2)
0.26 Low load detection level {4.27} 0.0 to 100.0 % 0.0
Low load detection speed / frequency
0.27 {4.28} 0.0 to +SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm 0.0
threshold
0.28 Trip on abnormal load detection {4.29} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0)
0.29 SMARTCARD parameter data {11.36} 0 to 999 0
0.30 Parameter cloning {11.42} nonE (0), rEAd (1), Prog (2), AutO (3), boot (4) nonE (0)
0.31 Drive rated voltage {11.33} 200 (0), 400 (1), 575 (2), 690 (3) V
0.32 Drive current scaling {11.32} 0.00 to 9999.99A
0.33 Catch a spinning motor {6.09} 0 to 3 0 to 1 0 1
0.34 User security code {11.30} 0 to 999 0
0.35 PC comms mode {11.24} AnSI (0), rtU (1), Lcd (2) rtU (1)
300 (0), 600 (1), 1200 (2), 2400 (3),
4800 (4), 9600 (5), 19200 (6), 38400 (7),
0.36 PC comms baud rate {11.25} 19200 (6)
57600 (8) Modbus RTU only,
115200 (9) Modbus RTU only
0.37 PC comms address {11.23} 0 to 247 1
0.38 Hold zero speed / Motor pre-heat enable {6.08} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0)
0.39 Motor pre-heat current magnitude {6.52} 0 to 100 % 0
0.40 Autotune {5.12} 0 to 2 0 to 4 0
0.41 Maximum switching frequency {5.18} 3 (0), 4 (1), 6 (2), 8 (3), 12 (4), 16 (5) kHz 3 (0)

6 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Range() Default()
Parameter
OL RFC OL RFC
0.42 No. of motor poles {5.11} 0 to 60 (Auto to 120 pole) 0 (Auto)
0.43 Motor rated power factor {5.10} 0.000 to 1.000 0.850
200V drive: 230
400V drive: EUR> 400, USA> 460
0.44 Motor rated voltage {5.09} 0 to AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX V
575V drive: 575
690V drive: 690
0.00 to EUR> 1,500 EUR> 1,450.00
0.45 Motor rated full load speed (rpm) {5.08} 0 to 180,000 rpm
40,000.00 rpm USA> 1,800 USA> 1,770.00
0.46 Motor rated current {5.07} 0 to RATED_CURRENT_MAX A Drive rated current [11.32]
EUR> 50.0
0.47 Rated frequency {5.06} 0 to 3,000.0 Hz 0 to 1,250.0 Hz
USA> 60.0
0.48 Operating mode selector {11.31} OPEn LP (1), RFC (2), OPEn LP (1) RFC (2)
0.49 Security status {11.44} L1 (0), L2 (1), Loc (2)
0.50 Software version {11.29} 1.00 to 99.99
0.51 Positive logic select {8.29} OFF (0) or On (1) On (1)
0.52 Timer 1 start date {9.35} 0 to 311299 0
0.53 Timer 1 start time {9.36} 0.00 to 23.59 0.00
0.54 Timer 1 stop date {9.37} 0 to 311299 0
0.55 Timer 1 stop time {9.38} 0.00 to 23.59 0.00
0.56 Timer 1 repeat function {9.39} 0 to 6 0
0.57 Timer 1 enable {9.40} OFF (0) or On (1) OFF (0)
0.58 Timer 1 destination {9.43} Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99 Pr 0.00
* Modes 1 and 2 are not user saved, Modes 0, 3 and 4 are user saved

Coding Attribute
OL Open loop
rfc RFC
{X.XX} Cloned / copied advanced parameter
RW Read/write: can be written by the user
RO Read only: can only be read by the user
Bit 1 bit parameter: ‘On’ or ‘OFF’ on the display
Bi Bipolar parameter
Uni Unipolar parameter
Txt Text: the parameter uses text strings instead of numbers.
Filtered: some parameters which can have rapidly changing
FI values are filtered when displayed on the drive keypad for
easy viewing.
Destination: This parameter selects the destination of an
DE
input or logic function.
Rating dependent: this parameter is likely to have different
values and ranges with drives of different voltage and
current ratings. Parameters with this attribute will not be
transferred to the destination drive by SMARTCARDs when
RA
the rating of the destination drive is different from the
source drive and the file is a parameter file. However, the
value will be transferred if only the current rating is different
and the file is a differences from default type file.
Not cloned / copied: not transferred to or from
NC
SMARTCARDs during cloning.
PT Protected: cannot be used as a destination.
User save: parameter saved in drive EEPROM when the
US
user initiates a parameter save.
Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive
EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs. Power-
PS
down save parameters are also saved in drive EEPROM
when the user initiates a parameter save.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 7

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

1.2 Advanced menus

The advanced menus consist of groups or parameters appropriate to a specific function or feature of the drive. These are accessible via the keypad,
drive serial comms and Solutions Modules. Advanced menu parameters can only be saved by setting Pr x.00 to 1000 and applying a reset (except
parameters shown as power-down saved which are saved automatically at power-down). The advanced menus are accessible when the user selects
L2 in Pr 11.44 (Pr 0.49 in menu 0). This can be done even if security is programmed. Pr 11.44 can be saved in EEPROM so that either Menu 0 only,
or Menu 0 and the advanced menus are accessible at power-up.

Menu Function
1 Speed reference selection, limits and filters
2 Ramps
3 Speed sensing thresholds
4 Current control
5 Motor control
6 Sequencer and clock
7 Analog I/O
8 Digital I/O
9 Programmable logic and motorised pot
10 Drive status and trip information
11 Miscellaneous
Programmable threshold, variable selector and brake control
12
function
13 Not used
14 Advanced process PID
15 Slot 1 Solutions Module menu
16 Slot 2 Solutions Module menu
17 Building Automation Network
18 User application menu 1 (saved in drive EEPROM)
19 User application menu 2 (saved in drive EEPROM)
20 User application menu 3 (not saved in drive EEPROM)
21 Second motor map
22 Additional menu 0 set-up

1.3 Solutions Modules

Any Solutions Module type is recognized with all drive types in any slots. The relevant template is used to define menu 15 for the module type
installed in slot 1 and menu 16 for slot 2.

1.4 Drive and Building Automation Network (BAN) Interface software version
This product is supplied with the latest version of software. If this product is to be used in a new or existing system with other drives, there may be
some differences between their software and the software in this product. These differences may cause this product to function differently. This may
also apply to drives returned from a Control Techniques Service Centre.
The software version of the drive can be checked by looking at Pr 11.29 (or Pr 0.50) and Pr 11.34. The software version takes the form of xx.yy.zz,
where Pr 11.29 displays xx.yy and Pr 11.34 displays zz, i.e. for software version 01.01.00, Pr 11.29 would display 1.01 and Pr 11.34 would display 0.
The software version of the Building Automation Network (BAN) Interface can be checked by looking at Pr 17.02 and Pr 17.51. The software version
takes the form of xx.yy.zz, where Pr 17.02 displays xx.yy and Pr 17.51 displays zz.
If there is any doubt, contact a Control Techniques Drive Centre.

8 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

2 Keypad and display

2.1 Understanding the display
2.1.1 BA-Keypad (LCD)
The display consists of three lines of text.
The top line shows the drive status or the current menu and parameter number being viewed on the left, and the parameter value or the specific trip
type on the right.
The lower two lines show the parameter name or the help text.
Figure 2-1 BA-Keypad

Mode (black) button

Help button
Control buttons
Fwd / Rev (blue) button Joypad
Stop/reset (red) button
Start (green) button

NOTE The red stop button is also used to reset the drive.

2.2 Keypad operation

2.2.1 Control buttons
The keypad consists of:
1. Joypad - used to navigate the parameter structure and change parameter values.
2. Mode button - used to change between the display modes – parameter view, parameter edit, status.
3. Three control buttons - used to select Hand / Off / Auto modes
4. Help button - displays text briefly describing the selected parameter.
The Help button toggles between other display modes and parameter help mode. The up and down functions on the joypad scroll the help text to
allow the whole string to be viewed. The right and left functions on the joypad have no function when help text is being viewed.
The drive parameters are accessed as shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 Display modes
Status
Mode r d y 0 rpm

E s t i m a t e d m o t o r
(Display R P M

not
flashing) Timeout** Timeout** Timeout**
To enter Parameter
Mode, press key or To return to
Status Mode,
press key

Parameter
Mode 0. 1 0 0 rpm
When returning
to Parameter
0. 0 0 0
(Parameter E s t i m a t e d m o t o r Fr e q u e n c y
number
R P M Mode use the Re f e r e n c e s Temporary
on upper * Parameter
line Mode
flashing) keys to select (Parameter
Use * keys another parameter number
to select parameter for editing to change, if on upper line
required flashing)

0. 0 0 0
Fr e q u e n c y
Re f e r e n c e s

To exit Edit Mode,

press key
To enter Edit Mode,
press key

0. 0 0 0
RO R/W Fr e q u e n c y
Re f e r e n c e s
parameter parameter
Edit Mode
(Flashing character on upper line to be edited)
Change parameter values using keys.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 9

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

2.3 Status mode During adjustment of a parameter value with the Up or Down keys the
display does not flash, providing the parameter value is in range, such
In status mode, the first row displays a four letter mnemonic on the left that the user can see the value being edited without interruption.
indicating the status of the drive together with the parameter last viewed Adjustment of a numerical value can be done in one of two ways; firstly
or edited on the right. by using the Up and Down keys only, the selected digit remaining the
Upper least significant digit; and secondly by selecting each digit in turn and
State adjusting them to the required value. Holding the Up or Down key in the
row
first method will cause the parameters value to change more rapidly the
Inhibited: enable input is inactive inh
longer the key is held, until such time that the parameters maximum or
Ready: enable closed, but inverter not active rdy minimum is reached. However when using the second method, an
Stopped: inverter active, but holding zero speed/frequency stop increasing rate of change does not take place when adjusting any other
Mains loss: decelerating to zero in mains loss ride-through digit other than the least significant digit since a digit can only have one
acuu of 10 different values.
or stop modes
Decelerating: speed/frequency is ramping to zero after a Holding the Up or Down will cause an auto repeat and roll over to more
dec
stop significant digits but the rate of change is unaltered. If the maximum or
dc injection: dc injection stop is active dc minimum is exceeded when adjusting any other digit than the least
significant one, the maximum value will flash on the display to warn the
Tripped: drive is tripped trip
user that the maximum or minimum has been reached.
Drive is running with Hand / Off / Auto disabled run
If the user releases the Up or Down key before the flashing stops the last
Drive is running in Auto mode auto
in range value will re-appear on the display. If the Up or Down key is held
Drive is running in Hand mode hand the display will stop flashing after 3 seconds and the maximum value will
Drive is stopped off be written to the parameter.
Parameters can be set to 0 by pressing the Up and Down keys
2.4 Parameter view mode simultaneously.
The BA-Keypad contains two menus, menu 40 and menu 41. The
In this mode the first row shows the menu.parameter number on the left
parameters in these menus are listed Table 2-1 on page 11.
and the parameter value on the right. The second row gives a parameter
value range of -9,999,999 to 9,999,999 with or without decimal points.
(32 bit parameters can have values outside this range if written by an
application module. If the value is outside this range “-------“is shown and
the parameter value cannot be changed from the keypad.) The Up and
Down keys are used to select the parameter and the Left and Right keys
are used to select the menu. In this mode the Up and Down keys are
used to select the parameter within the selected menu. Holding the Up
key will cause the parameter number to increment until the top of the
menu is reached. A single Up key action when the last parameter in a
menu is being displayed will cause the parameter number to roll over to
Pr x.00. Similarly holding the Down key will cause the parameter number
to decrement until Pr x.00 is reached and a single Down key action will
cause the parameter number to roll under to the top of the menu.
Pressing the Up and Down keys simultaneously will select Pr x.00 in the
currently selected menu.
The Left and Right keys are used to select the required menu (provided
the security has been unlocked to allow access to menus other than 0).
Holding the Right key will cause the menu number to increment until the
Menu 41 is reached. A single Right key action when Menu 41 is being
displayed will cause the menu number to roll over to 0. Similarly holding
the Left key will cause the menu number to decrement to 0 and a single
key action will cause the menu number to roll under to Menu 41.
Pressing the Left and Right keys simultaneously will select Menu 0.
The drive remembers the parameter last accessed in each menu such
that when a new menu is entered the last parameter viewed in that menu
will re-appear.

2.5 Edit mode

Up and Down keys are used to increase and decrease parameter values
respectively. If the maximum value of a parameter is greater than 9 and it
is not represented by strings, then the Left and Right keys can be used
to select a digit to adjust. The number of digits which can be
independently selected for adjustment depends on the maximum value
of the parameter. Pressing the Right key when the least significant digit
is selected will cause the most significant digit to be selected, and vice-
versa if the Left key is pressed when the most significant digit is
selected. When a digit value is not being changed by the Up or Down
keys the selected digit flashes to indicate which one is currently
selected. For string type parameters the whole string flashes when
adjustment is not occurring because there is no digit selection.

10 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Table 2-1 Menu 40 parameter descriptions

Parameter Range() Default() Type
40.00 Parameter 0 0 to 32767 0 RW Uni
English (0), Custom (1),
40.01 Language selection French (2), German (3), English (0) RW Txt US
Spanish (4), Italian (5)
40.02 Software version 999999 RO Uni PT
Idle (0), Save (1), Restore (2),
40.03 Save to flash Idle (0) RW Txt
Default (3)
40.04 LCD contrast 0 to 31 16 RW Uni US
Drive and attribute database upload was
40.05 Updated (0), Bypass (1) RO Txt PT
bypassed
40.06 Browsing favourites control Normal (0), Filter (1) Normal (0) RW Txt
40.07 Keypad security code 0 to 999 0 RW Uni US
Disable (0), Slot1 (1), Slot2 (2),
40.08 Communication channel selection Disable (0) RW Txt US
Slot3 (3), Slave (4), Direct (5)
40.09 Hardware key code 0 to 999 0 RW Uni US
40.10 Drive node ID (Address) 0 to 255 1 RW Uni US
40.11 Flash ROM memory size 4Mbit (0), 8Mbit (1) RO Txt PT US
40.19 String database version number 0 to 999999 RO Uni PT
40.20 Screen saver strings and enable None (0), Default (1), User (2) Default (1) RW Txt US
40.21 Screen saver interval 0 to 600 120 RW Uni US
40.22 Turbo browse time interval 0 to 200ms 50ms RW Uni US

Table 2-2 Menu 41 parameter descriptions

Parameter Range() Default() Type

41.00 Parameter 0 0 to 32767 0 RW Uni
41.01
to Browsing filter source F01 to F50 Pr 0.00 to Pr 391.51 0 RW Uni
41.50
41.51 Browsing favourites control Normal (0), Filter (1) Normal (0) RW Txt

RW Read / Write RO Read only Uni Unipolar Bi Bi-polar

Bit Bit parameter Txt Text string FI Filtered DE Destination
NC Not cloned / copied RA Rating dependent PT Protected US User save
PS Power down save

For more information about the BA Keypad, see the SM-Keypad Plus User Guide.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 11

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

2.6 Parameter access level and security 2.6.3 User Security

The User Security, when set, prevents write access to any of the
The parameter access level determines whether the user has access to
parameters (other than Pr. 0.49 Access Level) in any menu.
menu 0 only or to all the advanced menus (menus 1 to 22) in addition to
menu 0. User security open - All parameters: Read / Write access
The User Security determines whether the access to the user is read
only or read write.
Both the User Security and Parameter Access Level can operate
independently of each other as shown in the table below:
Parameter Menu 0 Advanced
User Security
Access Level status menus status
L1 Open RW Not visible
L1 Closed RO Not visible
L2 Open RW RW Pr 0.00 Pr 1.00 ............ Pr 21.00 Pr 22.00
L2 Closed RO RO Pr 0.01 Pr 1.01 ............ Pr 21.01 Pr 22.01
RW = Read / write access RO = Read only access Pr 0.02 Pr 1.02 ............ Pr 21.02 Pr 22.02
Pr 0.03 Pr 1.03 ............ Pr 21.03 Pr 22.03
The default settings of the drive are Parameter Access Level L1 and
user Security Open, i.e. read / write access to Menu 0 with the advanced ............
menus not visible. ............
Pr 0.49 Pr 1.49 ............ Pr 21.30 Pr 22.28
2.6.1 Access Level Pr 0.50 Pr 1.50 ............ Pr 21.31 Pr 22.29
The access level is set in Pr 0.49 and allows or prevents access to the
advanced menu parameters.
User security closed - All parameters: Read Only access
L1 access selected - Menu 0 only visible (except Pr 0.49 and Pr 11.44)
Pr 0.00 Pr 1.00 ............ Pr 21.00 Pr 22.00
Pr 0.00 Pr 1.00 ............ Pr 19.00 Pr 20.00
Pr 0.01 Pr 1.01 ............ Pr 21.01 Pr 22.01
Pr 0.01 Pr 1.01 ............ Pr 19.01 Pr 20.01
Pr 0.02 Pr 1.02 ............ Pr 21.02 Pr 22.02
Pr 0.02 Pr 1.02 ............ Pr 19.02 Pr 20.02
Pr 0.03 Pr 1.03 ............ Pr 21.03 Pr 22.03
Pr 0.03 Pr 1.03 ............ Pr 19.03 Pr 20.03
............
............
............
............
Pr 0.49 Pr 1.49 ............ Pr 21.30 Pr 22.28
Pr 0.49 Pr 1.49 ............ Pr 19.49 Pr 20.49
Pr 0.50 Pr 1.50 ............ Pr 21.31 Pr 22.29
Pr 0.50 Pr 1.50 ............ Pr 19.50 Pr 20.50
Setting User Security
Enter a value between 1 and 999 in Pr 0.34 and press the button;
L2 access selected - All parameters visible
the security code has now been set to this value. In order to activate the
security, the Access level must be set to Loc in Pr 0.49. When the drive
is reset, the security code will have been activated and the drive returns
to Access Level L1. The value of Pr 0.34 will return to 0 in order to hide
the security code. At this point, the only parameter that can be changed
by the user is the Access Level Pr 0.49.

Unlocking User Security

Select a read write parameter to be edited and press the button, the
upper display will now show CodE. Use the arrow buttons to set the
security code and press the button.
Pr 0.00 Pr 1.00 ............ Pr 21.00 Pr 22.00
With the correct security code entered, the display will revert to the
Pr 0.01 Pr 1.01 ............ Pr 21.01 Pr 22.01
parameter selected in edit mode.
Pr 0.02 Pr 1.02 ............ Pr 21.02 Pr 22.02
Pr 0.03 Pr 1.03 ............ Pr 21.03 Pr 22.03 If an incorrect security code is entered the display will revert to
............ parameter view mode.
............ To lock the User Security again, set Pr 0.49 to Loc and press the
Pr 0.49 Pr 1.49 ............ Pr 21.30 Pr 22.28 reset button.
Pr 0.50 Pr 1.50 ............ Pr 21.31 Pr 22.29
Disabling User Security.
2.6.2 Changing the Access Level Unlock the previously set security code as detailed above. Set Pr 0.34 to
The Access Level is determined by the setting of Pr 0.49 as follows: 0 and press the button. The User Security has now been disabled,
and will not have to be unlocked each time the drive is powered up to
String Value Effect allow read / write access to the parameters.
L1 0 Access to menu 0 only
L2 1 Access to all menus (menu 0 to menu 22)

The Access Level can be changed through the keypad even if the User
Security has been set.

12 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

2.7 Alarm and trip display Mode Unit

An alarm can flash alternately with the data displayed on the second row Open loop Hz
when one of the following conditions occur. If action is not taken to
eliminate the alarm, except "Auto tune", "Lt" and "PLC", the drive may rfc rpm
eventually trip. Alarms flash once every 640ms except "PLC" which
flashes once every 10s. Alarms are not displayed when a parameter is 2.9 Drive reset
being edited.
A drive reset is required to: reset the drive from a trip (except some
Alarm string Alarm condition “Hfxx” trips which cannot be reset); and other functions as defined in
Braking resistor (Pr 10.39 > 75.0% and the Section 3. A reset can be performed in four ways:
br.rS
braking IGBT is active) 1. Stop key: If the drive has been set up such that the stop key is not
Motor overload (Pr 4.20 > 75% and the drive operable, then the key has a drive reset function only. When the stop
OVLd function of the stop key is enabled, a reset is initiated while the drive
output current > Pr 5.07)
hot Heatsink or control board alarms are active is running by holding the Run key and then pressing the Stop key.
When the drive is not running the Stop key will always reset the
Auto tune Auto tune in progress
drive.
Indicates that a limit switch is active and that it is 2. The drive resets after a 0 to 1 transition of the Drive Reset parameter
Lt causing the motor to be stopped (i.e. forward (Pr 10.33). A digital input can be programmed to change this
limit switch with forward reference etc.) parameter.
PLC On-board PLC program is running 3. Serial comms, fieldbus or applications Solutions Module: Drive reset
is triggered by a value of 100 being written to the User trip parameter
When a trip occurs the drive switches to status mode and "trip" is shown
(Pr 10.38).
on the top left and the trip string flashes on the top right. If the trip is a
If the drive trips EEF (internal EEPROM error) then it is not possible to
power module trip and the drive is a multi-module drive, the number of
reset the drive using the normal reset methods described above. 1233 or
the power module that initiated the trip flashes alternately with the trip
1244 must be entered into Pr x.00 before the drive can be reset. Default
string. The read only parameters listed below are frozen with any trip
parameters are loaded after an EEF trip, and therefore the parameters
except UV trip until the trip is cleared. For a list of the possible trip strings
must be re-programmed as required and saved in EEPROM.
see Pr 10.20. Pressing any of the parameter keys changes the mode to
the parameter view mode. If the trip is HF01 to HF16 then no key action If the drive is reset after a trip from any source other than the Stop key,
is recognized. the drive restarts immediately, if:
1. A non-latching sequencer is used with the enable active and one of
Parameter Description run forward, run reverse or run active
1.01 Frequency reference/Speed reference 2. A latching sequencer is used if the enable and not stop are active
and one of run forward, run reverse or run is active.
1.02 Frequency reference/Speed reference
If the drive is reset with the Stop key, the drive does not restart until a not
1.03 Pre-ramp reference
active to active edge occurs on run forward, run reverse or run.
2.01 Post-ramp reference
3.01 Final speed reference 2.10 Second motor parameters
3.02 Speed feedback An alternative set of motor parameters are held in menu 21 which can be
3.03 Speed error selected by Pr 11.45. When the alternative parameter set is being used
3.04 Speed controller output by the drive the ‘mot 2 is displayed on the bottom left.
4.01 Current magnitude
4.02 Active current
4.17 Magnetising current
5.01 Output frequency
5.02 Output voltage
5.03 Power
5.05 DC bus voltage
7.01 Analog input 1
7.02 Analog input 2
7.03 Analog input 3

2.8 Keypad control mode

The drive can be controlled from the keypad if Pr 1.14 is set to 4. The
Stop and Run keys automatically become active (the Reverse key may
be optionally enabled with Pr 6.13). The frequency/speed reference is
defined by Pr 1.17. This is a read only parameter that can only be
adjusted in status mode by pressing the Up or Down keys. If keypad
control mode is selected, then pressing the Up or Down keys in status
mode will cause the drive to automatically display the keypad reference
and adjust it in the relevant direction. This can be done whether the drive
is disabled or running. If the Up or Down keys are held the rate of
change of keypad reference increases with time. The units used for to
display the keypad reference for different modes are given below.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 13

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

3 Parameter x.00 3.2 Saving parameters in drive EEPROM

Drive parameters are saved to the drive EEPROM by setting Pr x.00 to
Parameter x.00 is available in all menus and has the following functions. 1000 or 1001 and initiating a drive reset. In addition to user saved
parameters, power down save parameters are also saved by these
Value Action
actions and/or by changing the drive mode, but not by any other actions
Save parameters when under voltage is not active that result in parameters being saved to drive EEPROM (i.e. loading
1000
(Pr 10.16 = 0) and 48V supply is not active (Pr 6.44 = 0). defaults). Power down save parameters are not saved at power down
1001 Save parameters under all conditions unless the drive is supplied from a normal line power supply, thereby
giving the user the option of saving these parameters when required.
1070 Reset all Solutions Modules
1233 Load standard defaults
1244 Load US defaults When the parameter save is complete, Pr x.00 is reset to zero by the
drive. Care should be taken when saving parameters because this
1253 Change drive mode with standard defaults
action can take between 400ms and several seconds depending on how
1254 Change drive mode with US defaults
many changes are stored in the EEPROM. If the drive is powered down
Change drive mode with standard defaults (excluding during a parameter save it is possible that data may be lost. When the
1255
menus 15 to 20) drive is operating from a normal line power supply then it will stay active
Change drive mode with US defaults (excluding menus for a short time after the power is removed, however, if the drive is being
1256
15 to 20) powered from a 24V control supply, or it is being operated from a low
Transfer drive parameter to a card and create a bootable voltage battery supply, the drive will power down very quickly after the
difference from default SMARTCARD block with data supply is removed. The drive provides two features to reduce the risk of
2001 data loss when the drive is powered down:-
block number 1 and clear Pr 11.42. If data block 1 exists
it is over written. 1. If Pr x.00 is set to 1000 a parameter save is only initiated on drive
Transfer drive EEPROM data to a SMARTCARD block reset if the drive is supplied from a normal line power supply (Pr
3yyy 10.16 = 0 and Pr 6.44 = 0). 1001 must be used to initiate a save if
number yyy
Transfer drive data as difference from defaults to the drive is not supplied from a normal line power supply.
4yyy 2. Two banks of arrays are provided in EEPROM to store the data.
SMARTCARD block number yyy
When a parameter save is initiated the data is stored in a new bank
Transfer drive ladder program to SMARTCARD block
5yyy and only when the data store is complete does the new bank
number yyy
become active. If the power is removed before the parameter save is
6yyy Transfer SMARTCARD data block yyy to the drive complete, a SAVE.Er trip (user save parameter save error) or
7yyy Erase SMARTCARD data block yyy PSAVE.Er trip (power down save parameter save error) will be
8yyy Compare drive parameters with block yyy produced when the drive is powered up again, indicating that the
9555 Clear SMARTCARD warning suppression flag drive has reverted to the data that was saved prior to the last
parameter save.
9666 Set SMARTCARD warning suppression flag
9777 Clear SMARTCARD read-only flag
The second feature will significantly reduce the possibility of completely
9888 Set SMARTCARD read-only flag invalidating all saved data, which would result in an EEF trip on the next
9999 Erase SMARTCARD power-up. However the following points should be noted:
*12000 Display non-default values only 1. If the power is removed during a parameter save the current data
*12001 Display destination parameters only that is being saved to the EEPROM that is different from the last
data saved in the EEPROM will be lost and a SAVE.Er or PSAVE.Er
*These functions do not require a drive reset to become active. All other
functions require a drive reset. trip will occur on power-up.
2. This feature does not apply when user save parameters are saved
3.1 Parameter x.00 reset automatically by adjusting the values in menu 0 with an LED keypad.
However, the time taken to save parameters in this way is very short,
When an action is started by setting Pr x.00 to one of the above values and is unlikely to cause data loss if the power is removed after the
and initiating a drive reset this parameter is cleared when the action is parameter has been changed. It should be noted that any parameter
completed successfully. If the action is not started, e.g. because the changes made in this way are included in the currently active bank in
drive is enabled and an attempt is made to load defaults, etc., Pr x.00 is the EEPROM, so that if the power is removed during a subsequent
not cleared and no trip is produced. save initiated via Pr x.00 that results in an SAVE.Er trip, the changes
If the action is started and then fails for some reason, a trip is always made via menu 0 will be retained and not lost.
produced and Pr x.00 is not cleared. It should be noted that parameter 3. User save parameters are saved to drive EEPROM after a transfer
saves etc. can also be initiated with the cloning parameter (Pr 11.42). If of data from an electronic nameplate in an encoder.
actions that can be initiated by either parameter are started and then 4. User save parameters are saved to drive EEPROM after a transfer
completed successfully, Pr x.00 and Pr 11.42 are cleared if they have a of data from a SMARTCARD.
value less than 3. 5. This feature is not provided for data saved to a SMARTCARD, and
It should be noted that there could be some conflict between the actions so it is possible to corrupt the data files on a SMARTCARD if the
power is removed when data is being transferred to the card.
of Pr x.00 and Pr 11.42 (Parameter cloning) when the drive is reset. If
6. User save parameters are saved to drive EEPROM after defaults
Pr 11.42 has a value of 1 or 2 and a valid action is required from the
value of Pr x.00, then only the action required by Pr x.00 is performed. are loaded.
7. When the drive mode is changed all data in the EEPROM is deleted
Pr x.00 and Pr 11.42 are then reset to zero. If Pr 11.42 has a value of 3
and then restored with the defaults for the new mode. If the power is
or 4 it will operate correctly causing parameters to be saved to the
SMARTCARD each time a parameter save is performed. removed during a change of drive mode, an EEF trip is likely to
occur on the next power-up. After a change of drive mode the power
down save parameters are also saved.

14 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

8. As these parameters are not saved if the power is removed unless

the drive is supplied with a normal line power supply, this ensures
that the power down save parameters are always stored correctly for
the new drive mode. The first time parameters are saved after the
change of drive mode, however the save will take slightly longer
than a normal parameter save.
9. When an Solutions Modules is changed for a different type in a slot,
or a module is inserted when one was not present previously or a
module is removed the EEPROM is forced to re-initialise itself on the
next parameter saves. On the first parameter save one bank is
cleared and then written to, and on the next parameter save the
other bank is cleared and re-written. Each of these parameter saves
takes slightly longer than a normal parameter save.

3.3 Loading defaults

When defaults are loaded the user save parameters are automatically
saved to the drive EEPROM in all modes. Standard defaults are loaded
by setting 1233 in Pr x.00 performing a drive reset.

The following differences from standard defaults are available when

different values are set in Pr x.00.
US Default Differences (Pr x.00 = 1244 and perform a drive reset)

Voltage
Pr Description Default Modes
rating
Max reference
1.06 60.0Hz Open-loop All
clamp
Max reference
1.06 1800rpm RFC All
clamp
2.08 Standard ramp volts 775V Open-loop, RFC 400V
5.06 Rated frequency 60.0Hz Open-loop All
5.08 Rated load rpm 1800rpm Open-loop All
5.08 Rated load rpm 1770rpm RFC All
5.09 Rated voltage 460V Open-loop, RFC 400V
6.20 Date format US (2) Open-loop, RFC All
M2 Max reference
21.01 60.0Hz Open-loop All
clamp
M2 Max reference
21.01 1800rpm RFC All
clamp
M2 Rated
21.06 60.0Hz Open-loop All
frequency
21.09 M2 Rated voltage 460V Open-loop, RFC 400V

3.4 SMARTCARD transfers

Drive parameters, set-up macros and internal ladder programs can be
transferred to/from SMARTCARDs. See Pr 11.36 to Pr 11.40.

3.5 Display non-default values or

destination parameters
If a value of 12000 is written to Pr x.00, then only parameters that are
different from the last defaults loaded and Pr x.00 are displayed. If a
value of 12001 is written to Pr x.00, then only destination parameters are
displayed. This function is provided to aid locating destination clashes if
a dESt trip occurs.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 15

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

4 Typical parameter description format

In the sections which follow, typical parameter descriptions are given for each advanced parameter set. Each parameter has its own detailed
information block as shown here.

5.11 Number of motor poles

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 60 (Auto to 120 POLE)
0 (Auto)
Default Open-loop, RFC
3 (6 POLE)
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.11
parameter
Update rate Background read

The first row gives the menu parameter number and name. The other rows describe the following information:-
Drive modes
The drive modes are the modes in which this parameter is accessible. If the parameter is not present, the parameter is skipped when accessing it via
the keypad.
The following types of parameter are possible:
Open-loop - The control strategy is V/F mode with fixed boost or open-loop vector control.

RFC - The control strategy is rotor flux oriented vector control with closed-loop current operation for induction motors without position feedback.

Coding
NOTE
This guide will show all bit parameters (with the Bit coding), as having a parameter range of "0 to 1", and a default value of either "0" or "1". This
reflects the value seen through serial communications. The bit parameters will be displayed on the BA-Keypad as being "OFF" or "On" ("OFF"= 0,
"On" = 1).
The coding defines the attributes of the parameter as follows:

Coding Attribute
Bit 1 bit parameter
SP Spare: not used
Filtered: some parameters which can have rapidly changing values are filtered when displayed on
FI
the drive keypad for easy viewing.
DE Destination: indicates that this parameter can be a destination parameter.
Txt Text: the parameter uses text strings instead of numbers.
VM Variable maximum: the maximum of this parameter can vary.
DP Decimal place: indicates the number of decimal places used by this parameter.
No default: when defaults are loaded (except when the drive is manufactured or on EEPROM
ND
failure) this parameter is not modified.
Rating dependent: this parameter is likely to have different values and ranges with drives of different
voltage and current ratings. Parameters with this attribute will not be transferred to the destination
RA drive by SMARTCARDs when the rating of the destination drive is different from the source drive
and the file is a parameter file. However, the value will be transferred if only the current rating is
different and the file is a differences from default type file.
NC Not cloned / copied: not transferred to or from SMARTCARDs during cloning / copying.
NV Not visible: not visible on the keypad.
PT Protected: cannot be used as a destination.
US User save: saved in drive EEPROM when the user initiates a parameter save.
RW Read/write: can be written by the user.
Bit default one/unsigned: Bit parameters with this flag set to one have a default of one (all other bit
BU
parameters have a default of zero. Non-bit parameters are unipolar if this flag is one.
Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip
PS occurs. Power-down save parameters are also saved in drive EEPROM when the user initiates a
parameter save.

16 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

4.1 Parameter ranges and variable maximums:

The two values provided define the minimum and maximum values for the given parameter. In some cases the parameter range is variable and
dependant on either:-
• other parameters,
• the drive rating,
• drive mode
• or a combination of the above.
The values given in Table 4-1 are the variable maximums used in the drive.
Table 4-1 Definition of parameter ranges & variable maximums

Maximum Definition
Maximum speed (RFC mode) reference or frequency (open-loop mode) reference
SPEED_FREQ_MAX
If Pr 1.08 = 0: SPEED_FREQ_MAX = Pr 1.06
[Open-loop 3000.0Hz,
If Pr 1.08 = 1: SPEED_FREQ_MAX is Pr 1.06 or – Pr 1.07 whichever is the largest
RFC 40000.0rpm]
(If the second motor map is selected Pr 21.01 is used instead of Pr 1.06 and Pr 21.02 instead of Pr 1.07)
SPEED_LIMIT_MAX Maximum applied to speed reference limits
[40000.0rpm] In RFC mode SPEED_LIMIT_MAX = 40,000rpm.
Maximum speed
SPEED_MAX This maximum is used for some speed related parameters in menu 3. To allow headroom for overshoot etc. the
[40000.0rpm] maximum speed is twice the maximum speed reference.
SPEED_MAX = 2 x SPEED_FREQ_MAX
Maximum motor rated current
RATED_CURRENT_MAX = 1.36 x KC.
RATED_CURRENT_MAX
The motor rated current can be increased above KC up to a level not exceeding 1.36 x KC). (Maximum motor
[9999.99A]
rated current is the maximum normal duty current rating.)
The actual level varies from one drive size to another, refer to Table 4-2.
Maximum drive current
DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX
The maximum drive current is the current at the over current trip level and is given by:
[9999.99A]
DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX = KC / 0.45
Maximum output voltage set-point
AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX Defines the maximum motor voltage that can be selected.
[690V] 200V drives: 240V, 400V drives: 480V
575V drives: 575V, 690V drives: 690V
Maximum AC output voltage
This maximum has been chosen to allow for maximum AC voltage that can be produced by the drive including
AC_VOLTAGE_MAX
quasi-square wave operation as follows:
[930V]
AC_VOLTAGE_MAX = 0.78 x dc _VOLTAGE_MAX
200V drives: 325V, 400V drives: 650V, 575V drives: 780V, 690V drives: 930V
Maximum dc voltage set-point
dc _VOLTAGE_SET_MAX
200V rating drive: 0 to 400V, 400V rating drive: 0 to 800V
[1150V]
575V rating drive: 0 to 955V, 690V rating drive: 0 to 1150V
Maximum DC bus voltage
dc _VOLTAGE_MAX
The maximum measurable DC bus voltage.
[1190V]
200V drives: 415V, 400V drives: 830V, 575V drives: 990V, 690V drives: 1190V

Affinity Advanced User Guide 17

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Maximum Definition
Maximum current limit settings for motor map 1
This maximum current limit setting is the maximum applied to the current limit parameters in motor map 1.
Open Loop

Maximum
current limit
=  Maximum current
Motor rated current
] 2
+ PF2 - 1 ] x 100%
PF

Where:
The Maximum current is either 1.1 x drive rating or 1.5 x KC if the motor rated current set in Pr 5.07 is more than
the drive current scaling given by Pr 11.32.
Motor rated current is given by Pr 5.07
PF is motor rated power factor given by Pr 5.10
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX RFC
[1000.0%]
Maximum
current limit
=  Maximum current
Motor rated current
] 2
+ cos(1)2 - 1 ] x 100%
cos(1)

Where:
The Maximum current is either 1.1 x drive rating or 1.75 x KC if the motor rated current set in Pr 5.07 is more than
or equal to the drive current scaling given by Pr 11.32.
Motor rated current is given by Pr 5.07
1 = cos-1(PF) - 2. This is measured by the drive during an autotune. See Menu 4 in the Advanced User
Guide for more information regarding 2.
PF is motor rated power factor given by Pr 5.10

Maximum current limit settings for motor map 2

MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX This maximum current limit setting is the maximum applied to the current limit parameters in motor map 2.
[1000.0%] The formulae for MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX are the same for MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX
except that Pr 5.07 is replaced with Pr 21.07 and Pr 5.10 is replaced with Pr 21.10.
Maximum torque producing current
TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX This is used as a maximum for torque and torque producing current parameters. It is
[1000.0%] MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX or MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX depending on which motor map is
currently active.
Current parameter limit selected by the user
The user can select a maximum for Pr 4.08 (torque reference) and Pr 4.20 (percentage load) to give suitable
USER_CURRENT_MAX
scaling for analog I/O with Pr 4.24. This maximum is subject to a limit of MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX. or
[1000.0%]
MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX depending on which motor map is currently active.
USER_CURRENT_MAX = Pr 4.24
Maximum power in kW
POWER_MAX The maximum power has been chosen to allow for the maximum power that can be output by the drive with
[9999.99kW] maximum AC output voltage, maximum controlled current and unity power factor. Therefore:
POWER_MAX = 3 x AC_VOLTAGE_MAX x DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX

The values given in square brackets indicate the absolute maximum value allowed for the variable maximum.

18 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Table 4-2 Maximum motor rated current (sizes 1 to 6) Maximum normal duty
Model Kc
current rating
Maximum normal duty
Model Kc A
current rating
A BA5601 63.0 84.0
BA1201 4.3 5.2 BA5602 85.0 99.0
BA1202 5.8 6.8 BA6601 85.7 125.0
BA1203 7.5 9.6 BA6602 107.1 144.0
BA1204 10.6 11 BAMD12X1 133.7 192
BA2201 12.6 15.5 BAMD12X2 164.5 248
BA2202 17.0 22.0 BAMD12X3 214.2 312
BA2203 25.0 28.0 BAMD12X4 248.5 350
BA3201 31.0 42.0 BAMA14X1 154.2 202
BA3202 42.0 54.0 BAMA14X2 180.0 236
BA4201 56.0 68.0 BAMD14X1 154.2 202
BA4202 68.0 80.0 BAMD14X2 180.0 246
BA4203 80.0 104.0 BAMD14X3 205.7 290
BA1401 2.1 2.8 BAMD14X4 248.5 330
BA1402 3.0 3.8 BAMA16X1 85.7 125
BA1403 4.2 5.0 BAMA16X2 107.1 144
BA1404 5.8 6.9 BAMD16X1 85.7 125
BA1405 7.6 8.8 BAMD16X2 107.1 144
BA1406 9.5 11.0 BAMD16X3 123.4 168
BA2401 13.0 15.3 BAMD16X4 144.0 192
BA2402 16.5 21.0
BA2403 23.0 29.0 4.1.1 Default
BA3401 32.0 35.0 The default values given are the standard drive defaults which are
BA3402 40.0 43.0 loaded after a drive reset with 1233 in Pr x.00.
BA3403 46.0 56.0 4.1.2 Second motor parameter
BA4401 60.0 68.0 Some parameters have an equivalent second motor value that can be
BA4402 74.0 83.0 used as an alternative when the second motor is selected with Pr 11.45.
BA4403 96.0 104.0 Menu 21 contains all the second motor parameters. In this menu the
BA5401 124.0 138.0 parameter specifications include the location of the normal motor
BA5402 156.0 168.0 parameter which is being duplicated.
BA6401 154.2 202.0 4.1.3 Update rate
BA6402 180.0 236.0 Defines the rate at which the parameter data is written by the drive
BA3501 4.1 5.4 (write) or read and acted upon by the drive (read). Where background
update rate is specified, the update time depends on the drive processor
BA3502 5.4 6.1
load. Generally the update time is between 2ms and 30ms, however, the
BA3503 6.1 8.4 update time is significantly extended when loading defaults, changing
BA3504 9.5 11.0 drive mode, transferring data to/from a SMARTCARD, or transferring
BA3505 12.0 16.0 blocks of parameters or large CMP data blocks to/from the drive (not a
BA3506 18.0 22.0 Solutions Module) via the drive serial comms port.
BA3507 22.0 27.0
BA4601 19.0 22.0
BA4602 22.0 27.0
BA4603 27.0 36.0
BA4604 36.0 43.0
BA4605 43.0 52.0
BA4606 52.0 62.0

Affinity Advanced User Guide 19

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

4.2 Sources and destinations 4. If the function output is not a bit value (i.e. analog input) and the
destination parameter is not a bit parameter, the destination value is
4.2.1 Sources given by (function output x destination parameter maximum) / 100%.
Some functions have source pointer parameters, i.e. drive outputs, PID Generally the result is rounded down to the nearest unit, but other
controller etc. The source pointer parameter range is Pr 0.00 to rounding effects may occur depending on the internal scaling of the
Pr 21.51. The source pointer is set up to point to a parameter which particular source function (rounded down to nearest unit). Pr 1.36
supplies the information to control the source, and this is referred to as and Pr 1.37 are a special case. The scaling shown in the description
the source data parameter. For example, Pr 7.19 is the source pointer of parameter Pr 1.08 is used when any non-bit type quantity is
parameter for analog output 1. If Pr 7.19 is set to a value of 18.11, then routed to these parameters.
Pr 18.11 is the source data parameter, and as the value of Pr 18.11 is 5. If the function output is not a bit value and the destination parameter
modified the analog output level is changed. is a bit value, the destination value is 0 if the function output is less
than 50% of its maximum value, otherwise it is 1.
1. If the parameter number in the source pointer parameter does not
6. If more than one destination selector is routed to the same
exist the input is taken as zero.
destination, the value of the destination parameter is undefined. The
2. If the source is not a bit type source (i.e. not a digital output etc.)
drive checks for this condition where the destinations are defined in
then the source level is defined by (source data value x 100%) /
any menu except menus 15 to 17. If a conflict occurs a dESt trip
source data parameter maximum. Generally the result is rounded
occurs that cannot be reset until the conflict is resolved.
down to the nearest unit, but other rounding effects may occur
depending on the internal scaling of the particular source function. 4.2.3 Sources and destinations
3. If the source is a bit, i.e. a digital output, and the source data 1. Bit and non-bit parameters may be connected to each other as
parameter is a bit parameter then the input to the source function sources or destinations. The scaling is as described previously.
follows the value of the source data parameter. 2. All new source and destination routing only changes to new set-up
4. If the source is a bit, i.e. a digital output, and the source data locations when the drive is reset.
parameter is not a bit parameter the source input is zero if the When a destination pointer parameter within the drive or a dumb
source data value is less than source data parameter maximum / 2 Solutions Modules (SM-I/O plus) is changed the old destination is written
rounded down to the nearest unit. The source input is one if the to zero, unless the destination change is the result of loading defaults or
source data value is greater than or equal to source data parameter transferring parameters from a SMARTCARD. When defaults are loaded
maximum / 2 rounded down to the nearest unit. For example if the the old destination is set to its default value. When parameters are
source pointer parameter is set to 18.11, which has a maximum of loaded from a SMARTCARD the old destination retains its old value
32767, the source input is zero if the source data value is less than unless a SMARTCARD value is written to it.
16383 and one if it is greater than this.
4.2.2 Destinations
Some functions have destination pointer parameters, i.e. drive inputs,
etc. The destination pointer parameter range is P 0.00 to Pr 21.51. The
destination pointer parameter is set up to point to a parameter, which
receives information from the function referred to as the destination
parameter.
1. If the parameter number in the destination pointer parameter does
not exist then the output value has no effect.
2. If the destination parameter is protected then the output value has
no effect.
3. If the function output is a bit value (i.e. a digital input) the destination
parameter value does not operate in the same way as a source
described above, but is always either 0 or 1 depending on the state
of the function output whether the destination parameter is a bit
parameter or not.

4.3 Update rates

Update rates are given for every parameter in the header table as shown below.
3.03 Speed error
Drive modes RFC
R
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US BU PS
Coding W
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±SPEED_MAX rpm
Update rate 4ms write

Some parameters have an increased update in special circumstances.

20 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

4.3.1 Speed reference update rate

The normal update rate for the speed references (via menu 1) is 4ms, however it is possible to reduce the sample time to 250s by selecting the
reference from particular sources. The fast update rate is only possible provided the conditions given below are met. (Note: high speed updating is
not provided for frequency references - i.e. Open-loop mode.)
Analog input references (not including I/O expansion Solutions Module)
1. The reference must be derived via Pr 1.36 or Pr 1.37.
2. The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset.
3. Bipolar mode must be used or unipolar mode with the minimum speed (Pr 1.07) set to zero.
4. No skip bands are enabled, i.e. Pr 1.29, Pr 1.31 and Pr 1.33 must be zero.
5. The jog and velocity feed-forward references must not be enabled.
4.3.2 Hard speed reference update rate
The normal update rate for the hard speed reference is 4ms, however it is possible to reduce the sample time to 250s by selecting the reference
from particular sources. The fast update rate is only possible provided the conditions given below are met.
Analog inputs (not including I/O expansion Solutions Module)
The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset
Limitations are the same as for the references via menu 1 described above.

4.3.3 Torque reference update rate

The normal update rate for the torque reference (Pr 4.08) is 4ms, however it is possible to reduce the sample time to 250s by selecting the reference
from particular sources, but only in RFC mode. The fast update rate is only possible provided the conditions given below are met.
Analog inputs 2 or 3 on the drive
The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 21

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

5 Advanced parameter descriptions

5.1 Overview
Table 5-1 Menu description
Menu
Description
number
Commonly used basic set up parameters for quick / easy
0
programming
1 Frequency / speed reference
2 Ramps
3 Speed feedback and speed control
4 Torque and current control
5 Motor control
6 Sequencer and clock
7 Analog I/O
8 Digital I/O
9 Programmable logic, motorized pot and binary sum
10 Status and trips
11 General drive set-up
12 Threshold detectors and variable selectors
13 Not used
14 Advanced process PID
15, 16 Solutions Module slots
17 Building Automation Network
18 Application menu 1
19 Application menu 2
20 Application menu 3
21 Second motor parameters
22 Additional Menu 0 set-up
Table 5-2 gives a full key of the coding which appears in the following
parameter tables.
Table 5-2 Key to parameter coding
Coding Attribute
RW Read/write: can be written by the user
RO Read only: can only be read by the user
Bit 1 bit parameter. ‘On’ or ‘OFF’ on the display
Bi Bipolar parameter
Uni Unipolar parameter
Txt Text: the parameter uses text strings instead of numbers.
Filtered: some parameters which can have rapidly changing
FI values are filtered when displayed on the drive keypad for
easy viewing.
Destination: This parameter selects the destination of an
DE
input or logic function.
Rating dependent: this parameter is likely to have different
values and ranges with drives of different voltage and
current ratings. Parameters with this attribute will not be
transferred to the destination drive by SMARTCARDs,
RA
when the rating of the destination drive is different from the
source drive and the file is a parameter file. However, the
value will be transferred if only the current rating is different
and the file is different to the default file type.
Not cloned / copied: not transferred to or from
NC
SMARTCARDs during cloning / copying.
PT Protected: cannot be used as a destination.
User save: parameter saved in drive EEPROM when the
US
user initiates a parameter save.
Power-down save: parameter automatically saved in drive
PS EEPROM when the under volts (UV) trip occurs or when the
user initiates a parameter save.

22 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

5.2 Feature look-up table

Feature Parameter number (Pr)
Acceleration rates 2.10 2.11 to 2.19 2.32 2.33 2.34 2.02
Analog speed reference 1 1.36 7.10 7.01 7.07 7.08 7.09 7.25 7.26 7.30
Analog speed reference 2 1.37 7.14 1.41 7.02 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.28 7.31
Analog I/O Menu 7
Analog input 1 7.01 7.07 7.08 7.09 7.10 7.25 7.26 7.30
Analog input 2 7.02 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.14 7.28 7.31
Analog input 3 7.03 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.29 7.32
Analog output 1 7.19 7.20 7.21 7.33
Analog output 2 7.22 7.23 7.24
Application menu Menu 18 Menu 19 Menu 20
At speed indicator bit 3.06 3.07 3.09 10.06 10.05 10.07
Auto reset 10.34 10.35 10.36 10.01
Autotune 5.12 5.17 5.23 5.24 5.25 5.10 5.29 5.30
Binary sum 9.29 9.30 9.31 9.32 9.33 9.34
Bipolar speed 1.10
Brake control 12.40 to 12.48
Braking 10.11 10.10 10.30 10.31 6.01 2.04 2.02 10.12 10.39 10.40
Building Automation Network Menu 17
Catch a spinning motor 6.09
Cloning 11.42 11.36 to 11.40
Coast to stop 6.01
Comms 11.23 to 11.26
Cost - per kWh electricity 6.24 6.25 6.26 6.27 6.28
Current controller 4.13 4.14
Current feedback 4.01 4.02 4.17 4.04 4.12 4.20 4.23 4.24 4.26 10.08 10.09 10.17
Current limits 4.05 4.06 4.07 4.18 4.15 4.19 4.16 5.07 5.10 10.08 10.09 10.17
DC bus voltage 5.05 2.08
dc injection braking 6.06 6.07 6.01
Deceleration rates 2.20 2.21 to 2.29 2.04 2.35 to 2.37 2.02 2.08 6.01 10.30 10.31 10.39
Defaults 11.43 11.46
Digital I/O Menu 8
Digital I/O read word 8.20
Digital I/O T24 8.01 8.11 8.21 8.31
Digital I/O T25 8.02 8.12 8.22 8.32
Digital I/O T26 8.03 8.13 8.23 8.33
Digital input T27 8.04 8.14 8.24
Digital input T28 8.05 8.15 8.25 8.39
Digital input T29 8.06 8.16 8.26 8.39
Digital output T22 8.08 8.18 8.28
Direction 10.13 6.30 6.31 1.03 10.14 2.01 3.02 8.03 8.04 10.40
Display timeout 11.41
Drive active 10.02 10.40
Drive current scaling 5.07 11.32
Drive derivative 11.28
Drive OK 10.01 8.27 8.07 8.17 10.36 10.40
Dynamic performance 5.26
Dynamic V/F 5.13
Enable 6.15 8.09 8.10
External trip 10.32 8.10 8.07
Fan speed 6.45
Fast disable 6.29
Filter change 6.21 6.22
Fire mode 1.53 1.54
Frequency reference selection 1.14 1.15
Hard speed reference 3.22 3.23
High stability space vector
5.19
modulation
I/O sequencer 6.04 6.30 6.31 6.32 6.33 6.34 6.42 6.43 6.41
Inertia compensation 2.38 5.12 4.22 3.18
Jog reference 1.05 2.19 2.29
Keypad operating mode 1.52
Keypad reference 1.17 1.14 1.43 1.51 6.12 6.13
Kt 5.32

Affinity Advanced User Guide 23

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Feature Parameter number (Pr)

Limit switches 6.35 6.36
Line power supply loss 6.03 10.15 10.16 5.05
Logic function 1 9.01 9.04 9.05 9.06 9.07 9.08 9.09 9.10
Logic function 2 9.02 9.14 9.15 9.16 9.17 9.18 9.19 9.20
Low load detection 4.20 4.27 4.28 4.20 10.6
Low voltage supply 6.44 6.46
Maximum speed 1.06
Menu 0 set up 11.01 to 11.22 Menu 22
Minimum speed 1.07 10.04
Modules - number of 11.35
Motor map 5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 5.10 5.11
Motor map 2 Menu 21 11.45
Motor pre-heat 6.08 6.52
Motorized potentiometer 9.21 9.22 9.23 9.24 9.25 9.26 9.27 9.28
Offset speed reference 1.04 1.38 1.09
Onboard PLC 11.47 to 11.51
Open collector digital outputs 8.30
Open loop vector mode 5.14 5.17 5.23
Operating mode 0.48 11.31
Output 5.01 5.02 5.03 5.04
Overspeed threshold 3.08
PID controller Menu 14
Positive logic 8.29
Power up parameter 11.22 11.21
Precision reference 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.44
Preset speeds 1.15 1.21 to 1.28 1.16 1.14 1.42 1.45 to 1.48 1.50
Programmable logic Menu 9
Quasi square operation 5.20
Ramp (accel / decel) mode 2.04 2.08 6.01 2.02 2.03 10.30 10.31 10.39
Real time clock 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20
Regenerating 10.10 10.11 10.30 10.31 6.01 2.04 2.02 10.12 10.39 10.40
Relay output 8.07 8.17 8.27
Reset 10.33 8.02 8.22 10.34 10.35 10.36 10.01
RFC mode 3.24 3.42 4.12 5.40
S ramp 2.06 2.07
Sample rates 5.18
Security code 11.30 11.44
Serial comms 11.23 to 11.26
Skip speeds 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.33 1.34 1.35
Sleep mode 6.53 6.54
Slip compensation 5.27 5.08
SMARTCARD 11.36 to 11.40 11.42
Software version 11.29 11.34
Speed controller 3.10 to 3.17 3.19 3.20 3.21
Speed feedback 3.02 3.03 3.04
Speed reference selection 1.14 1.15 1.49 1.50 1.01
Status word 10.40
Supply 6.44 5.05 6.46
Switching frequency 5.18 5.35 7.34 7.35
Thermal protection - drive 5.18 5.35 7.04 7.05 7.06 7.32 7.35 10.18
Thermal protection - motor 4.15 5.07 4.19 4.16 4.25 7.15
Thermistor input 7.15 7.03
Threshold detector 1 12.01 12.03 to 12.07
Threshold detector 2 12.02 12.23 to 12.27
Time - filter change 6.21 6.22
Time - powered up log 6.16 6.17 6.19 6.20
Time - run log 6.16 6.17 6.19 6.20
Timer functions 9.35 to 9.53
Torque 4.03 4.26 5.32
Torque mode 4.08 4.11 4.09 4.10
Trip detection 10.37 10.38 10.20 to 10.29
Trip log 10.20 to 10.29 10.41 to 10.60 6.28 6.49
Under voltage 5.05 10.16 10.15
V/F mode 5.15 5.14
Variable selector 1 12.08 to 12.15

24 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Feature Parameter number (Pr)

Variable selector 2 12.28 to 12.35
Voltage controller 5.31
Voltage mode 5.14 5.17 5.23 5.15
Voltage rating 11.33 5.09 5.05
Voltage supply 6.44 6.46 5.05
Warning 10.19 10.12 10.17 10.18 10.40
Zero speed indicator bit 3.05 10.03

Affinity Advanced User Guide 25

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.3 Menu 1: Frequency/speed reference

Menu 1 controls the main reference selection. When the drive operates in open-loop mode a frequency reference is produced, and when the drive
operates in RFC mode a speed reference is produced.
Figure 5-1 Menu 1 logic diagram

LOCAL/REMOTE

Analog reference

Analog input 1
Analog Menu 8
reference 1

1.36
Analog reference 2
Menu 7 1.41 select

1.37

Analog input 2 Analog

reference 2

1.42 Preset reference

select

Preset reference
Preset reference 1.43 Keypad reference
1.15 select
selector*
Preset reference select bits 1 ~ 3

1.44 Precision reference

1.47 1.46 select
1.45
Reference Set to 4 when
selector* 1.14
Hand/Off
selected Sleep mode
active
Reference selected
indicator
1.49
1.21 ~ 1.28
Preset +
references
1 to 8
+

Scan timer
1.38 1.01
1.20
Preset Reference
reference Pr 1.50 set to percentage Level of
selected 1.50
greater than 1 trim reference
1.16 indicator selected
Preset 1.04
reference
scan time Reference
offset
1.48 Pr 1.49 Pr 1.50 Reference being used
1 1 Analog reference 1 1.09
Preset reference 1 >1 Preset reference defined by Pr 1.50
Scan-timer reset 2 1 Analog reference 2 Reference
2 >1 Preset reference defined by Pr 1.50 offset mode
Keypad reference Power-up keypad 3 x Preset reference defined by Pr 1.50 select
1.51 control mode 4 x Keypad reference
reference 5 x Precision reference

1.17

Keypad
Reference Set to value in
Pr 1.03 on transition
from Auto to Hand
Precision reference
Precision-reference
update disable Key

1.20
Input Read-write (RW)
terminals 0.XX
parameter
Precision
reference
Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)
1.18 Memory terminals parameter
1.19
Precision
The parameters are all shown in their default settings
reference trim

*Refer to Pr 1.14 on page 31.

26 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

FIRE MODE
RUN FORWARD ACTIVE

Menu 8

Sequencer (Menu 6)
Reference in skip Fire mode
freq./speed band activate
indicator
1.54
Reference
1.11 enabled 1.35
Bipolar
1.10 indicator
reference
select Pre-ramp
reference
Pre-filter
1.06 1.02 reference 1.03
Maximum
Reverse freq./speed
selected 1.12 "clamp"
indicator
1.07
Minimum Menu 2
Negative freq./speed
minimum "clamp" 1.53
speed (Maximum
select reverse Fire mode
freq./speed) reference
1.08

[1.06]
[1.07]

[1.07]
[1.06]
x(-1)

1.29 1.31 1.33

[1.06]
Skip freq./ Skip freq./ Skip freq./
speed 1 speed 2 speed 3

[1.06] 1.30 1.32 1.34

Skip freq./ Skip freq./ Skip freq./
speed band speed band speed band
1 2 3
[1.06]

[1.07]

Affinity Advanced User Guide 27

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.01 Frequency/speed reference selected

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Update rate 4ms write

1.02 Pre-skip filter reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Update rate 4ms write

1.03 Pre-ramp reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Update rate 4ms write

1.04 Reference offset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Open-loop ±3,000.0 Hz
Range
RFC ±40,000.0 rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Background read when precision reference is active
Update rate
4ms write otherwise
See Pr 1.09 on page 30.

1.05 Jog reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 400.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0 to 4,000.0 rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms read

Reference used for jogging. See section 5.8 Menu 6: Sequencer and clock on page 95 for details on when the jog mode can be activated.

28 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.06 Maximum reference clamp

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: VM = 1
Open-loop 0 to 3,000.0 Hz
Range
RFC ±SPEED_LIMIT_MAX rpm
Open-loop EUR: 50.0, USA: 60.0
Default
RFC EUR: 1,500.0, USA: 1,800.0
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.01
parameter
Update rate Background read
See below.

1.07 Minimum reference clamp

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: VM = 1
Open-loop ±3,000.0 Hz*
Range
RFC ±SPEED_LIMIT_MAX rpm*
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.02
parameter
Update rate Background read

*The range shown for Pr 1.07 shows the range used for scaling purposes (i.e. for routing to an analog output etc.). Further range restrictions are
applied as given below.
Pr 1.08 Pr 1.10
Open-loop RFC
(Neg min ref enable) (Bipolar mode enable)
0 0 0 to Pr 1.06 0 to Pr 1.06
0 1 0 0
1 0 -3,000 to 0Hz* -SPEED_LIMIT_MAX to 0 rpm
1 1 -3,000 to 0Hz* -SPEED_LIMIT_MAX to 0 rpm
The same limits are applied to Pr 21.02, but based on the value of Pr 21.01.
(If the second motor map is selected Pr 21.01 is used instead of Pr 1.06 and Pr 21.02 instead of Pr 1.07)

1.08 Negative minimum reference clamp enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
The effects of the reference clamps (Pr 1.06 and 1.07), the negative minimum clamp enable (Pr 1.08) and the bipolar reference enable parameters
are defined below.
The variable maximum limit for reference parameters, SPEED_FREQ_MAX, is defined as:
If Pr 1.08 = 0: SPEED_FREQ_MAX = Pr 1.06
If Pr 1.08=1: SPEED_FREQ_MAX is Pr 1.06 or -Pr 1.07 whichever is the largest
(If the second motor map is selected Pr 21.01 is used instead of Pr 1.06 and Pr 21.02 instead of Pr 1.07)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 29

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Analog input scaling

The following diagrams show the scaling applied when analog inputs are used to define the reference and are routed via Pr 1.36 or Pr 1.37.

SPEED_FREQ_MAX SPEED_FREQ_MAX

Pr 1.07

-100% 100% -100% 100%

-SPEED_FREQ_MAX

Pr 1.10=0 ( unipolar mode) Pr 1.10=1 (bipolar mode)

Pr 1.08=0 ( neg min ref disabled) Pr 1.08=0 ( neg min ref disabled)

SPEED_FREQ_MAX SPEED_FREQ_MAX

-100% 100% -100% 100%

-SPEED_FREQ_MAX

Pr 1.10=0 ( unipolar mode) Pr 1.10=1 (bipolar mode)

Pr 1.08=1 ( neg min ref enabled) Pr 1.08=1 ( neg min ref enabled)

Reference limits
With reference to the block diagram for Menu 1 (Figure 5-1 on page 26) the following table shows the limits applied to the reference by various blocks
in the reference system. It should be noted that the minimum limit in the main reference limits block changes when either the jog reference or velocity
feedforward references are active. When one of these is active: if Pr 1.08 = 0 the minimum = -Pr 1.06 [-Pr 21.01 for motor map2], if Pr 1.08 = 1 the
minimum = -Pr 1.07 [-Pr 21.02 for motor map 2].
Minimum Maximum
Unipolar mode: Pr 1.07, or 0 if Pr 1.07 < 0
Keypad control reference (Pr 1.17) SPEED_FREQ_MAX
Bipolar mode: -SPEED_FREQ_MAX
Unipolar mode: Pr 1.07, or 0 if Pr 1.07 < 0
Bipolar/unipolar selector No maximum limit applied
Bipolar mode: no limit applied
Neg minimum ref disabled: -Pr 1.06
Main reference limits Pr 1.06
Neg minimum ref enabled: Pr 1.07

1.09 Reference offset select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Background read when precision reference is active
Update rate
4ms read otherwise
When this parameter is 0 the reference is given by
Pr 1.01 = selected reference x (100 + Pr 1.38) / 100
and when this parameter is 1 the reference is given by
Pr 1.01 = selected reference + Pr 1.04

30 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.10 Bipolar reference enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read
See Pr 1.08 on page 29.

1.11 Reference enabled indicator

1.12 Reverse selected indicator
1.13 Jog selected indicator
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Update rate 4ms read

These parameters are controlled by the drive sequencer as defined in Menu 6. They select the appropriate reference as commanded by the drive
logic. Pr 1.11 will be active if a run command is given, the drive is enabled and the drive is healthy/ok. This parameter can be used as an interlock in
an Onboard PLC program to show that the drive is able to respond to a speed or torque demand.

1.14 Reference selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 5
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 (A1.A2)
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.03
parameter
Update rate 4ms read

Pr 1.14 defines how the value of Pr 1.49 is derived as follows:

Value of Pr 1.14 Display String Pr 1.49
0 A1.A2 (Analog ref 1. Analog ref 2) *Selected by terminal input
1 A1.Pr (Analog ref 1. Preset speeds) 1
2 A2.Pr (Analog ref 2. Preset speeds) 2
3 Pr (Preset speeds) 3
4 Pad (Keypad reference) 4
5 Prc (Precision reference) 5
*Pr 1.41 to Pr 1.44 can be controlled by digital inputs to force the value of Pr 1.49:
all bits equal to zero gives 1,
Pr 1.41 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 2
Pr 1.42 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 3
Pr 1.43 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 4
Pr 1.44 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 5
The bit parameters with lower numbers have priority over those with higher numbers.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 31

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Pr 1.49 and Pr 1.50 then define the reference as follows:

Pr 1.49 Pr 1.50 Reference
1 1 Analog reference 1 (Pr 1.36)
1 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
2 1 Analog reference 2 (Pr 1.37)
2 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
3 x** Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
4 x** Keypad reference (Pr 1.17)
5 x** Precision reference (Pr 1.18 and Pr 1.19)
** x = any value
Keypad reference
If Keypad reference is selected, the drive sequencer is controlled directly by the keypad keys and the keypad reference parameter (Pr 1.17) is
selected. The sequencing bits, Pr 6.30 to Pr 6.34, have no effect and jog is disabled.

1.15 Preset selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

Pr 1.15 defines how the value of Pr 1.50 is derived as follows:

Value of Pr 1.15 Pr 1.50
0 Selected by terminal input*
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 Selected by timer**

*Pr 1.45 to Pr 1.47 can be controlled by digital inputs to define the value of Pr 1.50 as follows:
**The presets are selected automatically in turn. Pr 1.16 defines the time between each change.

Pr 1.47 Pr 1.46 Pr 1.45 Pr 1.50

0 0 0 1
0 0 1 2
0 1 0 3
0 1 1 4
1 0 0 5
1 0 1 6
1 1 0 7
1 1 1 8
Pr 1.49 and Pr 1.50 then define the reference as follows:
Pr 1.49 Pr 1.50 Reference
1 1 Analog reference 1 (Pr 1.36)
1 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
2 1 Analog reference 2 (Pr 1.37)
2 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
3 x Preset defined by Pr 1.50 (Pr 1.21 to Pr 1.28)
4 x Keypad reference (Pr 1.17)
5 x Precision reference (Pr 1.18 and Pr 1.19)

32 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.16 Preset reference selector timer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 400.0 s
Default Open-loop, RFC 10.0
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the time between preset reference changes when Pr 1.15 is set to 9. If Pr 1.48 is set to 1, then the preset counter and timer
are reset and preset 1 will be selected.

1.17 Keypad control mode reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms read
The drive can be controlled from the keypad if Pr 1.14 is set to 4.The frequency/speed reference is defined by Pr 1.17. This is a read only parameter
that can only be adjusted in status mode by pressing the Up or Down keys. If keypad control mode is selected, then pressing the Up or Down keys in
status mode will cause the drive to automatically display the keypad reference and adjust it in the relevant direction. This can be done whether the
drive is disabled or running. If the Up or Down keys are held down, the rate of change of keypad reference increases with time. The units used for
displaying the keypad reference for different modes are given below.
Mode Unit
Open loop Hz
RFC rpm

See also Pr 1.51 on page 36 (Power-up keypad control mode reference).

1.18 Precision reference coarse

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

See below.

1.19 Precision reference fine

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Open-loop 0.000 to 0.099 Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 0.099 rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Update rate Background read

Open loop
The frequency reference resolution is restricted to 0.1Hz from normal parameters, however the resolution can be improved by using the precision
reference. Pr 1.18 defines the coarse part of reference (either positive or negative) with a resolution of 0.1Hz and Pr 1.19 defines the fine part of the
reference (always positive) with a resolution of 0.001Hz. The final reference is given by Pr 1.18 + Pr 1.19. Therefore Pr 1.19 increases positive
references away from zero, and decreases negative references towards zero.
RFC
As with open-loop a higher resolution speed reference can be programmed by selecting these parameters. In this case the speed will have a
resolution of 0.001 rpm.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 33

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.20 Precision reference update disable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
When this bit is 0, the precision reference parameters are read and stored in internal memory. Because the precision reference has to be set in two
parameters, this bit is provided to prevent the drive reading the parameters while the reference is being updated. Instead, the drive uses the value
stored in memory preventing the possibility of data skew.

1.21 Preset reference 1

1.22 Preset reference 2
1.23 Preset reference 3
1.24 Preset reference 4
1.25 Preset reference 5
1.26 Preset reference 6
1.27 Preset reference 7
1.28 Preset reference 8
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms read

1.29 Skip reference 1

1.31 Skip reference 2
1.33 Skip reference 3
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 0
Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0 to 40,000 rpm
Open-loop 0.0
Default
RFC 0
Update rate Background read

See below.

1.30 Skip reference band 1

1.32 Skip reference band 2
1.34 Skip reference band 3
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 0
Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0 to 250 rpm
Open-loop 0.5
Default
RFC 5
Update rate Background read

34 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Three skip references are available to prevent continuous operation at a speed which would cause mechanical resonance. When a skip reference
parameter is set to 0 that filter is disabled. The skip reference band parameters define the frequency or speed range either side of the programmed
skip reference over which references are rejected. The actual reject band is therefore twice that programmed in these parameters, with the skip
reference parameters defining the centre of the band. When the selected reference is within a band, the lower limit of the band is passed through to
the ramps such that reference is always less than demanded.

1.35 Reference in rejection zone

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write

This parameter indicates that the selected reference is within one of the skip reference zones such that the motor speed is not as demanded.

1.36 Analog reference 1

1.37 Analog reference 2
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms write

Although most parameters can be controlled from analog inputs, these two parameters are a special case in that if an analog input is directed to one
of these parameters, the scan rate of that analog input is increased to 250s as long as:
1. The reference must be derived via Pr 1.36 or Pr 1.37
2. The analog inputs must be in voltage mode with zero offset
3. Bipolar mode must be used or unipolar mode with the minimum speed (Pr 1.07) set to zero
4. No skip bands are enabled, i.e. Pr 1.29, Pr 1.31 and Pr 1.33 must be zero.
5. The jog and velocity feed-forward references must not be enabled.

These are special parameters when a non-bit type quantity uses these parameters as a destination (not just from analog inputs). The scaling and
limiting applied is as described with Pr 1.08 on page 29.

1.38 Percentage trim

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate 4ms read

See Pr 1.09 on page 30.

1.41 Analog reference 2 select

1.42 Preset reference select
1.43 Keypad reference select
1.44 Precision reference select
1.45 Preset reference 1 select
1.46 Preset reference 2 select
1.47 Preset reference 3 select
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 35

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Pr 1.41 to Pr 1.44 control Pr 1.49. The priority order is Pr 1.44 (highest), Pr 1.43, Pr 1.42, Pr 1.41 (lowest). If more than one parameter is active, the
highest priority takes precedence.
Pr 1.41 = 1 forces Pr 1.49 = 2 (see table in Pr 1.14 on page 31 and Pr 1.15 on page 32)
Pr 1.42 = 1 forces Pr 1.49 = 3 (always selects preset references)
Pr 1.43 = 1 forces Pr 1.49 = 4 (always selects keypad control mode)
Pr 1.44 = 1 forces Pr 1.49 = 5 (always selects precision reference)
Pr 1.45 to Pr 1.47 control Pr 1.50.
Pr 1.45 controls Pr 1.50 bit 0*
Pr 1.46 controls Pr 1.50 bit 1*
Pr 1.47 controls Pr 1.50 bit 2*
*See the description with Pr 1.14 and Pr 1.15 on page 32 for more information.

1.48 Reference timer reset flag

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
When this flag is set, the preset timer for auto preset timer mode (Pr 01.15 = 9) is reset and preset 1 is selected. This can be used to start a new
sequence of reference selection by a programmable input terminal or function. When this bit is zero the preset selection will follow the timer even
when the drive is disabled.

1.49 Reference selected indicator

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 1 to 5
Update rate 4ms write

Indicates the reference currently selected.

1.50 Preset reference selected indicator

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 1 to 8
Update rate 4ms write

Indicates the preset reference currently being selected.

1.51 Power-up keypad control mode reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

Selects the value of the keypad control mode (Pr 1.17) at power-up as follows:

0 rESEt zero
1 LASt last value used before power-down
2 PrS1 Preset 1, Pr 1.21, before power-down

36 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 1
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.3.1 Hand / Off / Auto

1.52 Enable hand/off/auto keypad operating mode
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read

Hand / Off / Auto functions are enabled if Pr 1.52 is set to a non-zero value, otherwise the keypad buttons are allocated as follows:

• Blue - Forward/Reverse
• Green - Run
• Red - Reset
When Hand / Off / Auto functions are enabled (Pr 1.52 set to either 1, 2 or 3), then the keypad buttons will be allocated as follows:

• Blue - Auto
• Green - Hand
• Red - Off/Reset
The value in Pr 1.52 selects Hand/Off/Auto mode on power-up as shown in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3 Hand/Off/Auto mode

Pr 1.52 Power up
0 Hand/Off/Auto disabled
1 Auto Mode
2 Off Mode
3 See table Table 5-4
Table 5-4 Power-up modes if Pr 1.52 = 3

Power-down Power-up
Hand Off
Off Off
Auto Auto

Auto
In Auto mode, the reference for the motor speed/frequency will be selected by the value set in Pr 0.05.
Hand
The speed/frequency reference Pr 0.05 is automatically set to keypad reference. The motor speed is determined by the value in the keypad control
mode reference Pr 1.17, which can be adjusted by pressing the Up/Down arrows on the keypad.
When Hand is selected from Auto, Pr 1.17 will be set to the value of the Pre-ramp reference (Pr 1.03) on mode transition, so the current motor speed
is maintained.
If Hand mode is selected from Off mode, the motor will ramp up to the speed determined by the value in Pr 1.17.
Off
In Off mode, the motor will be stopped. The speed/frequency reference (Pr 0.05) is automatically set to keypad reference, allowing the value in the
keypad control mode reference (Pr 1.17) to be modified by pressing the Up/Down arrow keys. If Hand mode is then subsequently selected, the motor
will ramp up to the speed determined by the value in Pr 1.17.

1.53 Fire mode reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
-SPEED_FREQ_MAX to
Range Open-loop, RFC
+SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Open-loop 0.0Hz
Default
RFC 0.0rpm
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 37

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 1 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1.54 Fire mode activate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
Emergency ventilation or fire mode allows for the purging of air from a structure during a fire. It is enabled if Pr 1.53 is set to a non zero value and
activated when Pr 1.54 is set to one. When activated, the pre-ramp reference (Pr 1.03) is set to the value of Pr 1.53 and the normal drive controls are
overridden as follows:
1. Drive enable is only controlled by the Enable input (Pr 6.15). The control word (Pr 6.43) cannot be used to disable the drive.
2. The internal run command is forced to be active. The normal drive sequencing bits (Pr 6.30 to Pr 6.34) and the control word have no effect.
3. The limit switch functions (Pr 6.35 and Pr 6.36) have no effect and will not stop the motor.
4. The hard speed reference is forced to zero. The hard speed reference should not be used when fire mode is likely to be activated as this will
cause an abrupt change of speed.
5. The hand/off/auto function is disabled. If this system is in the hand state when fire mode is activated it will be forced to the off state, in order that
the hand state is not active when fire mode is de-activated.
6. Keypad mode is disabled.
7. All latching mode states are reset.
If the fire mode activate parameter is subsequently set to zero the drive returns to normal operation. The fire mode activate parameter does not have
the RW attribute set, and so it must be controlled from a digital input. This prevents fire mode from being enabled via the keypad, serial comms or a
correctly functioning Solutions Modules.
If the drive is in the tripped state when fire mode is activated, the trip is reset and thereafter only the trips listed in the table below can be initiated while
fire mode is active.

Trip
String Cause of trip
number
2 OU DC bus over-voltage
3 OI.AC AC instantaneous over-current
4 OI.br Braking resistor instantaneous over current
5 PS Drive power supply fault
8 PS.10V 10V user power supply overload
9 PS.24V 24V internal power supply overload
21 O.ht1 Power device over temperature based on thermal model
31 EEF EEProm failure
36 SAVE.Er User parameter save error
37 PSAVE.Er Power down save parameter error
103 OIbr.P Power module braking IGBT over current
104 OIAC.P Power module over current detected from the module output currents
105 Oht2.P Power module heatsink over temperature
106 OU.P Power module DC bus over-voltage
107 Ph.P Power module phase loss detection
108 PS.P Power module power supply fail
109 OIdc.P Power module over current detected from on state voltage monitoring
110 Unid.P Power module unidentified trip
200 SL1.HF Slot 1 Solutions Module failure
205 SL2.HF Slot 2 Solutions Module failure
210 SL3.HF Slot 3 Solutions Module failure
217 to 232 HF17 to HF32 Hardware faults
Most of the trips included in the table are initiated in hardware and cannot be prevented in fire mode. These can be reset using the auto-reset
function. The number of reset attempts can be set to a value from 1 to 5, or set to infinite attempts - see Pr 10.34, Number of auto-reset attempts on
page 155 for details.
SLx.HF trips are allowed because these provide a watchdog function for most Solutions Modules and cannot be reset. HF17 to HF32 are hardware
related faults that will prevent the drive from operating and cannot be reset. EEF, SAVE.Er and PSAVe.Er indicate that the parameter data taken from
EEPROM is incorrect at power-up, and so the drive cannot run.

It is possible for the drive to become damaged when operating in fire mode
because some of the drive thermal protection trips are disabled.
CAUTION

38 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 2
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Affinity Advanced User Guide 39

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 2 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.4 Menu 2: Ramps

The pre-ramp frequency or speed reference passes through the ramp block controlled by menu 2 before being used by the drive to produce the basic
output frequency (Open-loop modes), or as an input to the speed controller (RFC mode). The ramp block includes: linear ramps, an S ramp function
for ramped acceleration and deceleration, deceleration ramp control to prevent rises in the DC bus voltage within the drive that would cause an over-
voltage trip if no braking resistor is installed.
Figure 5-2 Menu 2 logic diagram

Acceleration rate select bits

Key

2.34 2.33 2.32

2.32 Input Read-write (RW)
terminals 0.XX
parameter

0 0 0 Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter
0 0 1
0 1 0
The parameters are all shown at their default settings
0 1 1
1 0 0
1 0 1
Acceleration
1 1 0 rate selector
1 1 1
2.10

Acceleration rates 1 ~ 8

2.11 Acceleration rate 1

2.12 Acceleration rate 2

2.13 Acceleration rate 3

2.14 Acceleration rate 4

2.15 Acceleration rate 5

2.16 Acceleration rate 6

2.17 Acceleration rate 7

2.18 Acceleration rate 8

Preset reference 1.50

selected indicator

Jog acceleration
1 2.19
rate
2

3
4 Jog selected
1.13
indicator
5
6
7 Reverse Forward
8 accel. rate accel. rate
N N

t t

Acceleration

Ramp control

2.03 Ramp hold

Pre-ramp speed Ramp mode

reference 1.03 2.04
select*

40 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 2
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Deceleration rate select bits

2.37 2.36 2.35

Deceleration
rate selector

2.20

Deceleration rates 1 ~ 8

2.21 Deceleration rate 1

2.22 Deceleration rate 2

2.23 Deceleration rate 3

2.24 Deceleration rate 4

2.25 Deceleration rate 5

2.26 Deceleration rate 6

2.27 Deceleration rate 7

2.28 Deceleration rate 8

Preset reference
1.50
selected indicator

2.29 Jog deceleration 1

rate
2

3
Jog selected 4
1.13
indicator
5
6

Forward Reverse 7
Decel. rate Decel. rate 8
N N
Current control
t t Menu 4
(Open-loop only) Ramp enable
2.02 (RFC only)
Deceleration
_ Ramps always enabled Post-ramp
Ramp control in Open-loop reference
+
2.06 S-Ramp enable**
2.01
S-Ramp acceleration
2.07
limit

2.08 Standard ramp voltage*

d/dt 2.38

Inertia compensation
torque
(RFC only)

* For more information refer to Pr 2.04 on page 42.

** For more information refer to Pr 2.06 on page 43.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 41

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 2 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

2.01 Post ramp reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Update rate 4ms write

2.02 Ramp enable

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default RFC 1
Update rate 4ms read

2.03 Ramp hold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

If this bit is set the ramp will be held. If S ramp is enabled the acceleration will ramp towards zero causing the ramp output to curve towards a constant
speed.

2.04 Ramp mode select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 2
Range
RFC 0 to 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate 4ms read
This parameter does not affect the acceleration ramp, and the ramp output always rises at the programmed acceleration rate subject to the current
limits. It is possible under some unusual circumstances in open-loop mode (i.e. with highly inductive supplies), for the motor to reach a low speed in
standard ramp mode, but not completely stop. It is also possible if the drive attempts to stop the motor with an overhauling load in any mode, that the
motor will not stop when standard ramp mode or fast ramp mode is used.
If the drive is in the deceleration state, the rate of fall of the frequency or speed is monitored. If this does not fall for 10 seconds, the drive forces the
frequency or the speed reference to zero. This only applies when the drive is in the deceleration state, and not when the reference is simply set to
zero. If the speed or frequency reference is set to zero with an overhauling or very high inertia load, then the drive may not decelerate.
0: Fast ramp
Fast ramp is used where the deceleration follows the programmed deceleration rate subject to current limits.
1: Standard ramp
Standard ramp is used during deceleration if the voltage rises to the standard ramp level (Pr 2.08). It causes a controller to operate, the output of
which changes the demanded load current in the motor. As the controller regulates the DC bus voltage, the motor deceleration increases as the
speed approaches zero speed. When the motor deceleration rate reaches the programmed deceleration rate, the controller ceases to operate and
the drive continues to decelerate at the programmed rate.
If the standard ramp voltage (Pr 2.08) is set lower than the nominal DC bus level, the drive will not decelerate the motor, but it will coast to a rest. The
output of the ramp controller (when active) is a current demand that is fed to the frequency changing current controller (Open-loop mode) or the
torque producing current controller (RFC mode). The gain of these controllers can be modified with Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14.

42 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 2
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Controller
operational

DC Bus voltage

Motor Speed

Programmed
deceleration
rate

2: Standard ramp with motor voltage boost

This mode is the same as normal standard ramp mode except that the motor voltage is boosted by 20%. This increases the losses in the motor giving
faster deceleration.

2.06 S ramp enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

Setting this parameter enables the S ramp function. S ramp is disabled during deceleration when the standard ramp voltage controller is active. When
the motor is accelerated again after decelerating in standard ramp mode, the acceleration ramp used by the S ramp function is reset to zero.

2.07 S ramp acceleration limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 300.0 s2/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 100.000 s2/1,000rpm
Open-loop 3.1
Default
RFC 1.500
Update rate Background read

This parameter defines the maximum rate of change of acceleration/deceleration. If the S ramp is disabled (Pr 2.06 = 0) a linear ramp is used and the
time in seconds taken for the ramp output to change by frequency (f*) or speed (w*) is given by:
Frequency (Open-loop mode)
TRamp = f* x A / 100
where A is the selected ramp rate in s / 100Hz

Speed (RFC)
TRamp = w* x A / 100

Where A is the selected ramp rate in s / 1000rpm

If the S ramp is enabled (Pr 2.06 = 1) then the ramp time is extended as shown in the diagram below.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 43

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 2 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Demanded Speed
Acceleration
Actual Speed

Programmed
ramp rate

S ramp
acceleration
ramp

T/2 T/2 T/2 T/2 t

T T

The time taken in seconds for the ramp output to change by frequency (f*) or speed (w*) is given below. Two cases are given because the total
ramp time must be calculated with a different equation depending on whether the acceleration is able to reach the selected ramp rate (A) or not. If the
required change is small the selected ramp rate is not reached and the ramp does not include the central linear ramp region. If the required change is
larger, the ramp does include the central linear region as shown in the diagram above.

Frequency (Open-loop mode)

f*linear = 100 x J / A2
where:
A is the selected ramp rate in s / 100Hz
J is parameter Pr 2.07, the S ramp acceleration limit in s2 / 100Hz
If the required change is less than f*linear then TRamp1 should be used, but if the speed change is greater or equal to f*linear TRamp2 should be used.

TRamp1 = 2  (f* x J / 100)

TRamp2 = (f* x A / 100) + (J / A)
Speed (RFC)
w*linear = 1000 x J / A2
where:
A is the selected ramp rate in s / 1000rpm
J is Pr 2.07, the S ramp acceleration limit in s2 / 1000rpm
If the required change is less than w*linear then TRamp1 should be used, but if the speed change is greater or equal to w*linear TRamp1 should be
used.
TRamp1 = 2  (w* x J / 1000)
TRamp2 = (w* x A / 1000) + (J / A)

The default values for the ramp rate and S ramp acceleration limit have been chosen such that for the default maximum speed the curved parts of the
S ramp are 25% of the original ramp if S ramp is enabled. Therefore the ramp time is increased by a factor of 1.5.

2.08 Standard ramp voltage

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to dc _VOLTAGE_SET_MAX V
200V rating drive: 375
400V rating drive: EUR: 750 / USA: 775
Default Open-loop, RFC
575V rating drive: 895
690V rating drive: 1,075
Update rate Background read

This voltage is used as the control level for standard ramp mode. If this parameter is set too low, the machine will coast to a rest, and if it is set too
high and no braking resistor is used, the drive may indicate an OU trip. The minimum level should be greater than the voltage produced on the DC
bus by the highest supply voltage. Normally the DC bus voltage will be approximately the rms supply line voltage x 2.

44 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 2
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

2.09 Deceleration failure detection

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

Deceleration failure detection is provided to force the drive to change from the decelerating state to the appropriate stop state if the motor frequency
or speed is held at a constant level for 10s or more when the standard ramp voltage controller is active. When the drive is connected to a highly
inductive supply, it is possible for the d.c. link voltage to rise as the motor frequency/speed falls. This rise in d.c. link voltage causes the standard ramp
d.c. link voltage controller to prevent any further deceleration.
In some applications with very high inertia, the motor frequency/speed must fall very slowly or else the power fed into the d.c. link will cause an over-
voltage trip. In these applications it may be necessary to disable the deceleration failure detection system by setting this parameter to 1.

2.10 Acceleration rate selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

The acceleration rate is selected as follows.

0 Ramp rate selection by terminal input
1-8 Ramp rate defined by parameter number, i.e. 1 = Pr 2.11, 2 = Pr 2.12, etc.
9 Ramp rate selection by Pr 1.50
When Pr 2.10 is set to 0, the acceleration ramp rate selected depends on the state of bit Pr 2.32 to Pr 2.34. These bits are for control by digital inputs
such that ramp rates can be selected by external control. The ramp rate selected depends on the binary code generated by these bits as follows:
Pr 2.34 Pr 2.33 Pr 2.32 Ramp defined by
0 0 0 Pr 2.11
0 0 1 Pr 2.12
0 1 0 Pr 2.13
0 1 1 Pr 2.14
1 0 0 Pr 2.15
1 0 1 Pr 2.16
1 1 0 Pr 2.17
1 1 1 Pr 2.18
When Pr 2.10 is set to 9, the appropriate acceleration rate is automatically selected depending on the value of Pr 1.50, and so an acceleration rate
can be programmed to operate with each reference. Since the new ramp rate is selected with the new reference, the acceleration applies towards the
selected preset if the motor needs to accelerate to reach the preset.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 45

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 2 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

2.11 Acceleration rate 1

2.12 Acceleration rate 2
2.13 Acceleration rate 3
2.14 Acceleration rate 4
2.15 Acceleration rate 5
2.16 Acceleration rate 6
2.17 Acceleration rate 7
2.18 Acceleration rate 8
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3,200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3,200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop EUR> 40.0, USA> 33.0
Default
RFC EUR> 13.333, USA> 11.111
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.04 for Pr 2.11 only
parameter
Update rate 4ms read
RFC
If an acceleration rate is selected where the parameter is set to 0.000, the acceleration ramp is disabled and the reference changes instantly to its
new value during acceleration.
Open-loop
If either an acceleration or deceleration rate is selected where the parameter is set to 0.0 in open-loop mode, the ramps are disabled for both
acceleration and deceleration. This disables the voltage controller, used for standard ramp and mains loss ride through, and the frequency based
current limits.

2.19 Jog acceleration rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFCL: DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop 0.2
Default
RFC 0.000
Update rate Background read

The jog acceleration rate is only used when accelerating towards the jog reference and when changing the jog reference.

2.20 Deceleration rate selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read
The acceleration rate is selected as follows:
0 Ramp rate selection by terminal input
1-8 Ramp rate defined by parameter number, i.e. 1 = Pr 2.21, 2 = Pr 2.22, etc.
9 Ramp rate selection by Pr 1.50

46 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 2
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

When Pr 2.20 is set to 0, the deceleration ramp rate selected depends on the state of bit Pr 2.35 to Pr 2.37. These bits are for control by digital inputs
such that ramp rates can be selected by an external control. The ramp rate selected depends on the binary code generated by these bits as follows:
02.37 02.36 02.35 Ramp defined by
0 0 0 Pr 2.21
0 0 1 Pr 2.22
0 1 0 Pr 2.23
0 1 1 Pr 2.24
1 0 0 Pr 2.25
1 0 1 Pr 2.26
1 1 0 Pr 2.27
1 1 1 Pr 2.28
When Pr 2.20 is set to 9, the appropriate deceleration rate is automatically selected depending on the value of Pr 1.50, and so a deceleration rate can
be programmed to operate with each reference. Since the new ramp rate is selected with the new reference, the deceleration applies towards the
selected preset if the motor needs to decelerate to reach the preset.

2.21 Deceleration rate 1

2.22 Deceleration rate 2
2.23 Deceleration rate 3
2.24 Deceleration rate 4
2.25 Deceleration rate 5
2.26 Deceleration rate 6
2.27 Deceleration rate 7
2.28 Deceleration rate 8
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3,200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3,200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop EUR> 40.0, USA> 33.0
Default
RFC EUR> 13.333, USA> 11.111
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.05 for Pr 2.21 only
parameter
Update rate 4ms read
RFC
If a deceleration rate is selected where the parameter is set to 0.000, the deceleration ramp is disabled and the reference changes instantly to its new
value during deceleration.
Open-loop
If either an acceleration or deceleration rate is selected where the parameter is set to 0.0 in open-loop mode, the ramps are disabled for both
acceleration and deceleration. This disables the voltage controller used for standard ramp and mains loss ride through, and the frequency based
current limits.

2.29 Jog deceleration rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC: DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3,200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3,200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop 0.2
Default
RFC 0.000
Update rate Background read
The jog deceleration rate is only used when the drive is changing speed (when the jog reference has changed, or to stop from the jog reference. It is
not used to go from the jog to the run state. This prevents the fast ramps normally used with jog from being used when changing between running and
jogging.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 47

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 2 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

2.32 Acceleration select bit 0

2.33 Acceleration select bit 1
2.34 Acceleration select bit 2
2.35 Deceleration select bit 0
2.36 Deceleration select bit 1
2.37 Deceleration select bit 2
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Update rate 4ms read
These bits are provided for control by logic input terminals for external ramp selection (see Pr 2.10 and Pr 2.20).

2.38 Inertia compensation torque

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±1,000.0 %
Update rate 4ms write
The motor and load inertia (Pr 3.18), motor torque per amp (Pr 5.32) and the rate of change of the ramp output (Pr 2.01), are used to produce a
torque feed forward value that should accelerate or decelerate the load at the required rate. This value can be used as a feed forward term that is
added to the speed controller output if Pr 4.22 is set to one. Pr 2.38 shows the torque value as a percentage of rated active current.

48 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 3
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.5 Menu 3: Speed feedback and speed control

Menu 3 relates to different functions depending on the drive mode selected as shown in the table below. The menus for some drive modes are
significantly different, and therefore the complete menu is covered in different sections.
Drive mode section Menu 3 functions
Open-loop Frequency slaving
“Zero speed” and “at speed” detectors
Speed feedback, speed controller
RFC
“Zero speed”, “at speed” and overspeed
detectors

Frequency/Speed accuracy and resolution

Digital reference resolution
When a preset frequency/speed is used the reference resolution is 0.1Hz or 0.1rpm. Improved resolution can be obtained by using the precision
reference (0.001Hz or 0.001rpm).
Analog reference resolution
In Open-loop modes the frequency reference controlled by an analog input has a maximum resolution of 12 bits plus sign, but this is reduced if the
window time constant/filter period for this input controller by Pr 7.26, is reduced below the default value of 4.0ms. The resolution of the frequency
reference from analog inputs 2 or 3 is 10 bits plus sign.
In RFC mode the resolution from analog input 1 is better than 16 bits plus sign provided the speed reference is routed via Pr 1.36, Pr 1.37 or Pr 3.22
in high speed update mode. The resolution from analog inputs 2 or 3 is 10 bits plus sign.
Accuracy
The absolute frequency and speed accuracy depends on the accuracy of the crystal used with the drive microprocessor. The accuracy of the crystal
is 100ppm, and so the absolute frequency/speed accuracy is 100ppm (0.01%) of the reference, when a preset speed is used. If an analog input is
used the absolute accuracy is further limited by the absolute accuracy and non-linearity of the analog input.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 49

Issue Number: 3
 Menu 3 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
Open-loop structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Parameter descriptions: Open-loop

Figure 5-3 Menu 3 Open-loop logic diagram

Slip
compensation
Menu 5
Post ramp Motor
reference frequency
+
+
Menu 2 2.01 5.01

Zero speed At zero speed Bipolar reference

threshold indicator select
3.05 + 1.10
10.03
_

Minimum
speed 1
1.07 +0.5Hz + 10.04
0
_
At or below min.
speed indicator

+
Overspeed trip
1.06 +20% _ (O.SPd)
Max.
frequency

At speed
lower limit Below at-speed
window indicator
3.06 + Key
Pre ramp
10.05
reference _ At speed
1 _ indicator X Input Read-write (RW)
X terminals 0.XX
1.03 + parameter
0 NOR 10.06
X Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)
X
terminals parameter
3.09
+
10.07
Absolute at-speed 3.07
_
Above at-speed The parameters are all shown at their default settings
detect mode window indicator
At speed
upper limit

3.05 Zero speed threshold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read
If the post ramp reference (Pr 2.01) is at or below the level defined by this parameter in either direction, the Zero speed flag (Pr 10.03) is 1, otherwise
the flag is 0.

3.06 At speed lower limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read

50 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation Menu 3
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network Open-loop

3.07 At speed upper limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 3,000.0 Hz
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read

3.09 Absolute “at speed” select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop 0
Update rate Background read
"At speed" flag (Pr 10.06) is set if the post-ramp reference (Pr 2.01) is on the boundaries or within the at speed window. Flags Pr 10.07 and Pr 10.05
are set if the reference is above or below the window respectively.
If Pr 3.09 = 0 reference window mode is used and the "at speed" condition is true if
(|Pr 1.03| - Pr 3.06)  |Pr 2.01|  (|Pr 1.03| + Pr 3.07)
(If the lower limit is less than zero then zero is used as the lower limit.)
If Pr 3.09 = 1 absolute window mode is used and the "at speed" condition is true if
Pr 3.06  |Pr 2.01|  Pr 3.07
The speed detector system also includes an overspeed trip in open-loop mode. The level cannot be set by the user, but the drive produces an
overspeed trip if the final frequency (Pr 5.01) exceeds 1.2 x SPEED_FREQ_MAX.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 51

Issue Number: 3
 Menu 3 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
RFC structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Parameter descriptions: RFC

Figure 5-4 Menu 3 RFC logic diagram
Hard speed
reference 3.22

Hard speed
reference Speed controller
selector gain select
3.23
3.16
Reference Speed loop gains
enabled
indicator Speed
1.11 3.10 (Kp1) controller
Final speed Speed
reference error output
+ 3.11 (Ki1)
Post-ramp + + 3.03
+ 3.04
reference 2.01 3.01 Menu 4
_ _ 3.13 (Kp2)

3.14 (Ki2)

Speed controller (Kd1) (Kd2)

differential 3.12 3.15
feedback gains

Speed feedback
Drive encoder filter
RFC sensorless
speed feedback 3.42 3.02
calculator
Zero speed At zero speed Bipolar reference
threshold indicator select
3.05 + 1.10
10.03
_
At or below min.
Minimum speed indicator
speed
1.07 +5min
-1
+ 10.04
_

+
Max reference clamp Overspeed trip
1.06
_ (O.SPd)
+20%

Overspeed threshold
3.08
3.08 >0
Below at-speed
At speed window indicator
Pre ramp lower limit 3.06 +
10.05
reference _ At speed
_ indicator
1.03
+
NOR 10.06

+
3.09 10.07
3.07
_ Above at-speed
Absolute at-speed
detect mode window indicator
At speed
upper limit Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

52 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation Menu 3
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network RFC

3.01 Final speed reference

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±SPEED_MAX rpm
Update rate 4ms write
This is the final speed demand at the input to the speed regulator formed by the sum of the ramp output and the hard speed reference (if the hard
speed reference is enabled). If the drive is disabled this parameter will show 0.0.

3.02 Speed Feedback

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±SPEED_MAX rpm
Update rate 4ms write

The speed feedback is derived from the sensorless feedback calculation.

3.03 Speed error

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±SPEED_MAX rpm
Update rate 4ms write
The speed error is the difference between the final speed demand and the speed feedback in rpm. This does not include the effect of the D term in the
speed controller feedback branch.

3.04 Speed controller output

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate 4ms write

The output of the speed regulator is a torque demand given as a percentage of rated motor torque. This is then modified to account for changes in
motor flux if field weakening is active, and then used as the torque producing current reference.

3.05 Zero speed threshold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 200 rpm
Default RFC 5
Update rate Background read
If the speed feedback (Pr 3.02) is at or below the level defined by this parameter in either direction the Zero speed flag (Pr 10.03) is 1, otherwise the
flag is 0.

3.06 At speed lower limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 40,000 rpm
Default RFC 50
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 53

Issue Number: 3
 Menu 3 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
RFC structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

3.07 At speed upper limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 40,000 rpm
Default RFC 50
Update rate Background read
"At speed" flag (Pr 10.06) is set if the speed feedback (Pr 3.02) is on the boundaries or within the at speed window. Flags Pr 10.07 and Pr 10.05 are
set if the reference is above or below the window respectively.
If Pr 3.09 = 0 reference window mode is used and the "at speed" condition is true if
(|Pr 1.03| - Pr 3.06)  |Pr 3.02|  (|Pr 1.03| + Pr 3.07)
(If the lower limit is less than zero then zero is used as the lower limit.)
If Pr 3.09 = 1 absolute window mode is used and the "at speed" condition is true if
Pr 3.06  |Pr 3.02|  Pr 3.07

3.08 Overspeed threshold

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 40,0000 rpm
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read

If the speed feedback (Pr 3.02) exceeds this level in either direction an overspeed trip is produced. If this parameter is set to zero the overspeed
threshold is automatically set to 1.2 x SPEED_FREQ_MAX.

3.09 Absolute “at speed” detect

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read
See Pr 3.06 and Pr 3.07 on page 54.

3.10 Speed controller proportional gain (Kp1)

3.13 Speed controller proportional gain (Kp2)
Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
4 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0000 to 6.5335 (1/ rad s-1)
Default RFC 0.0300
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.17
parameter
Update rate Background read

54 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation Menu 3
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network RFC

3.11 Speed controller integral gain (Ki1)

3.14 Speed controller integral gain (Ki2)
Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 653.35 s/rad s-1
Default RFC 0.10
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.18
parameter
Update rate Background read

3.12 Speed controller differential feedback gain (Kd1)

3.15 Speed controller differential feedback gain (Kd2)
Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
5 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00000 to 0.65335 s-1/rad s-1
Default RFC 0.00000
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.19
parameter
Update rate Background read

3.16 Speed controller gain select

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read
The following diagram shows a generalized representation of the speed controller. The controller includes proportional (Kp) and integral (Ki) feed-
forward terms, and a differential (Kd) feedback term. The drive holds two sets of these gains, and either set may be selected for use by the speed
controller with Pr 3.16. If Pr 3.16 = 0, gains Kp1, Ki1 and Kd1 are used, if Pr 3.16 = 1, gains Kp2, Ki2 and Kd2 are used. Pr 3.16 may be changed
when the drive is enabled or disabled.

Speed Kp Torque
reference + reference
(wr*) + (Te*)

- Ki +

Speed
+ feedback
(wr)

+
Kd

Proportional gain (Kp)

If Kp has a value and Ki is set to zero the controller will only have a proportional term, and there must be a speed error to produce a torque reference.
Therefore as the motor load increases there will be a difference between the reference and actual speeds. This effect, called regulation, depends on
the level of the proportional gain, the higher the gain the smaller the speed error for a given load.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 55

Issue Number: 3
 Menu 3 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
RFC structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Integral gain (Ki)

The integral gain is provided to prevent speed regulation. The error is accumulated over a period of time, and used to produce the necessary torque
demand without any speed error. Increasing the integral gain reduces the time taken for the speed to reach the correct level, and increases the
stiffness of the system, i.e. it reduces the positional displacement produced by applying a load torque to the motor. Unfortunately, increasing the
integral gain also reduces the system damping giving overshoot after a transient.
For a given integral gain, the damping can be improved by increasing the proportional gain. A compromise must be reached where the system
response, stiffness and damping are all adequate for the application. The integral term is implemented in the form of (Ki x error), and so the integral
gain can be changed when the controller is active without causing large torque demand transients.
Differential gain (Kd)
The differential gain is provided in the feedback of the speed controller to give additional damping. The differential term is implemented in a way that
does not introduce excessive noise normally associated with this type of function. Increasing the differential term reduces the overshoot produced by
under-damping however, for most applications the proportional and integral gains alone are sufficient. It should be noted that the differential term is
limited internally so that it is ineffective if speed in rpm x Kd x Ki is greater than 170.
To analyze the performance of the speed controller it may be represented as an s-domain model as shown below.

Kp w(s)
-1
w*(s) + rads
rads
-1
+ Kc Kt L(s)
_
_ +
Ki 1/s

Ki.Kd

Speed controller

Where:
Kc is the conversion between the speed controller output and the torque producing current. A value of unity at the output of the speed controller gives
a torque producing current equal to Kc. The drive automatically compensates the torque producing current for flux variations in field weakening, and
so Kc can be assumed to have a constant value even in field weakening. See menu 4 for the value of Kc each drive size).
Kt is the torque constant of the motor (i.e. torque in Nm per amp of torque producing current). This value is normally available for a servo motor from
the manufacturer, however for induction motors the value must be calculated from:-
Kt = Motor rated torque / Motor rated torque producing current
= Motor rated torque / (Motor rated current2 - No load current2)
L(s) is the transfer function of the load.
The s-domain system above may be used to determine the performance of systems with a relatively low bandwidth. However, the real drive system
also includes non-ideal delays due to the torque controller response, speed measurement and control delays. These delays, which can be
approximated with a simple unity gain transport delay (Tdelay) as shown below, should be taken into account for more accurate results.

w*(s) + +
Kp+Ki/s Kc.Kt L(s) w(s)
_
_

Ki.Kd

Tdelay

The speed controller gains used in previous Unidrive products were in internal drive units. Conversion between the previous internal units and the SI
units used in this product are given in the table below.
Gain Conversion from previous internal units to new SI units
Kp Kp_old / 17103
Ki Ki_old / 94.41
Kd Kd_old / 46376

56 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation Menu 3
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network RFC

3.17 Speed controller set-up method

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 3
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background (1s) read
The user may enter the required speed controller gains into Pr 3.10 to Pr 3.15. However, if the load is predominantly a constant inertia and constant
torque, the drive can calculate the required Kp and Ki gains, provided a value of motor plus load inertia (Pr 3.18) and the motor torque per amp
(Pr 5.32) are set-up correctly. The gain values are calculated to give a required compliance angle or bandwidth. The calculated values for Kp and Ki
are written to Pr 3.10 and Pr 3.11 once per second when one of these set-up methods is selected (i.e. Pr 3.17 = 1 or 2). The values are calculated
from a linear model assuming a pure inertia load, not including unwanted delays in the speed and current controllers. The Kd gain is not affected. If
Pr 3.17 is set to 3 automatic gain set up is not active, but Kp is boosted by a factor of 16.
0: user set-up
With the default value the user should enter the required speed controller gains.
1: Bandwidth set-up
If bandwidth based set-up is required, the following parameters must be set correctly: Pr 3.20 = required bandwidth, Pr 3.21 = required damping
factor, Pr 3.18 = motor + load inertia (it is possible to measure the load inertia as part of the auto-tuning process, see Pr 5.12 on page 84), Pr 5.32 =
motor torque per amp.
Ki = J / (Kc x Kt) x (2 x Bandwidth / Kbw)2 = Pr 3.18 / (Kc x Pr 5.32) x (2 x Pr 3.20 / Kbw)2
Where: Kbw = [ (22 + 1) +((22 + 1)2 + 1) ]
Kp = 2   [(Ki x J) / (Kc x Kt)] = 2   [(Pr 3.11 x Pr 3.18) / (Kc x Pr 5.32)]
2: Compliance angle set-up
If compliance angle based set-up is required the following parameters must be set correctly: Pr 3.19 = required compliance angle, Pr 3.21 = required
damping factor, Pr 3.18 = motor + load inertia (it is possible to measure the load inertia as part of the auto-tuning process, see Pr 5.12 on page 84),
Pr 5.32 = motor torque per amp.
Ki = 1 / Compliance angle (rad s-1)
Kp = 2   [(Ki x J) / (Kc x Kt)] = 2   [(Pr 3.11 x Pr 3.18) / (Kc x Pr 5.32)]
3: Kp gain times 16
If this parameter is set to 3, the Kp gain (from whichever source) is multiplied by 16. This is intended to boost the range of Kp for applications with very
high inertia. It should be noted that if high values of Kp are used, it is likely that the speed controller output will need to be filtered (see Pr 4.12), or the
speed feedback will need to be filtered (see Pr 3.42). If the feedback is not filtered, it is possible the output of the speed controller will be a square
wave which changes between the current limits causing the integral term saturation system to malfunction.

3.18 Motor and load inertia

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
5 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00000 to 90.00000 kg m2
Default RFC 0.00000
Update rate Background (1s) read

The motor and load inertia represents the total inertia driven by the motor. This is used to set the speed controller gains (see Pr 3.13 on page 54) and
to provide torque feed-forwards during acceleration when required. (see Pr 4.11 on page 69) (It is possible to measure the inertia as part of the auto-
tune process, see Pr 5.12 on page 84.

3.19 Compliance angle

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 359.9 °mechanical
Default RFC 4.0
Update rate Background (1s) read

The compliance angle is the required angular displacement when the drive delivers a torque producing current equivalent to the current scaling (Kc)
with no field weakening.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 57

Issue Number: 3
 Menu 3 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
RFC structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

3.20 Bandwidth
Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 255 Hz
Default RFC 10 Hz
Update rate Background (1s) read
The bandwidth is defined as the theoretical 3dB point on the closed-loop gain characteristic of the speed controller as a second order system. At this
point the phase shift is approximately 60°. This parameter is used to define the bandwidth used for setting up the speed loop gain parameters
automatically when Pr 3.17 = 1.

3.21 Damping factor

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 10.0
Default RFC 1.0
Update rate Background (1s) read
This is the damping factor related to the response of the system to a torque transient, and so if the damping factor is unity the response to a load
torque transient is critically damped. The step response of the speed controller gives approximately 10% overshoot with unity damping factor.
This parameter is used to define the damping factor used for setting up the speed loop gain parameters automatically when Pr 3.17 = 1 or 2.

3.22 Hard speed reference

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range RFC ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX rpm
Default RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms read

3.23 Hard speed reference selector

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 1
Update rate 4ms read
The hard speed reference is a reference value which does not pass through the ramp system (Menu 2). It is added to the normal post ramp speed
reference. Its value may be written from the keypad, via serial comms or from an analog input.
The hard speed reference is selected when Pr 3.23 = 1.

3.24 Closed-loop vector mode

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 3
Default RFC 3
Update rate Background read

Pr 3.24 can only be set to 3 (RFC mode) - Closed loop vector without position feedback with no maximum limit.
A filter with a 4ms time constant/filter is automatically included in the speed feedback, as this is required for this system to operate correctly.
Particularly when operating above rated speed it may be necessary to include further filtering (Pr 4.12 set to a value between 1.0 and 5.0ms) to
achieve stable operation.

58 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation Menu 3
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network RFC

3.42 Drive encoder filter

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 5 (0 to16 ms)
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read
0 = 0ms, 1 = 1ms, 2 = 2ms, 3 = 4ms, 4 = 8ms, 5 = 16ms
A sliding window filter may be applied to the feedback taken from the drive encoder. This is particularly useful in applications where the drive encoder
is used to give speed feedback for the speed controller, and where the load includes a high inertia and hence the speed controller gains are very high.
Under these conditions without a filter on the feedback, it is possible for the speed loop output to change constantly from one current limit to the other
and lock the integral term of the speed controller.
This parameter also defines a filter on the output of the speed estimator which is used as the speed feedback. A filter with a 4ms time constant/filter is
always present on the output of the speed estimator, but this filter may be extended as follows: 0 = 4ms, 1 = 8ms, 2 = 16ms, 3 = 32ms, 4 = 64ms, 5 =
128ms. The output of the speed estimator can include some ripple, which increases as the drive passes into field weakening, and the filter can be
used to remove this ripple. This is particularly useful when using standard ramp or spinning start with a low friction high inertia load, and can prevent
over voltage trips when the drive has no braking resistor.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 59

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.6 Menu 4: Torque and current control

The scaling of the current feedback is based on the rating of the drive as follows:
Level x Rated drive current
Over-current trip 1/0.45 = 2.22
Open-loop peak limit 1.75
RFC 1.75
Open-loop maximum standard operating current 1.5
Current scaling (Kc) 1.0
Maximum Normal Duty current rating 1.36*
Maximum motor rated current 1.36*

Current scaling (Kc) is 1 per unit current and is related to the scaling of the drive current feedback. For most drive sizes, Kc is the same as the drive
current scaling defined by Pr 11.32. The drive current scaling is the maximum value of rated motor current (defined by Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07) that can be
set for operation with the force vented motor protection characteristic - Pr 4.25 = 0 (see Pr 4.16 for more details). If the Kc and drive current scaling
are the same, then the drive uses 1.75 x Drive current scaling for the open-loop peak limit and the maximum standard operating current for closed-
loop modes. This is the limit up to which the drive can control current normally. The current range above this is allowed for current controller overshoot
and for additional current feedback pulses associated with long cable operation. For some drive sizes the drive current scaling is larger than Kc,
therefore the potential overload is reduced below 1.75 x Kc.
The motor rated current (defined by Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07), may be increased above the drive current scaling up to the maximum Normal Duty rated
current. When the motor rated current is above the drive current scaling, the drive always provides a motor protection scheme that is intended for
variable torque applications (see Pr 4.16 on page 72 for more details). The maximum rated current is the maximum rated current allowed for Normal
Duty operation.
Table below gives the current scaling (Kc), Drive current scaling and Maximum normal duty rated current for all drive sizes and voltage ratings.
Table 5-5 Current ratings

200V 400V 575V 690V

Max Max Max Max
Current Drive Normal Current Drive Normal Current Drive Normal Current Drive Normal
Model scaling current Duty Model scaling current Duty Model scaling current Duty Model scaling current Duty
(Kc) scaling rated (Kc) scaling rated (Kc) scaling rated (Kc) scaling rated
current current current current
BA1201 4.3 4.3 5.2 BA1401 2.1 2.1 2.8 BA3501 4.1 4.1 5.4 BA4601 18 18 22
BA1202 5.8 5.8 6.8 BA1402 3.0 3.0 3.8 BA3502 5.4 5.4 6.1 BA4602 22 22 27
BA1203 7.5 7.5 9.6 BA1403 4.2 4.2 5.0 BA3503 6.1 6.1 8.4 BA4603 27 27 36
BA1204 10.6 10.6 11 BA1404 5.8 5.8 6.9 BA3504 9.5 9.5 11 BA4604 36 36 43
BA2201 12.6 12.6 15.5 BA1405 7.6 7.6 8.8 BA3505 12 12 16 BA4605 43 43 52
BA2202 17 17 22 BA1406 9.5 9.5 11 BA3506 18 18 22 BA4606 52 52 62
BA2203 25 25 28 BA2401 13 13 15.3 BA3507 22 22 27 BA5601 62 62 84
BA3201 31 31 42 BA2402 16.5 16.5 21 BA5602 84 84 99
BA3202 42 42 54 BA2403 23 25 29 BA6601 85.7 100 125
BA4201 56 56 68 BA3401 32 32 35 BA6602 107.1 125 144
BA4202 68 68 80 BA3402 40 40 43 BAMA16X1 85.7 100 125
BA4203 80 80 104 BA3403 46 46 56 BAMA16X1 107.1 125 144
BA5201 105 105 130 BA4401 60 60 68 BAMD16X1 85.7 100 125
BA5202 130 130 154 BA4402 74 74 83 BAMD16X1 107.1 125 144
BAMD12X1 133.7 156 192 BA4403 96 96 104 BAMD16X1 123.4 144 168
BAMD12X2 164.5 192 248 BA5401 124 124 138 BAMD16X1 144.0 168 192
BAMD12X3 214.2 250 312 BA5402 156 156 168
BAMD12X4 248.5 290 350 BA6401 154.2 180 205
BA6402 180 210 236
BAMA14X1 154.2 180 202
BAMA14X2 180.0 210 236
BAMD14X1 154.2 180 202
BAMD14X2 180.0 210 246
BAMD14X3 205.7 246 290
BAMD14X4 248.5 290 330

60 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

BAMAxxxx and BAMDxxxx drive modules can be connected in parallel provided all power modules have the same voltage and current rating to make
a larger drive. The currents are then defined as follows:
Current scaling (Kc)
Kc is the sum of Kc for all the modules.

Maximum drive current scaling

Maximum drive current scaling = 0.95 x Sum of maximum drive current scaling for all the modules.

Maximum rated current

Maximum rated current = 0.95 x Sum of maximum normal duty rated current for all the modules.

5.6.1 Open-loop
In this mode the drive operates in the stator flux reference frame under steady state conditions. The absolute maximum controlled motor current is
defined by the peak limit system as 1.75 x Kc. However, the drive does not normally operate at this level, but uses the peak limit system as protection
against over-current trips. Under normal operation the motor current is limited to 1.50 x Kc, allowing a safety margin between the maximum normal
operating current and the peak limit level. Therefore a motor with the same current rating as the drive can produce at least 150% torque when the
drive operates in current limit.
DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX is full scale current feedback, i.e. Kc / 0.45.

The relationship between the voltage and current for open-loop operation is shown in the following vector diagram.

Rsisx
Rsisy Open-loop
mode

v*

isy

-1
cos (PF)

Stator flux
(in steady state)

Definitions:
vs = motor terminal voltage vector
is = motor current vector
isy = y axis component of current
isx = x axis component of current
v* = no load y axis voltage reference
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is used as the maximum for some parameters such as the user current limits. This is defined in the vector
diagram as follows (with a maximum of 1000%):

Maximum current 2
------------------------------------------------------- +  PF  2 – 1
Motor rated current
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  100%
PF

Where
Motor rated current is given by Pr 5.07
PF is motor rated power factor given by Pr 5.10
(MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is calculated from the motor map 2 parameters)
The Maximum current is either (1.5 x Kc) when the rated current set by Pr 5.07 (or Pr 21.07 if motor map 2 is selected) is less than or equal to the
Drive currentscaling, otherwise it is (1.1 x Maximum motor rated current).
For example, with a motor of the same rating as the drive and a power factor of 0.85, the maximum current limit is 113.6%.
The above calculation is based on the assumption that the flux producing current (Pr 4.17) in the stator flux reference frame does not vary with the
load, and remains at the level for rated load. This is not the case, and the flux producing current will vary as the load is increased. Therefore the
maximum current limit may not be reached before the drive reduces the current limit to prevent the peak limit from becoming active.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 61

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The rated active and rated magnetising currents are calculated from the power factor (Pr 5.10) and motor rated current (Pr 5.07) as:
rated active current = power factor x motor rated current
rated magnetising current = (1 - power factor2) x motor rated current
In this mode of operation the drive only requires the motor rated current and the power factor at rated load to set up the maximum current limits, scale
the current limits correctly and calculate the rated active and magnetizing currents. The user may enter the nameplate values in Pr 5.07 and Pr 5.10
respectively, and the drive will operate satisfactorily. Alternatively the drive can perform an auto-tune test on the motor to measure the power factor at
rated load by measuring Rs (stationary test), Ls (stationary test), and Ls (rotating test). See Pr 5.12 on page 84 for details.

5.6.2 RFC
In this mode the drive operates in the Rotor Flux Reference frame. The maximum normal operating current is controlled by the current limits.
DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX is full scale current feedback, i.e. Kc / 0.45.
The relationship between the voltage and current for RFC operation is shown in the following vector diagram.

WmrLsisy
RFC mode

Rsisy

Rsisx

isy is
vs
-1
cos (PF)
WmrLsisx
(steady 2
state) 1

Rotor flux
isx
Definitions:
vs = motor terminal voltage vector
is = motor current vector
isy = y axis component of current
isx = x axis component of current
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is used as the maximum for some parameters such as the user current limits. The magnetizing current (isx)
remains constant except in field weakening where it is reduced to control the motor voltage. The maximum current limit is defined as follows (with a
maximum of 1000%):

Maximum current 2 2
------------------------------------------------------- + cos(  1 – 1
Motor rated current
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  100%
cos   1 

Where:
Motor rated current is given by Pr 5.07
1 = cos-1(PF) - 2
PF is motor rated power factor given by Pr 5.10
(MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX is calculated from the motor map 2 parameters)
The Maximum current is either (1.75 x Kc) when the rated current set by Pr 5.07 (or Pr 21.07 if motor map 2 is selected) is less than or equal to
the drive current scaling, otherwise it is (1.1 x Maximum rated current).
1 can be derived directly by the drive auto-tune. However, if the auto-tune is not carried out 1 is derived from 2 and the power factor. It should be
noted that the drive autotune would make the total y axis voltage under rated load conditions equal to the rated voltage (VR), therefore 2 is given by
the following equation.
1 R s I sxR – 2f R L s I syR
 2 = -tan -----------------------------------------------------------
VR

62 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Where:
Rs is the motor stator resistance (Pr 5.17)
fR is the rated frequency (Pr 5.06)
Ls is the transient inductance (H) (Pr 5.24 / 1000)
VR is the rated voltage (Pr 5.09)
IsxR and IsyR are the currents in the x and y axes of the Rotor Flux Reference frame under rated load
IsxR and IsyR are derived as IsxR = Pr 5.07 x (1 - Pr 5.102) and IsyR = Pr 5.07 x Pr 5.10 for the purposes of calculating 2. This calculation gives a
result that is reasonably accurate for most purposes.
rated active current = cos(1) x motor rated current
rated magnetising current = (1 - cos(1)2) x motor rated current
In this mode of operation the drive requires the following parameters to set the maximum current limits, scale the current limits correctly and calculate
the rated active and magnetising currents.
Parameters Current limit accuracy
Motor rated current, power factor at rated load
Moderate accuracy
(Rs and Ls are zero)
Motor rated current, power factor at rated load,
Good accuracy
measured values of Rs and Ls
Motor rated current, power factor at rated load,
Exact current limits based on all measured values
measured values of Rs, Ls and Ls

Affinity Advanced User Guide 63

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.6.3 Parameter descriptions

Parameter descriptions: Open-loop
Figure 5-5 Menu 4 Open-loop logic diagram
Menu 2 ramp Torque mode
Pre ramp controller selector*
reference
4.11 Post ramp Motor
+
1.03
2.01 reference frequency

+ 2.01 Motor map 5.01

10.09
Current
limit
active Current loop
4.13 P gain

4.14 I gain
Active
current Current
magnitude
_
4.02
4.01
4.20
+
4.02 - Active
Motor Motor current
frequency rated (Amp)
frequency
4.20 - Percentage 4.17 Magnetising
5.01 5.06
torque current
Percentage
Torque current current
demand demand
Torque + Torque to +
4.08 4.03 current 4.04
reference*
conversion _
+
Torque
reference
4.10
offset
enable
4.09
Torque reference
offset

Current limits Over-riding

Drive rated current limit Motor thermal Motor protection Low speed
4.05 Motoring
continuous 11.32 time constant mode protection mode
current 4.18
Regenerating 4.15 4.16 4.25
Motor rated
5.07
current Symmetrical

Overload detection

10.08 10.09 10.39 4.19 10.17

At 100% Current limit Braking energy Motor Motor current

load active overload overload overload alarm
indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

64 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Parameter descriptions: RFC

Figure 5-6 Menu 4 RFC Logic diagram

RFC sensorless Inertia

speed feedback compensation
calculator torque

2.38
Speed Motor
Current Current
feedback Inertia Motor rated
demand demand
3.02 compensation rated power Speed
4.22 filter 1 filter 2
enable current factor controller
5.07 5.10 gain 4.12 4.23
Torque mode select
Speed loop 4.11
_ output selector* 3.16
+
Final + +
speed 3.01 3.04 Torque Current controller
demand demand
Current loop
+ 4.13 P gain
4.03 4.04
Current loop
_ 4.14 I gain
1 Current Filter
demand

Torque +
reference 4.08 Active
current Current
+ (Amp) magnitude
Torque
reference
4.10
offset
enable
4.02 4.01
4.09
Torque reference
offset

4.17 Magnetising
current
User current max scaling 4.24

Current limits Over-riding Motor thermal Motor protection Low speed

Drive rated current limit time constant mode protection mode
4.05 Motoring
continuous 11.32
current 4.18 4.15 4.16 4.25
Regenerating
Motor rated
5.07
current Symmetrical

Overload detection

Key

Input Read-write (RW) 10.08 10.09 10.39 4.19 10.17

terminals 0.XX
parameter
At 100% Current limit Braking energy Motor Motor current
Output 0.XX Read-only (RO) load active overload overload overload alarm
terminals parameter indicator indicator indicator accumulator indicator

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

Affinity Advanced User Guide 65

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.01 Current magnitude

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX A
Update rate 4ms write
This parameter is the rms current from each output phase of the drive. The phase currents consist of an active component and a reactive component.
The three phase currents can be combined to form a resultant current vector as shown below:

y Resultant
output current
Pr 4.02
Pr 4.01

Pr 4.17
x

The resultant current magnitude is displayed by this parameter. The active current is the torque producing current for a motor drive. The reactive
current is the magnetizing or flux producing current for a motor drive.

4.02 Active current

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX A
Update rate 4ms write

Open-loop and RFC

The active current is the torque producing current in a motor drive.
Direction of active current Direction of rotation Torque direction
+ + Forward (accelerating)
- + Reverse (decelerating)
+ - Forward (decelerating)
- - Reverse (accelerating)

The active current is aligned with the y axis of the reference frame. In open-loop mode, the x axis of the reference frame is aligned with the stator flux
vector. In RFC mode the x axis of the reference frame is aligned with the rotor flux vector. The motor torque is proportional to the torque producing
current when field weakening is not active. Once field weakening is active, the torque producing current is boosted to compensate for the reduction in
motor flux.

4.03 Torque demand

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate 4ms write
Open-loop
The torque demand is the sum of the torque reference (Pr 4.08) and the torque offset (Pr 4.09), if enabled. The units of the torque demand are % of
rated torque. 100% rated torque is defined as the torque produced by 100% rated active current.
RFC
The torque demand can be derived from the speed controller and/or the torque reference and offset. The units of the torque demand are % of rated
torque. 100% rated torque is defined as the torque produced by 100% rated active current.

66 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.04 Current demand

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate 4ms write
Open-loop
The current demand is derived from the torque demand. Provided the motor is not field weakened, the torque and current demands are the same. In
field weakening the current demand is increased with reduced flux:
Pr 4.04 = Pr 4.03 x frequency / rated frequency
The current demand is subject to the current limits.
RFC
The current demand is derived from the torque demand. Provided the motor is not field weakened, the torque and current demands are the same. In
the field weakening range the current demand is increased with reduced flux unless Pr 5.28 = 1. The level of flux is derived from the motor model
within the drive controllers.
Pr 4.04 = Pr 4.03 x flux / rated flux

4.05 Motoring current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.27
parameter
Update rate Background read

4.06 Regen current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.28
parameter
Update rate Background read

4.07 Symmetrical current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.29
parameter
Update rate Background read

* These are the maximum default values. If the variable maximum of this parameter (MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX) gives a lower value with the
default value of Motor rated current (Pr 5.07) the default of this parameter is at the lower value.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 67

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Open-loop
The motoring current limit applies in either direction of rotation when the machine is producing motoring torque. Similarly the regen current limit
applies in either direction when the machine is producing regenerating torque. The symmetrical current limit can override either motoring or
regenerating current limit if it is set at a lower value than either limit.

Post ramp
Ramp
reference

Current limit
active 1 0

current
+
limit Kp Pr 4.13
Ki Pr 4.14
-

Active
current

The current limits are compared with the active current, and if the current exceeds a limit the error value passes through the PI controller to give a
frequency component which is used to modify the ramp output. The direction of the modification is always to reduce the frequency to zero if the active
current is over the motoring limit, or to increase the frequency towards the maximum if the current is over the regenerating limit. Even when the
current limit is active the ramp still operates, therefore the proportional and integral gains (Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14) must be high enough to counter the
effects of the ramp. See Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 on page 70 for gain setting.
RFC
The motoring current limit applies in either direction of rotation when the machine is producing motoring torque. Similarly the regen current limit
applies in either direction when the machine is producing regenerating torque. The symmetrical current limit can override either motoring or
regenerating current limit if it is set at a lower value than either limit.

4.08 Torque reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±USER_CURRENT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate 4ms read

4.09 Torque offset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±USER_CURRENT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms read

The torque offset is added to the torque reference when Pr 4.10 is 1. The torque offset is updated every 4ms when connected to an analog input, and
so Pr 4.08 should be used for fast updating if required.

4.10 Torque offset select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

68 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.11 Torque mode selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read
Open loop
If this parameter is 0 normal frequency control is used. If this parameter is set to 1, the current demand is connected to the current PI controller giving
closed loop torque/current demand as shown below. The current error is passed through proportional and integral terms to give a frequency reference
which is limited to the range ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX .

Current Frequency
demand + P Pr 4.13 reference
I Pr 4.14
-
Active
current

RFC
When this parameter is set to 1, the ramps are not active while the drive is in the run state. When the drive is taken out of the run state but not
disabled, the appropriate stopping mode is used. It is recommended that coast stopping or stopping without ramps is used. However if ramp stop
mode is used, the ramp output is pre-loaded with the actual speed at the changeover point to avoid unwanted jumps in the speed reference.
0: Speed control mode
The torque demand is equal to the speed loop output.
1: Torque control
The torque demand is given by the sum of the torque reference and the torque offset if enabled. The speed is not limited in any way, however the
drive will trip at the overspeed threshold if runaway occurs.

4.12 Current demand filter 1

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 25.0 ms
Default RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read
This filter introduces a lag in the speed loop, and therefore the speed loop gains may need to be reduced to maintain stability as the filter time
constant is increased. Alternative time constants/filters can be selected depending on the value of the speed controller gain selector (Pr 3.16). If Pr
3.16 = 0 Pr 4.12 is used, if Pr 3.16 = 1 Pr 4.23 is used.

4.13 Current controller Kp gain

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000
Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V
Default Open-loop, 20 20 20 20
RFC 75 150 180 215
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.22
parameter
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 69

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.14 Current controller Ki gain

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000
Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V
Default Open-loop, 40 40 40 40
RFC 1,000 2,000 2,400 3,000
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.23
parameter
Update rate Background read
Open-loop
These parameters control the proportional and integral gains of the current controller used in the open loop drive. As already mentioned, the current
controller either provides current limits or closed loop torque control by modifying the drive output frequency. The control loop is also used in its torque
mode during mains loss, or when the controlled mode standard ramp is active and the drive is decelerating to regulate the flow of current into the
drive. Although the default settings have been chosen to give suitable gains for less demanding applications, it may be necessary for the user to
adjust the performance of the controller. The following is a guide to setting the gains for different applications.
Current limit operation
The current limits will normally operate with an integral term only, particularly below the point at which field weakening begins. The proportional term
is inherent in the loop. The integral term must be increased sufficiently to counter the effect of the ramp which is still active even in current limit.
For example, if the drive is operating at constant frequency and is overloaded, the current limit system will try to reduce the output frequency to
reduce the load. At the same time the ramp will try to increase the frequency to the demand level. If the integral gain is increased too far, the first signs
of instability will occur when operating around the point where field weakening begins. These oscillations can be reduced by increasing the
proportional gain.
A system has been included to prevent regulation because of the opposite actions of the ramps and the current limit. This can reduce the actual level
that the current limit becomes active by 12.5%. This still allows the current to increase up to the current limit set by the user. However the current limit
flag (Pr 10.09) could become active up to 12.5% below the current limit depending on the ramp rate used.
Torque control
Again the controller will normally operate with an integral term only, particularly below the point where field weakening begins. The first signs of
instability will appear around base speed, and can be reduced by increasing the proportional gain. The controller can be less stable in torque control
mode rather than when it is used for current limiting. This is because load helps to stabilise the controller, and under torque control the drive may
operate with light load. Under current limit the drive is often under heavy load unless the current limits are set at a low level.
Mains loss and controlled standard ramp
The DC bus voltage controller becomes active if mains loss detection is enabled and the drive supply is lost, or controlled standard ramp is being
used and the machine is regenerating. The DC bus controller attempts to hold the DC bus voltage at a fixed level by controlling the flow of current
from the drive inverter into its DC bus capacitors. The output of the DC bus controller is a current demand which is fed into the current PI controller as
shown in the following diagram.

Current
demand
DC Bus
P Pr 4.13
voltage
controller I Pr 4.14
Frequency
reference
DC Bus
capacitor

Active current

Although it is not usually necessary, the DC bus voltage controller can be adjusted with Pr 5.31. However it may often be necessary to adjust the
current controller gains to obtain the required performance. If the gains are not suitable, it is best to set up the drive in torque control first. Set the
gains to a value that does not cause instability around the point at which field weakening occurs.
It should now be possible to revert back to open loop speed control in standard ramp mode. To test the controller, the supply should be removed while
the motor is running. It is likely that the gains can be increased further if required, because the DC bus voltage controller has a stabilizing effect
provided that the drive is not required to operate in torque control mode.

70 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

RFC
The proportional gain Kp (Pr 4.13) is the most critical value in controlling the performance of the current controllers. Either the value can be set by
auto-tuning (see Pr 5.12), or it can be set by the user so that:-
Kp = (L / T) x (Ifs / Vfs) x (256 / 5)
Where:
T is the sample time of the current controllers. The drive compensates for any change of sample time, and so it should be assumed that the
sample time is equivalent to the lowest sample rate of 167s.
L is the motor inductance. For a servo motor this is half the phase to phase inductance that is normally specified by the manufacturer. For an
induction motor this is the per phase transient inductance (Ls). This is the inductance value stored in Pr 5.24 after the auto-tune test is carried
out.
Ifs is the peak full scale current feedback = Kc x 2 / 0.45. Where Kc is the current scaling for each size of drive.

Vfs is the maximum DC bus voltage.

Therefore:
Kp = (L / 167s) x (Kc x 2 / 0.45 / Vfs) x (256 / 5)
= K x L x Kc
Where:
K = 2 / (0.45 x Vfs x 167s) x (256 / 5)
There is one value of the scaling factor K for each drive voltage rating as shown in the table below
Drive voltage rating Vfs K
200V 415V 2,322
400V 830V 1,161
575V 990V 973
690V 1190V 809
The integral gain Ki (Pr 4.14) is less critical and should be set so that

Ki = Kp x 256 x T / m
where

m is the motor time constant/filter (L / R).

R is the per phase stator resistance of the motor (i.e. half the resistance measured between two phases).
Therefore

Ki = (K x L x Kc) x 256 x 167us x R / L

= 0.0427 x K x R x Kc

The above equations give the gain values that are calculated by the auto-tune system, and these should give the best response at all switching
frequencies with minimal overshoot. If necessary the gains can be adjusted to improve performance as follows:
1. The integral gain (Ki) can be used to improve the performance of the current controllers by reducing the effects of inverter non-linearity. These
effects become more significant with higher switching frequency. These effects will be more significant for drives with higher current ratings and
higher voltage ratings. If Ki is increased by a factor of 4 it is possible to get up to 10% overshoot in response to a step change of current
reference. For high performance applications, it is recommended that Ki is increased by a factor of 4 from the auto-tuned values. As the inverter
non-linearity is worse with higher switching frequencies it is may be necessary to increase Ki by a factor of 8 for operation with 16kHz switching
frequency.
2. It is possible to increase the proportional gain (Kp) to reduce the response time of the current controllers. If Kpi is increased by a factor of 1.5 then
the response to a step change of reference will give 12.5% overshoot. It is recommended that Ki is increased in preference to Kpi.

4.15 Thermal time constant/filter

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 3000.0
Default Open-loop, RFC 89.0
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.16
parameter
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 71

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.16 Thermal protection mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
The motor is modelled thermally in a way that is equivalent to the electrical circuit shown as follows.

I2/(K*Motor Rated Current)2

C R Temp

The temperature of the motor as a percentage of maximum temperature, with a constant current magnitude of I, constant value of K and constant
value of motor rated current (set by Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07) after time t is given by
Temp = [I2 / (K x Motor rated current)2] (1 - e-t/) x 100%
This assumes that the maximum allowed motor temperature is produced by K x Motor rated current and that  is the thermal time constant/filter of the
point in the motor that reaches its maximum allowed temperature first.  is defined by Pr 4.15. The estimated motor temperature is given by Pr 4.19 as
a percentage of maximum temperature. If Pr 4.15 has a value between 0.0 and 1.0 the thermal time constant/filter is taken as 1.0.
If the rated current (defined by Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07 depending on which motor is selected) is less or equal to the drive current scaling then Pr 4.25 can
be used to select 2 alternative protection characteristics (see diagram below). If Pr 4.25 is 0 the characteristic is for a motor which can operate at
rated current over the whole speed range. Induction motors with this type of characteristic normally have forced cooling. If Pr 4.25 is 1 the
characteristic is intended for motors where the cooling effect of motor fan reduces with reduced motor speed below half of rated speed. The maximum
value for K is 1.05, so that above the knee of the characteristics the motor can operate continuously up to 105% current.

Motor total
current (Pr 4.01)
as a percentage
of motor rated I2t protection operates in this region
current

100%

70%
Max. permissible
continuous
current

15% 50% 100% Motor speed as a

percentage of base speed
Open loop: Proportion of rated frequency Pr 5.06.
RFC: Proportion of rated speed Pr 5.08.
Rated current (Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07) drive current rating.

The maximum value for K is 1.01, so that above the knee of the characteristics the motor can operate continuously up to 101% current.

72 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Motor total
current (Pr 4.01)
as a percentage
of motor rated I2t protection operates in this region
current

100%

70%
Max. permissible
continuous
current
Pr 4.25 = 0
Pr 4.25 = 1

15% 50% 100% Motor speed as a

percentage of base speed
Open loop: Proportion of rated frequency Pr 5.06.
RFC: Proportion of rated speed Pr 5.08.
Rated current (Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07) drive current rating.

When the estimated temperature reaches 100% the drive takes some action depending on the setting of Pr 4.16. If Pr 4.16 is 0, the drive trips when
the threshold is reached. If Pr 4.16 is 1, the current limit is reduced to (K - 0.05) x 100% when the temperature is 100%. The current limit is set back
to the user defined level when the temperature falls below 95%.
The time for some action to be taken by the drive from cold with constant motor current is given by:
Ttrip = -(Pr 4.15) x ln(1 - (K x Pr 5.07 / Pr 4.01)2)
Alternatively the thermal time constant/filter can be calculated from the trip time with a given current from:
Pr 4.15 = -Ttrip / ln(1 - (K / Overload)2)
For example, if the drive should trip after supplying 150% overload for 60 seconds with K = 1.05 then
Pr 4.15 = -60 / ln(1 - (1.05 / 1.50)2) = 89
The thermal model temperature accumulator is reset to zero at power-up and accumulates the temperature of the motor while the drive remains
powered-up. Each time Pr 11.45 is changed to select a new motor, or the rated current defined by Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07 (depending on the motor
selected) is altered, the accumulator is reset to zero.

4.17 Reactive current

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±DRIVE_CURRENT_MAX A
Update rate 4ms write
The drive reactive current is shown in this parameter for all modes.

4.18 Overriding current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate Background write

The current limit applied at any time depends on whether the drive is motoring or regenerating and also on the level of the symmetrical current limit.
Pr 4.18 gives the limit level that applies at any instant.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 73

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.19 Overload accumulator

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 100.0 %
Update rate Background write
See Pr 4.16 on page 72.

4.20 Percentage load

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±USER_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate Background write

Open-loop, RFC
This parameter displays the actual torque producing current (Pr 4.02) as a percentage of rated active current. Positive values indicate motoring and
negative values indicate regenerating.

4.22 Inertia compensation enable

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read
If this parameter is set to 1, the drive calculates a torque reference from the motor and load inertia (Pr 3.18), and the rate of change of speed
reference. The torque reference is added to the speed controller output to provide inertia compensation. This can be used in speed or torque control
applications to produce the torque required to accelerate or decelerate the load inertia.

4.23 Current demand filter 2

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 25.0 ms
Default RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

The current demand filter time constant/filter is defined by this parameter if the speed gain select (Pr 3.16) is 1.

4.24 User current maximum scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX %
Open-loop 165.0*
Default
RFC 175.0*
Update rate Background read

* These are the maximum default values. If the variable maximum of this parameter (TORQUE_PROD_CURRENT_MAX which is defined by
MOTOR1_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX or MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX depending on which motor map is active) gives a lower value with the
default value of Motor rated current (Pr 5.07 or Pr 21.07) default of this parameter is at the lower value.
The maximum for Pr 4.08 and Pr 4.20 is defined by this parameter

74 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 4
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

4.25 Low speed thermal protection mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read
See Pr 4.16 on page 72.
NOTE
Pr 4.25 is always set to 1

4.26 Percentage torque

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop ±USER_CURRENT_MAX %
Update rate Background read

Pr 4.26 shows the torque producing current (Pr 4.02) as a percentage of the active torque producing current, but with an additional adjustment above
base speed so that this parameter shows percentage torque. Below base speed Pr 4.26 is equal to Pr 4.20. Above base speed the percentage torque
producing current (shown in Pr 4.20) is adjusted as follows:
Pr 4.26 = Pr 4.20 x rated frequency / frequency

4.27 Low load detection level

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 100.0%
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

4.28 Low load detection speed / frequency threshold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz/rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

4.29 Trip on abnormal load detection

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 75

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 4 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The low load detection function is provided so that loss of load can be detected and the necessary action taken. The low load detection function is
disabled if Pr 4.27 is set to zero.
In order that the detector can be used with typical fan and pump load characteristics (i.e. where the load is relatively light at low motor speed), the
detector is only active when the output frequency or speed is above the level defined by Pr 4.28. The motor must also be at the required speed (i.e.
not accelerating or decelerating), so Pr 10.06 (At Speed) must be 1 for the low load detector to be active.
Once the detector is active, the low load condition is detected when Pr 4.20 (percentage load) falls below Pr 4.27, so the condition for detecting low
load is given by:
(Pr 10.06 = 1) AND (|Output frequency or speed| > Pr 4.28) AND (Pr 4.20 < Pr 4.27)

If Pr 4.29 is zero when low load is detected, then a "Load" warning message is displayed on the keypad. If Pr 4.29 is 1 then a drive trip is initiated.
The diagram below shows a typical fan load and operating areas (shaded), where the low load detection is active.

120

100
Typical load (% Rated)

80

60

40
04.27

20

0
-100 -50 0 50 100
Motor speed (% Rated)

-04.28 04.28

76 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.7 Menu 5: Motor control

Open loop
Figure 5-7 Menu 5 Open-loop logic diagram

L1 L2 L3
Voltage
5.14 mode
Autotune
5.12 DC Bus
voltage
Dynamic V/f
5.13 select
5.05
Motormap 5.15 Voltage boost
Motor rated
5.06 frequency 5.17
Stator
resistance
Motor rated Motor
5.07 current 5.23 Voltage offset voltage
Motor rated
5.08 full load RPM 5.24
Transient
inductance 5.02 Volt
Motor rated
5.09 voltage
Post ramp Motor rated
reference 5.10 power factor
+ Motor number 5.01 Hertz
2.01 5.11 of poles Motor
frequency
PWM
+ 5.18 switching
Slip frequency
compensation 5.04 High stability
enable 0 1 Estimated 5.19 space vector
Total motor motor speed modulation
5.27 5.03 Ö3xVxI
power (kW)
Quasi square
5.20
wave enable
Disable auto
switching
5.35 frequency
Slip change
compensation Voltage
5.31 controller
Motor gain
Motor active current
current magnitude
4.02
4.01
4.20
Percentage
active current

Key 4.17
Motor magnetising
current
X Input Read-write (RW)
X terminals 0.XX
parameter

X Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

X
terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

Affinity Advanced User Guide 77

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

RFC
Figure 5-8 Menu 5 RFC logic diagram

5.01

Flux Calculator
Motor rated
5.07 current
Motor number
5.11 of poles
5.17 Motor stator
resistance
Speed 5.24 Motor transient
feedback inductance
Position Motor rated
RFC sensorless 5.06 frequency Flux angle Reference
feedback
speed feedback
calculator
3.02
 5.08
Motor full load
rated speed
frame
transformation
Motor rated
5.09 voltage
Motor rated
5.10 power factor
5.25 Motor stator
inductance
Motor saturation
5.29 break-point 1
Motor saturation
5.30 break-point 2

Current Flux
references magnitude

Current control
Menu 4
Speed-loop
controller 3.04 Current limits
output Overload detection
Current loop gains
Current demand filter
Torque reference

Current
feedback
5.12 Auto-tune

5.15 Low frequency voltage boost

5.26 High dynamic performance enable

5.31 Voltage controller gain

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

78 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

DC bus
voltage

5.05

Voltage reference

Modulator U
Maximum switching
5.18 frequency V
Disable auto W
5.35 switching
frequencychange

Flux Controller

Motor rated
5.09 voltage Output
5.02
voltage
Field gain
5.21 reduction Output
power

Power calculation (V x 1) 5.03

Motor
Motor active current
current magnitude

4.02 4.01

4.17
Motor magnetising
current

Affinity Advanced User Guide 79

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.01 Output frequency

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1 1 1
RFC: VM = 0
Open-loop ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX Hz
Range
RFC ±1250.0 Hz
Update rate 250s write

Open-loop
Although the range for scaling purposes is ±SPEED_FREQ_MAX, the actual parameter value can be increased beyond this range by slip
compensation. This parameter gives the output frequency of the drive, i.e. the sum of the post ramp reference and the slip compensation.
RFC
In these modes the output frequency is not controlled directly, and so the output frequency displayed in this parameter is calculated by measuring the
frequency of the controller reference frame.

5.02 Output voltage

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to AC_VOLTAGE_MAX V
Update rate Background write
This is the modulus of the rms line to line voltage at the inverter output at the drive output frequency.

5.03 Output power

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±POWER_MAX kW
Update rate Background write

Open-loop and RFC mode

The output power is the dot product of the output voltage and current vectors. Positive power indicates power flowing from the drive to the motor
(motoring), and negative power indicates power flowing from the motor to the drive (regen).

5.04 Motor rpm

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop ±180,000 rpm
Update rate Background write

The motor rpm is calculated from the post ramp reference (Pr 2.01) for normal operation, or the slave frequency demand (Pr 3.01) if frequency slaving
is being used. The speed of rotation is calculated as follows:
rpm = 60 x frequency / no. of pole pairs
If frequency slaving is being used there will be an error due to the slip frequency. However, in normal operation the result will be reasonably accurate
provided that the slip compensation has been set up correctly in the rated full load rpm parameter (Pr 5.08).

5.05 DC bus voltage

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to +dc _VOLTAGE_MAX V
Update rate Background write
Voltage across the internal DC bus of the drive.

80 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.06 Rated frequency

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 3000.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0 to 1250.0 Hz
Default Open-loop, RFC EUR: 50.0 Hz, USA: 60.0 Hz
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.06
parameter
Update rate Background read

Open loop
The motor rated frequency and the motor rated voltage (Pr 5.09) are used to define the voltage to frequency characteristic applied to the motor (see
Pr 5.09 on page 82). The motor rated frequency is also used in conjunction with the motor full load rpm to calculate the rated slip for slip
compensation (see Pr 5.08 on page 82).
RFC
The motor rated frequency is used in conjunction with the motor full load rpm to calculate the rated slip of the machine for the vector control algorithm
(see Pr 5.08 on page 82). The test frequency used for the rotating auto-tune test is 2/3 x Pr 5.06.

5.07 Motor rated current

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to RATED_CURRENT_MAX A
Drive current scaling (i.e. the value of
Default Open-loop, RFC
Pr 11.32)
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.07
parameter
Update rate Background read

The rated current should be set at the motor nameplate value for rated current. The value of this parameter is used as follows:

Current limits
Motor thermal protection
Open-loop Vector mode voltage control
Slip compensation
Dynamic V to F control
Current limits
RFC Motor thermal protection
Vector control algorithm

Affinity Advanced User Guide 81

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.08 Rated load rpm / Rated speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1
RFC DP=2
Open-loop, 0 to 180,000 rpm
Range
RFC 0.00 to 40,000.00 rpm
Open-loop, EUR: 1,500, USA: 1,800
Default
RFC EUR: 1450.00, USA: 1,770.00
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.08
parameter
Update rate Background read
Open loop
The rated load rpm is used with the motor rated frequency and number of poles to calculate the rated slip of induction machines in Hz.

rated slip (Hz) = rated motor frequency - (no. of pole pairs x motor full load rpm / 60)
= Pr 5.06 - ((Pr 5.11 / 2) x Pr 5.08 / 60)
If Pr 5.08 is set to 0 or to synchronous speed slip, compensation is disabled. If slip compensation is required, this parameter should be set to the
nameplate value, which should give the correct rpm for a hot machine. Sometimes it will be necessary to adjust this value when the drive is
commissioned, because the nameplate value may be inaccurate. Slip compensation will operate correctly both below base speed and within the field
weakening region. Slip compensation is normally used to correct for the motor speed to prevent speed droop as load is applied. The rated load rpm
can be set higher than synchronous speed to deliberately introduce speed droop. This can be useful to aid load sharing with mechanically coupled
motors.
RFC
Rated load rpm is used with motor rated frequency to determine the full load slip of the motor which is used by the vector control algorithm. Incorrect
setting of this parameter has the following effects:
• Reduced efficiency of motor operation
• Reduction of maximum torque available from the motor
• Reduced transient performance
• Inaccurate control of absolute torque in torque control modes
The nameplate value is normally the value for a hot machine, however, some adjustment may be required when the drive is commissioned if the
nameplate value is inaccurate.

5.09 Rated voltage

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX V
200V rating drive: 230V
400V rating drive: EUR: 400V, USA: 480V
Default Open-loop, RFC
600V rating drive: 575V
690V rating drive: 690V
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.09
parameter
Update rate Level 4 read

Open loop
The rated voltage is used in conjunction with the motor rated frequency (Pr 5.06) to define the voltage to frequency characteristic applied to the motor.
The following operating methods selected by Pr 5.14 are used to define the drive frequency to voltage characteristic.
Open-loop vector mode: Ur_S, Ur or Ur_I
A linear characteristic is used from 0Hz to rated frequency, and then a constant voltage above rated frequency. When the drive operates between
rated frequency/50 and rated frequency/4, full vector based stator resistance (Rs) compensation is applied.
However there is a delay of 0.5s when the drive is enabled during which only partial vector based compensation is applied to allow the machine flux
to build up. When the drive operates between rated frequency/4 and rated frequency/2 the Rs compensation is gradually reduced to zero as the
frequency increases. For the vector modes to operate correctly the stator resistance (Pr 5.17), motor rated power factor (Pr 5.10) and voltage offset
(Pr 5.23) are all required to be set up accurately.

82 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Fixed boost mode: Fd

A linear characteristic is used from 0Hz to rated frequency, and then constant voltage above rated frequency. Low frequency voltage boost as defined
by Pr 5.15 is applied as shown below.

Output Output voltage characteristic

voltage

Pr 5.09

Pr 5.09 / 2

Voltage
boost Pr 5.15
Pr 5.06 / 2 Pr 5.06 Output
frequency

Square law mode: SrE

A square law characteristic is used from 0Hz to rated frequency, and then constant voltage above rated frequency. Low frequency voltage boost
raises the start point of the square law characteristic as shown below.

Pr 5.09

2
Pr 5.15 + [(freq/Pr 5.06) x (Pr 5.09 - Pr 5.15)]

Pr 5.15

Pr 5.06

RFC
The rated voltage is used by the field controller to limit the voltage applied to the motor. Normally this is set to the nameplate value.
In order that current control can be maintained, it is necessary for the drive to leave some 'headroom' between the machine terminal voltage and the
maximum available drive output voltage. The drive allows over-modulation of the PWM inverter, which can produce a fundamental voltage that is
higher than the drive input voltage, but would cause substantial odd harmonic distortion if used in steady state operation.
Accordingly the drive uses a headroom limit which allows the inverter to give a steady state output voltage equivalent to the input voltage minus
voltage drops inside the drive. This gives enough headroom for the current controllers to operate satisfactorily. However, for good transient
performance at high speed the rated voltage should be set below 95% of the minimum supply voltage to the drive.
The rated voltage is also used in conjunction with the motor rated frequency (Pr 5.06) during the rotating auto-tune test (see Pr 5.12 on page 84), and
in the calculations required for automatic optimization of the rated motor slip. It is important therefore, that the correct rated voltage for the motor is
used.
In some applications it may be necessary to restrict the voltage applied to the motor to a level lower than the nameplate rated voltage of the motor. In
this case the rated frequency (Pr 5.06) must be adjusted to maintain the ratio of rated voltage and frequency given on the motor nameplate. The rated
frequency will then be different to the nameplate value, and so the rated speed must be changed from the nameplate value to give the correct rated
slip.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 83

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.10 Rated power factor

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 1.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.850
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.10
parameter
Update rate Background read
Open loop
The power factor is the true power factor of the motor i.e. the angle between the motor voltage and current. The power factor is used in conjunction
with the motor rated current (Pr 5.07), to calculate the rated active current and magnetizing current of the motor. The rated active current is used
extensively to control the drive, and the magnetizing current is used in vector mode Rs compensation. It is important that this parameter is set up
correctly.
RFC
The power factor is the true power factor of the motor, i.e. the angle between the motor voltage and current. If the stator inductance is set to zero
(Pr 5.25), then the power factor is used in conjunction with the motor rated current and other motor parameters, to calculate the rated active and
magnetizing currents which are used in the vector control algorithm. If the stator inductance has a non-zero value, this parameter is not used by the
drive, but is continuously written with a calculated value of power factor.

5.11 Number of motor poles

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 60 (Auto to 120 POLE)
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 (Auto)
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.11
parameter
Update rate Background read

Open-loop
This parameter is used in the calculation of motor speed and in applying the correct slip compensation. When auto is selected the number of motor
poles is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (Pr 5.06) and the rated load rpm (Pr 5.08). The number of poles = 120 * rated frequency /
rpm rounded to the nearest even number.
RFC
This parameter must be set correctly for the vector control algorithms to operate correctly. When auto is selected the number of motor poles is
automatically calculated from the rated frequency (Pr 5.06) and the rated load rpm (Pr 5.08). The number of poles = 120 * rated frequency / rpm
rounded to the nearest even number.

5.12 Autotune
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Open-loop, 0 to 2
Range
RFC 0 to 4
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the drive is enabled and a run command is applied in either direction. The drive performs an auto-tune test
for the drive modes listed below. All tests that rotate the motor are carried out in the forward direction if Pr 1.12 = 0 or the reverse direction if
Pr 1.12 = 1.
For example, if the test is initiated by applying run reverse (Pr 6.32 = 1), the test is performed in the reverse direction. It should be noted however that
the motor may jump in either direction by up to half an electrical revolution at the start of the phasing test, and then move in the required direction for
the remainder of the test. The test will not start unless the drive is disabled before the test is initiated by applying the enable or run, i.e. it will not start
if the drive is in the stop state.
In RFC mode it is not possible to go into the stop state if Pr 5.12 has a non-zero value. (If Pr 5.12 is set to 4 in RFC mode then no test is carried out,
but the current loop gains are re-calculated. For these actions the drive does not need to be enabled.)

84 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

It is important that the motor is at standstill before the auto-tune test is performed if the correct results are to be obtained. The parameters modified by
the auto-tune tests are defined below when the second motor parameters are not selected (i.e. Pr 11.45 = 0).
If the second motor is selected for the duration of the tests (i.e. Pr 11.45 = 1), the second motor parameters in menu 21 are modified instead, and not
the parameters described below. When the test has successfully completed, the drive is disabled and will enter the inhibit state.
The motor can only be restarted if the enable is removed either from the enable input if Pr 6.15 is set to zero, or by using control word (Pr 6.42). As
the tests progresses, the calculated parameters are saved to EEPROM as indicated. If for any reason the test fails and the drive trips, no further
parameters are calculated or stored in EEPROM. (If the drive is in Auto or Boot cloning modes (Pr 11.42 = 3 or 4) the parameters are also saved to
the SMARTCARD where it is indicated that parameters are saved to EEPROM.)

Open-loop
In this mode the following parameters are used in the vector control algorithm.

Parameter Basic algorithm Slip compensation

Rated frequency Pr 5.06  
Rated current Pr 5.07  
Rated load rpm Pr 5.08 
Rated voltage Pr 5.09 
Power factor Pr 5.10 
No. of poles Pr 5.11 
Stator resistance (Rs) Pr 5.17 
Transient inductance (Ls) Pr 5.24
All the above parameters can be set by the user. The auto-tune test can be used to overwrite the user or default settings as described below.
Accurate values of stator resistance and voltage offset are required even for moderate performance in vector mode (an accurate value of power factor
is less critical).
1: Stationary test
• A stationary test is performed to measure the stator resistance (Pr 5.17) and voltage offset (Pr 5.23). The power factor (Pr 5.10) is not affected.
• Pr 5.17 and Pr 5.23 are saved to EEPROM.
2: Rotating test
• The stationary test is performed and the parameters saved to EEPROM as described above.
• A stationary test is performed to measure the transient inductance (Pr 5.24). The transient inductance is not used directly by the drive, but is an
intermediate value in determining the power factor after the rotating test.
• Pr 5.24 is saved to EEPROM.
• A rotating test is performed in which the motor is accelerated with the currently selected ramps to 2/3 of rated speed and held at this speed for
several seconds. Once the test is complete the power factor (Pr 5.10) is updated and the motor coasts to a stop. The motor should be unloaded
for this test to produce correct results.
• Pr 5.10 is saved to EEPROM.

RFC
In this mode the following parameters are used in the vector control algorithm.

Required for good Required for excellent

Parameter If Ls is zero If Ls is not zero
performance performance
Rated frequency Pr 5.06    
Rated current Pr 5.07    
Rated load rpm Pr 5.08    
Rated Voltage Pr 5.09    
Power factor Pr 5.10  
No. of poles Pr 5.11    
Stator resistance (Rs) Pr 5.17    
Transient inductance (Ls) Pr 5.24    
Stator inductance (Ls) Pr 5.25  
Motor saturation breakpoint 1 Pr 5.29   
Motor saturation breakpoint 2 Pr 5.30   
All the above parameters can be set by the user. The motor set-up is constantly recalculated in the background task, therefore modifying these
parameters even after auto-tune will affect the performance of the drive. The auto-tune test can be used to overwrite the user or default settings as
described below. It should be noted that the current loop gains (Pr 4.13 and 4.14) are not updated as part of any test if either the stator resistance or
the transient inductance for the active motor map are zero.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 85

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

1. Stationary test
• A stationary test is performed to measure the stator resistance (Pr 5.17)
• Pr 5.17 is saved to EEPROM.
• A stationary test is performed to measure the transient inductance (Pr 5.24). When this test is complete the current loop gains (Pr 4.13 and Pr
4.14) are over-written with the correct values based on the calculations given in Menu 4. A moderately accurate value of 1 as described in menu
4 can be obtained from the measured stator resistance and transient inductance to set the correct current limits and flux level in the motor.
• Pr 4.13, Pr 4.14 and Pr 5.24 are saved to EEPROM.
2. Rotating test
• The stationary tests are performed and the parameters saved to EEPROM as described above.
• A rotating test is performed in which the motor is accelerated using the ramp rate defined by Pr 2.11 (or Pr 21.04 if motor 2 is selected) to 2/3 of
rated frequency and held at this frequency for up to 36 seconds. During the rotating test, the stator inductance (Pr 5.25) and the motor saturation
breakpoints (Pr 5.29 and Pr 5.30) are calculated. The power factor is also modified for user information only, and is not used after this point
because the stator inductance will have a non-zero value. When the test is complete the motor coasts to a stop. The motor should be unloaded
for this test to produce correct results.
• Pr 5.25, Pr 5.29 and Pr 5.30 are saved to EEPROM.
3. Inertia measurement
• The drive attempts to accelerate the motor in the forward direction up to 3/4 x rated load rpm and then back to standstill. Several attempts may be
made, starting with rated torque/16, and then increasing the torque progressively to x1/4, x1/2 and x1 rated torque if the motor cannot be
accelerated to the required speed. 5s acceleration time is allowed during the first four attempts and 60s on the final attempt. If the required speed
is not achieved on the final attempt, the test is aborted and a tuNE1 trip is initiated. If the test is successful, the acceleration and deceleration
times are used to calculate the motor and load inertia which is written to Pr 3.18.
• Pr 3.18 is saved to EEPROM.
The calculated value of inertia is dependant on the value of the motor torque per amp parameter (Pr 5.32), which is calculated by the drive using an
efficiency of 0.9. Therefore the inertia may be inaccurate if the motor efficiency is substantially different from 0.9. However, if the inertia is used for
automatic speed loop gain set up the calculated gains will not be affected because Kt is also used in these calculations and any inaccuracy cancels
out.
The test algorithm attempts to remove the effect of any load on the motor other than the torque required to accelerate and decelerate the motor, i.e.
friction and windage losses, static torque load etc. Provided the average torque during acceleration, and the average torque during deceleration are
the same, the effect of the additional torque is removed and the inertia value is calculated correctly.
4. Current controller gain calculation only
• No current is applied to the motor.
• The current loop gains are calculated based on the value of the motor inductance (Pr 5.24) and resistance (Pr 5.17) and written to Pr 4.13 and
Pr 4.14.
• Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 are saved to EEPROM.
This is intended to be used as a method of setting up the current loop gains from user defined values of motor inductance and resistance. The drive
should not be enabled to perform these calculations. If the parameter is set to 4, it is automatically cleared by the drive once the calculation has
completed. It should be noted that the value changes back to zero within a few hundred milliseconds of being set to 4 by the user.

Open-loop, RFC
The auto-tune tests may be aborted by removing the run command or the enable, or if a trip occurs. During the auto-tune tests, the following trips can
occur in addition to the other drive trips.

Trip code Reason Test which can cause trip

tunE1 The motor did not reach the required speed RFC 3
tunE2 The motor could not be stopped RFC 3
tunE3 The calculated inertia is out of range RFC 3
Motor poles or encoder lines set up incorrectly.A trip is
initiated if the speed is not within ±6.25% of the
tunE7 expected no load speed just after the motor has RFC 2
ramped up to speed. This trip will not occur if the motor
poles are set to more than 12.
tunE Auto-tune stopped before completion All
Open-loop 1, 2
rS* Stator resistance too high
RFC 1
*The rS trip is produced if the drive cannot achieve the necessary current levels to measure the stator resistance during the test (i.e. there is no motor
connected to the drive), or if the necessary current level can be achieved, but the calculated resistance exceeds the maximum values for the
particular drive size or it exceeds 65.000. The maximum measurable value for a particular drive size can be calculated from the following formula.
Rsmax = dc _VOLTAGE_MAX x 0.45 / (Kc x 2)
where Kc is the current scaling factor for the drive

86 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.13 Dynamic V to F / flux optimise select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop 0
Update rate Background read
Open-loop
Setting this bit enables dynamic V to f mode which is intended for applications where power loss should be kept to a minimum under low load
conditions. The rated frequency used to derive the voltage to frequency characteristic of the drive is varied with load:
if |active current| < 0.7 x rated active current
motor rated frequency = Pr 5.06 x (2 - (active current / (0.7 x rated active current)))
else if |active current|  0.7 x rated active current
motor rated frequency = Pr 5.06
Although the rated frequency varies, the value shown as Pr 5.06 does not vary from that set by the user.

5.14 Voltage mode select

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0 to 5
Default Open-loop 2
Update rate Background read

0: Ur_S, Stator resistance and voltage offset measured at each start

The stator resistance (Pr 5.17) and the voltage offset (Pr 5.23) are measured, and the parameters over-written each time the drive is started. This test
can only be done with a stationary machine where the flux has decayed to zero. Therefore this mode should only be used if the machine is
guaranteed to be stationary each time the drive is enabled. To prevent the test from being done before the flux has decayed, there is a period of 1
second after the drive has been in the ready state during which the test is not done if the drive is re-started. In this case, previously measured values
are used. The new values of stator resistance and voltage offset are not automatically saved to EEPROM or the SMARTCARD.
1: Ur, No measurements
The stator resistance and voltage offset are not measured. The user can enter the motor and cabling resistance into the stator resistance parameter.
However this will not include resistance effects within the drive inverter. Therefore if this mode is to be used, it is best to use the auto-tuning stationary
test initially to measure the stator resistance.
2: Fd, Fixed boost mode.
Neither the stator resistance nor the voltage offset are used, instead a fixed characteristic with boost applied as defined by Pr 5.15 is used.
3: Ur_Auto, Stator resistance and voltage offset measured at first drive enable
The stator resistance and voltage offset are measured once, the first time the drive is enabled. After the test has been completed successfully the
mode is changed to Ur mode. The stator resistance and voltage offset are written to the parameters for the currently selected motor map and these
parameters along with this parameter are saved in the EEPROM (and the SMARTCARD if Pr 11.42 = 3 or 4).
4: Ur_I, Stator resistance and voltage offset measured at each power-up
The stator resistance and voltage offset are measured when the drive is first enabled, and at each subsequent power-up. The new values of stator
resistance and voltage offset are not automatically saved to EEPROM or the SMARTCARD.
5: SrE, Square law characteristic
Neither the stator resistance nor the voltage offset are used, instead a fixed square law characteristic with boost applied as defined by Pr 5.15 is used.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 87

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.15 Low frequency voltage boost

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 25.0 % of motor rated voltage
Default Open-loop, RFC See below
Update rate Background read
Voltage boost is used in fixed boost mode and square law mode for Open-loop mode, and also during the rotating auto-tune test in RFC mode. In
open-loop mode, the default is dependant on the frame size as given in the table below.

Drive sizes Default

BA1xxx, BA2xxx, BA3xxx 3.0%
BA4xxx, BA5xxx 2.0%
BA6xxx, BAMxxxx 1.0%

5.17 Stator resistance

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 65.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.12
parameter
Update rate Background read
Pr 5.17 shows the stator resistance of the motor. The units vary with the drive size to ensure that the full range of likely resistances can be
represented with suitable resolution. The table below shows the units. Therefore 1.000 in the parameter represents the resistance shown in the units
column.

Drive size Units

BA1xxx to BA5xxx 1 Ohm
BA6xxx, BAMxxxx 0.01 Ohms

88 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.18 Maximum switching frequency

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 5 (3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16 kHz)*
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 (3 kHz)
Update rate Background read
*The maximum switching frequency available is limited for some drive sizes as shown inTable 5-6 below.
Table 5-6 maximum switching frequency
200V kHz 400V kHz 575V kHz 690V kHz
BA1201 16 BA1401 16 BA3501 8 BA4601 8
BA1202 16 BA1402 16 BA3502 8 BA4602 8
BA1203 16 BA1403 16 BA3503 8 BA4603 8
BA1204 16 BA1404 16 BA3504 8 BA4604 8
BA2201 16 BA1405 16 BA3505 8 BA4605 8
BA2202 16 BA1406 16 BA3506 8 BA4606 8
BA2203 16 BA2401 16 BA3507 8 BA5601 8
BA3201 12 BA2402 16 BA5602 8
BA3202 12 BA2403 16 BA6601 6
BA4201 8 BA3401 16 BA6602 6
BA4202 8 BA3402 16 BAMA16X1 6
BA4203 8 BA3403 12 BAMA16X2 6
BA5201 8 BA4401 8 BAMD16X1 6
BA5202 8 BA4402 8 BAMD16X2 6
BAMD12X1 6 BA4403 8 BAMD16X3 6
BAMD12X2 6 BA5401 8 BAMD16X4 6
BAMD12X3 6 BA5402 8
BAMD12X4 6 BA6401 6
BA6402 6
BAMA14X1 6
BAMA14X2 6
BAMD14X1 6
BAMD14X2 6
BAMD14X3 6
BAMD14X4 6

This parameter defines the required switching frequency. The drive may automatically reduce the actual switching frequency (without changing this
parameter) if the power stage becomes too hot. The switching frequency can reduce from 12kHz to 6kHz to 3kHz, or 16kHz to 8kHz to 4kHz. An
estimate of the IGBT junction temperature is made, based on the heatsink temperature and an instantaneous temperature drop using the drive output
current and switching frequency.
The estimated IGBT junction temperature is displayed in Pr 7.34. If the temperature exceeds 135°C, the switching frequency is reduced (if this is
possible i.e >4kHz) and this mode is enabled (see Pr 5.35 on page 94).
Reducing the switching frequency reduces the drive losses and the junction temperature displayed in Pr 7.34 also reduces. If the load condition
persists the junction temperature may continue to rise. If the temperature exceeds 145°C and the switching frequency cannot be reduced, the drive
will initiate an O.ht1 trip. Every 20ms the drive will attempt to restore the switching frequency if the higher switching frequency will not take the IGBT
temperature above 135°C.
The following table gives the sampling rate for different sections of the control system for different switching frequencies.
3, 6, 12kHz 4, 8, 16kHz Open-loop RFC
3 = 167s
Level 1 6 = 83s 125s Peak limit Current controllers
12 = 83s
Current limit and Speed controller
Level 2 250s 250s
ramps and ramps
Level 3 1ms 1ms Voltage controller
Level 4 4ms 4ms Time critical user interface
Background N/A N/A Non-time critical user interface

Affinity Advanced User Guide 89

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.19 High stability space vector modulation

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, 0
Update rate Background read
Normally the drive will use space vector modulation to produce the IGBT control signals. High stability space vector modulation offers three
advantages in an open loop drive, but the acoustic noise produced by the motor may increase slightly.
• It is possible for instability to occur around motor rated frequency/2 on light load. The drive uses dead-time compensation to reduce this effect,
however it is still possible that some machines will be unstable. To prevent this, high stability space vector modulation should be enabled by
setting this parameter.
• As the output voltage approaches the maximum available from the drive pulse deletion occurs. This can cause unstable operation with a lightly or
fully loaded machine. High stability space vector modulation will reduce this effect.
• High stability space vector modulation also gives a small reduction in drive heat loss.

5.20 Quasi-square enable

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop 0
Update rate Background read
Open loop
The maximum modulation level of the drive is normally limited to unity, giving an output voltage equivalent to the drive input voltage minus voltage
drops within the drive. If the motor rated voltage is set at the same level as the supply voltage, some pulse deletion will occur as the drive output
voltage approaches the rated voltage level.
If Pr 5.20 is set to 1, the modulator will allow over modulation so that as the output frequency increases beyond the rated frequency, the voltage
continues to increase above the rated voltage. The modulation depth will increase beyond unity first producing trapezoidal and then quasi-square
waveforms. This can be used for example to obtain high output frequencies with a low switching frequency which would not be possible with space
vector modulation limited to unity modulation depth.
The disadvantage is that the machine current will be distorted as the modulation depth increases above unity, and will contain a significant amount of
low order odd harmonics of the fundamental output frequency.
As the rated voltage parameter is increased for a given DC bus voltage, the modulation depth is also increased. Therefore if the rated voltage is set to
a level higher than the supply voltage the point at which pulse dropping, over-modulation and quasi-square operation each begin, may occur at a
frequencies below the rated frequency.

5.21 Field gain reduction

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read
A suitable field controller gain is automatically set by the drive from the motor parameters. However by setting this parameter to 1, it is possible to
reduce this gain by a factor of 2 if instability problems occur above base speed.

5.23 Voltage offset

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 V
Default Open-loop 0.0
Second motor
Open-loop Pr 21.13
parameter
Update rate Background read
Due to various effects in the drive inverter, a voltage offset must be produced before any current flows. To obtain good performance at low frequencies
where the machine terminal voltage is small, this offset must be taken into account. The value shown in Pr 5.23 is this offset given in line to line rms
volts. It is not possible for the user to measure this voltage easily, and so the automatic measurement procedure should be used (see Pr
5.14 on page 87).

90 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.24 Transient inductance (Ls)

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC

Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS

3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 500.000 mH
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Second motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.14
parameter
Update rate Background read
Open-loop, RFC
With reference to the diagram below, the transient inductance is defined as

Ls = L1 + (L2.Lm / (L2 + Lm))

R1 jwL1 jwL2

jwLm R2/s

Steady state per phase equivalent circuit

of an induction motor

Based on the parameters normally used for the motor equivalent circuit for transient analysis, i.e. Ls = L1 + Lm, Lr = L2 + Lm, the transient inductance
is given by

Ls = Ls - (Lm2 / Lr)

The transient inductance is used as an intermediate variable to calculate the power factor in open-loop mode. It is used in the vector algorithm, for
cross-coupling compensation and to set the current controller gains in RFC mode.

5.25 Stator inductance (Ls)

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 5000.00 mH
Default RFC 0.00
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.24
parameter
Update rate Background read
This parameter holds the stator inductance of the motor with rated flux. If the motor flux is reduced, the value of stator inductance used by the vector
control algorithm is modified using the motor saturation breakpoints (Pr 5.29 and Pr 5.30). Stator inductance (Ls) = L1 + Lm from the steady state
equivalent circuit. It should be noted that if this parameter is changed from a non-zero value to zero, the power factor (Pr 5.10) is automatically set to
0.850. The same applies to the motor map 2 stator inductance (Pr 21.24) and motor map 2 power factor (Pr 21.10).

5.26 High dynamic performance enable

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read

When this bit is set, the drive provides a cross-coupling feed forward voltage as produced by the transient inductance, and a frequency based voltage
feed forward term. These voltages improve the transient performance of the current controllers

Affinity Advanced User Guide 91

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.27 Enable slip compensation

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop 1
Update rate Background read
The level of slip compensation is set by the rated frequency and rated speed parameters. Slip compensation is only enabled when this parameter is
set to 1 Pr 5.08 is set to a value other than zero or synchronous speed.

5.28 Field weakening compensation disable

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default RFC 0
Update rate Background read
When the flux in the motor is reduced below its rated level, the level of torque producing current required for a given amount of shaft torque is higher
than the rated level. In speed control the compensation prevents gain reduction at higher speeds. In torque control the compensation maintains the
torque at the correct level for a given torque demand. In some applications using speed control, it may be desirable to have a reduction of gain as the
motor flux is reduced to maintain stability. If this is required Pr 5.28 should be set to 1. It should be noted that although field weakening is possible in
servo mode, gain compensation is not applied in this mode.

5.29 Motor saturation breakpoint 1

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 100 % of rated flux
Default RFC 50
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.25
parameter
Update rate Background read

92 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 5
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.30 Motor saturation breakpoint 2

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 100 % of rated flux
Default RFC 75
Second motor
RFC Pr 21.26
parameter
Update rate Background read
The rated level of flux in most induction motors causes saturation. Therefore the flux against flux producing current characteristic is non-linear. The
effects of saturation are to cause a step increase in torque when operating in torque mode, as the speed increases into the field weakening region.
The drive can include the effects of saturation by representing the flux producing current to flux characteristic as a series of three lines as shown
below:

flux (%)

100%
Pr 5.30

Pr 5.29

50 75 100 i_mag (%)

If Pr 5.29 and Pr 5.30 have their default values of 50 and 75, the characteristic becomes one line and there will be a linear relationship between the
drive estimate of flux and the flux producing current. If Pr 5.29 and Pr 5.30 are increased above 50 and 75 the drive estimate of flux can include the
effect of saturation. It is unlikely that information will be available to set up these parameters, and so the values are determined during the rotating
auto-tune test.

5.31 Voltage controller gain

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read

This parameter controls the gain of the voltage controller used for mains loss and standard ramp control. If the parameter is set to 1, the gain used is
suitable for applications where the drive is used alone. Higher values are intended for applications where the DC bus of each drive is connected in
parallel, and the drive is used as a master for mains loss control. This is intended for use in applications where each drive is locked together using
open-loop frequency slaving. (If motors are locked together using digital-locking using a master for mains loss control, it is unlikely that the system will
be stable during mains loss unless the power rating of the master is much higher than the combined rating of the slaves. This is due to the lag created
by the master motor inertia.)

5.32 Motor torque per amp (Kt)

Drive modes RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
RFC 2 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 500.00 NmA-1
Update rate Background (1s) read

This parameter shows the motor torque per amp of active (torque producing) current used to calculate the speed controller gains when the automatic
set-up methods are active (i.e. Pr 3.17 = 1 or 2).

Affinity Advanced User Guide 93

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 5 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

RFC
The drive calculates the motor torque per amp of active current using the motor parameters as shown below assuming a motor efficiency of 90%.

3 x Vrated x Irated x Rated power factor x Efficiency

Kt =
Rated speed (rad s-1) x Rated active current

3 x Pr 5.09 x Pr 5.07 x Pr 5.10 x 0.9

Kt =
(2 x Pr 5.08 / 60) x Rated active current
Rated active current is the active current when the motor current is equal to the rated motor current and is defined at the start of the description of
menu 4.

5.35 Disable auto-switching frequency change

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

The drive thermal protection scheme (see Pr 5.18 on page 89), reduces the switching frequency automatically when necessary to prevent the drive
from overheating. It is possible to disable this feature by setting this bit parameter to 1. If the feature is disabled, the drive trips immediately when the
IGBT temperature is too high.

5.37 Actual switching frequency

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 7
Update rate Background write

Pr 5.37 shows the actual switching frequency used by the inverter. The maximum switching frequency is set with parameter Pr 5.18, but this may be
reduced by the drive if automatic switching frequency changes are allowed (Pr 5.35=1). Pr 5.37 also indicates if the sample time for the current
controllers have been reduced to allow for RFC mode.

Value String Switching frequency Current controller Sample time

(kHz) (s)
0 3 3 167
1 4 4 125
2 6 6 83
3 8 8 125
4 12 12 83
5 16 16 125
6 6 rEd 6 167
7 12 rEd 12 167

5.40 Spin start boost

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 10.0
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.0
Update rate Background read

If Pr 6.09 is set to enable the catch a spinning motor function in open-loop mode or RFC mode without position feedback (RFC mode) (Pr 3.24 = 1 or
3), this parameter will define a scaling function used by the algorithm which detects the speed of the motor.
It is likely that for smaller motors the default value of 1.0 is suitable, but for larger motors this parameter may need to be increased. If the value of this
parameter is too large, the motor may accelerate from standstill when the drive is enabled. If the value of this parameter is too small, the drive will
detect the motor speed as zero even if the motor is spinning.

94 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.8 Menu 6: Sequencer and clock

Figure 5-9 Menu 6 logic diagram
Control word
enable
6.43
Fire mode
active 0

Stop / Start Control word

select*** 6.42 Sequencer
6.04 0
Drive enable
Stop mode
6.15 6.01
selector*
Run forward 1 Line power supply
6.03
T25 digital I/O 2 6.30 loss mode**
Hold zero speed/
Jog forward 1 6.08 Motor pre-heat
6.31 enable*****
Catch a
0 6.09
Run reverse spinning motor***
T26 digital I/O 3 6.32 Enable sequencer
6.40
0 latching
Forward / Reverse
Menu 8 6.33
1.11 Reference
Run 0 enabled indicator
T27 digital input 4
6.34
Jog reverse 0
6.37
Not stop 0 1.12 Reverse selected
indicator
6.39
0
Hardware
enable 6.29
1.13 Jog selected
indicator
Limit switch 1 6.35
0
Limit switch 2 6.36
0
RUN
Inverter enable
STOP/ RESET
RESET
Pr 1.52 = 0

FWD/REV RFC only

Menu 2
Logic 1 Ramp enable
Open loop only Menu 3
0 1 Hard speed
1.49 Pr 1.49 = 4 Injection reference enable
6.06
braking level*
Reference 6.07 Injection
selected braking time*
indicator 6.12
Keypad STOP

Clock control

6.23 Time before filter

6.17 Power consumption change due
Date/time meter reset
6.16 Date 6.19
selector
6.21 Time interval between
6.17 0 Power up time filter changes
Time
1 Slot 1 RTC
2 Slot 2 RTC 6.28 Running cost
Day of 3 Internal RTC 6.22 Filter change
6.18 required/done
week 4 Run time
5 Set time
Electricity cost
6.27
per kWh
6.25
Power meter
6.26
Total motor
5.03
power

DC bus voltage 5.05

Drive power supply monitor 6.44 Active supply

Low voltage supply

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter
The parameters are all shown at their default settings

Affinity Advanced User Guide 95

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.01 Stop mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 5
Range
RFC 0 to 2
Open-loop, 1
Default
RFC 1
Update rate Background read
Open-loop
Stopping is in two distinct phases: decelerating to stop, and stopped.
Stopping Mode Phase 1 Phase 2 Comments
Drive cannot be re-enabled
0: Coast Inverter disabled Delay in phase 2 allows rotor flux to decay.
for 1s
Ramp down to zero Wait for 1s with inverter
1: Ramp
frequency enabled
Inject dc at level specified by
2: Ramp followed by dc Ramp down to zero
Pr 6.06 for time defined by Pr
injection frequency
6.07
Low frequency current The drive automatically senses low speed and therefore it
Inject dc at level specified by
3: dc injection with zero injection with detection of adjusts the injection time to suit the application. If the
Pr 6.06 for time defined by Pr
speed detection low speed before next injection current level is too small, the drive will not sense
6.07
phase. low speed (normally a minimum of 50-60% is required).
Inject dc at level specified
4: Timed dc injection
by Pr 6.06 for time specified No phase 2.
braking stop
by Pr 6.07.
Allows the drive to be immediately disabled and then re-
5:Disable Inverter disabled No phase 2.
enabled again immediately if required.

Once modes 3 or 4 have begun, the drive must go through the ready state before being restarted either by stopping, tripping or being disabled.
If this parameter is set to 5 (Disable stopping mode), the disable stopping mode is used when the run command is removed, and will allow the drive to
be started immediately by reapplying the run command. However, if the drive is disabled by removing the drive enable (i.e. via the secure disable
input or the drive enable (Pr 6.15), then the drive cannot be re-enabled for 1s.
RFC
Only one stopping phase exists, and the ready state is entered as soon as the single stopping action is complete. It should be noted that the stop
condition is detected when the speed feedback is below the zero speed threshold (Pr 3.05) for at least 16ms. If the speed is not stable, it is possible
that the stop condition may not be detected. In this case the system should be made more stable or alternatively the zero speed threshold should be
raised.

Stopping Mode Action

0: Coast Inhibits the inverter
1: Ramp Stop with ramp
2: No ramp Stop with no ramp

If coast stop is selected, the inverter is inhibited immediately when the run command is removed. If however hold zero speed is also selected (Pr 6.08
= 1), then the inverter will be re-enabled to hold zero speed. The result is that the inverter is disabled for one sample and then enabled to ramp the
motor to a stop. If coast stop is required Pr 6.08 should be set to zero to disable hold zero speed.
If stop with ramp is selected, the relevant ramp rate is used to stop the motor even if Pr 2.02 is set to zero to disable ramps.
The motor can be stopped with position orientation after stopping. This mode is selected with the position controller mode (Pr 13.10). When this mode
is selected Pr 6.01 has no effect.

96 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.03 Line power loss mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
0: dis
There is no line power loss detection and the drive operates normally only as long as the DC bus voltage remains within specification (i.e. >Vuu).
Once the voltage falls below Vuu a UU trip occurs. This will reset itself if the voltage rises again above VuuRestart as shown in Table 5-7 Voltages and
voltage ratings on page 97.
1: Stop
Open-loop
The action taken by the drive is the same as for ride through mode except the ramp-down rate is at least as fast as the deceleration ramp setting, and
the drive will continue to decelerate and stop even if the line power is re-applied. If normal or timed injection braking is selected, the drive will use
ramp mode to stop on loss of line power. If ramp stop followed by injection braking is selected, the drive will ramp to a stop and then attempt to apply
dc injection. If the line supply is reapplied the drive restarts after it reaches the ready state provided the necessary controls are still active to initiate a
start.
RFC
The speed reference is set to zero and the ramps are disabled allowing the drive to decelerate the motor to a stop under current limit. If the line power
is re-applied while the motor is stopping, any run signal is ignored until the motor has stopped. If the current limit value is set at a very low level, the
drive may enter a UU trip before the motor has stopped. If the line power is reapplied the drive restarts after it reaches the ready state provided the
necessary controls are still active to initiate a start.
2: ride.th
The drive detects line power loss when the DC bus voltage falls below Vml1. The drive then enters a mode where a closed-loop controller attempts to
hold the DC bus level at Vml2. This causes the motor to decelerate at a rate that increases as the speed falls. If the line power is re-applied, it will
force the DC bus voltage above the detection threshold Vml3 and the drive will continue to operate normally. The output of the line power loss
controller is a current demand that is fed into the current control system, and therefore the gain parameters Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 must be set up for
optimum control. See Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 on page 70 for set-up details.
Table 5-7 Voltages and voltage ratings
Voltage level 200V drive 400V drive 575V drive 690V drive
Vuu 175 350 500 500
Vml1 205* 410* 540* 540*
Vml2 Vml1 - 10V Vml1 - 20V Vml1 - 25V Vml1 - 25V
Vml3 Vml1 + 10 Vml1 + 15 Vml1 + 50 Vml1 + 50
Vuu Restart 215 425 590 590
* Vml1 is defined by Pr 6.48. The values given in the table are the default values.

6.04 Start/stop logic select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 4
Default Open-loop, RFC 4
Update rate Background read
This parameter is provided to allow the user to select several predefined digital input routing macros to control the sequencer. When a value between
0 and 3 is selected the drive processor continuously updates the destination parameters for digital I/O T25, T26 and T27, and the enable sequencer
latching bit (Pr 6.40). When a value of 4 is selected the destination parameters for these digital I/O and Pr 6.40 can be modified by the user. (Note any
changes made to the destination parameters only become active after a drive reset.)
Pr 6.04 T25 (Pr 8.22) T26 (Pr 8.23) T27 (Pr 8.24) Pr 6.40
0 Pr 6.29* Pr 6.30 Run Forward Pr 6.32 Run Reverse 0 (non latching)
1 Pr 6.39 Not stop Pr 6.30 Run Forward Pr 6.32 Run Reverse 1 (latching)
2 Pr 6.29* Pr 6.34 Run Pr 6.33 Fwd /Rev 0 (non latching)
3 Pr 6.39 Not stop Pr 6.34 Run Pr 6.33 Fwd/Rev 1 (latching)
4 User prog User prog User prog User prog

* Pr 6.29 can be used as a fast disable parameter. See Pr 6.29 on page 103 for more information.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 97

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.06 Injection braking level

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0 to 150.0 %
Default Open-loop 100.0 %
Update rate Background read
Defines the current level used during dc injection braking as a percentage of motor rated current as defined by Pr 5.07.

6.07 Injection braking time

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read
Defines the time of injection braking during phase 1 with stopping modes 3 and 4 (see Pr 6.01 on page 96) for injection braking stop.

6.08 Hold zero speed / Motor pre-heat enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

Pre-heat mode is enabled if Pr 6.08 is set to a 1 and Pr 6.52 is set to a value greater than zero. When the run command is removed and the motor has
reached standstill, the drive applies a percentage (determined by the value in Pr 6.52) of the motor rated current. When pre-heat is active, then the
keypad displays the status "Heat".
Hold zero speed is enabled if Pr 6.08 is set to a one and Pr 6.52 is set to zero. When the run command is removed and the motor has reached
standstill, the drive continues to apply the magnetizing current. The level of magnetizing current cannot be modified. When hold zero speed is active,
then the keypad displays the status "StoP".
The drive cannot be switched between hold zero speed and pre-heat mode if any one of these modes is active. The drive should either be disabled or
running in order to change the mode.

The value in Pr 6.52 should not be set too high because it

could damage the motor or cause the motor thermal
protection to operate and trip the drive.
CAUTION

6.09 Catch a spinning motor

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Open-loop 3
Range
RFC 1
Open-loop 0
Default
RFC 1
Update rate Background read
Open-loop
When the drive is enabled with this parameter at zero, the output frequency starts at zero and ramps to the required reference. When the drive is
enabled with this parameter at a non-zero value, the drive performs a start-up test to determine the motor speed and then sets the initial output
frequency to the synchronous frequency of the motor.
The test is not carried out and the motor frequency starts at zero:-
• if the run command is given when the drive is in the stop state.
• OR when the drive is first enabled after power-up with Ur_I voltage mode.
• OR when the run command is given with Ur_S voltage mode.

98 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Using the default parameters, the length of the test is approximately 200ms. However if the motor has a short rotor time constant/filter (usually found
in smaller motors) the time may be shorter. The drive will set the test time automatically if the motor parameters including the rated load rpm, are set
up correctly for the motor.
For the test to operate correctly, it is important that the stator resistance (Pr 5.17, Pr 21.12) is set up correctly. This applies even if fixed boost (Fd) or
square law (SrE) voltage mode is being used. The test uses the rated magnetizing current of the motor during the test, therefore the rated current
(Pr 5.07, Pr 21.07 and Pr 5.10, Pr 21.10) and power factor should be set to values close to those of the motor, although these parameters are not as
critical as the stator resistance. For larger motors, it may be necessary to increase Pr 5.40 (spin start boost) from its default value of 1.0 for the drive
to successfully detect the motor speed.
It should be noted that a stationary lightly loaded motor with low inertia may move slightly during the test. The direction of the movement is undefined.
Restrictions may be placed on the direction of this movement and on the frequencies detected by the drive as follows:

Pr 6.09 Function
0 Disabled
1 Detect all frequencies
2 Detect positive frequencies only
3 Detect negative frequencies only
RFC
When the drive is enabled with this bit at zero, the post ramp reference (Pr 2.01) starts at zero and ramps to the required reference. When the drive is
enabled with this parameter at one, the post ramp reference is set to the motor speed. When RFC mode is used feedback and catch a spinning motor
is not required, this parameter should be set to zero as this avoids unwanted movement of the motor shaft when zero speed is required. When RFC
mode is used with larger motors, it may be necessary to increase Pr 5.40 (spin start boost) from its default value of 1.0 for the drive to successfully
detect the motor speed.

6.12 Enable stop key

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

This parameter permanently enables the Stop key on the drive such that the drive will always stop when the Stop key is pressed. If keypad mode is
selected this has no effect because the Stop key is automatically enabled.
The sequencer logic has been designed so that pressing the Stop key (whether the Stop key is enabled or not), does not make the drive change from
a stopped to a running condition. As the Stop key is also used to reset trips, this means that if the Stop key is pressed when the drive is tripped, the
trip will be reset but the drive does not start. (This does not apply to the UU trip which cannot be reset by the user, but is automatically reset when the
DC bus voltage is high enough).
Preventing the drive from starting when the stop key is pressed is implemented as follows:-
Sequencer latching not enabled (Pr 6.40=0)
If the Stop key is pressed when the Stop key is enabled (Pr 6.12=1), or when the drive is tripped the sequencer run is removed, and so the drive stops
or remains stopped respectively. The sequencer run can only then be reapplied after at least one of the following conditions occurs:-

1. Run forward, Run reverse and Run sequencing bits all zero
2. OR the drive is disabled via Pr 6.15 or Pr 6.29
3. OR Run forward and Run reverse are both active and have been for 60ms.
4. OR The drive is in the UU state.
The drive can then be restarted by activating the necessary bits to give a normal start.
Sequencer latching enabled (Pr 6.40=1)
If the Stop key is pressed when the stop key is enabled (Pr 6.12=1) or when the drive is tripped the sequencer run is removed, and so the drive stops
or remains stopped respectively. The sequencer run can only then be reapplied after at least one of the following conditions occurs.

1. Run forward, Run reverse and Run sequencing bits all zero after the latches
2. OR Not stop sequencing bit is zero
3. OR the drive is disabled via Pr 6.15 or Pr 6.29
4. OR Run forward and Run reverse are both active and have been for 60ms.
5. OR The drive is in the UU state.

The drive can then be restarted by activating the necessary bits to give a normal start. Note that Run forward and Run reverse together will reset the
stop key condition, but the latches associated with Run forward and Run reverse must then be reset before the drive can be restarted. It should be
noted that holding the Run key and pressing the Stop key to reset the drive without stopping does not apply unless keypad reference mode is
selected.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 99

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.15 Drive enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate 4ms read
Setting this parameter to 0 will disable the drive. It must be at 1 for the drive to run.

6.16 Date
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 to 311299
Update rate Background read/write

6.17 Time
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 23.59
Update rate Background read/write

6.18 Day of week

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 to 6
Update rate Background write

6.19 Date / Time selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 5
Default Open-loop, RFC 3
Update rate Background read

100 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.20 Date format

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC EUR 0 (Std), USA 2 (US)
Update rate Background read
The value of Pr 6.19 determines the data displayed in Pr 6.16 and Pr 6.17 as shown in the table below:

Pr 6.19 Data displayed in Pr 6.16 and Pr 6.17

Drive powered-up time: Date and time starts from zero at
0
each power-up
Date and time from real time clock in slot 1 Solutions Module.
1 If the module does not support this feature or no module is
installed in slot 1, then the date and time will be zero
Date and time from real time clock in slot 2 Solutions Module.
2 If the module does not support this feature or no module is
installed in slot 2, then the date and time will be zero
3 Date and time from internal real time clock
Drive running time: Time that the drive inverter has been
4
active since it was manufactured
Set date and time: Date and time can be adjusted and written
5 to all Solutions Modules installed which support real time
clock

Pr 6.16 shows the date in the format ddmmyy (Pr 6.20 = 0 or 1) or mmddyy (Pr 6.20 = 2 or 3). Pr 6.17 shows the time in hh.mm format.
If Pr 6.19 is set to 0 or 4 then the date and time start from zero, the days roll over after 30, and the months roll over after 11.
The day of the week displayed in Pr 6.18 is zero unless Pr 6.19 is set to 1, 2 or 3.
To adjust the date/time, set Pr 6.19 to 5. Enter date/time in Pr 6.16 and Pr 6.17. The date/time will be written to the internal real time clock and any
Solutions Module installed that supports real time clock functions.
The drive date and time (Pr 6.16 and Pr 6.17) are used for the date/times associated with the trip log (Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60) and timer functions
(Pr 9.35 to Pr 9.43).
If Pr 6.19 is changed, then a reset must be initiated for the change to take place, otherwise the originally selected clock will be used for the trip log and
timer functions.
If Pr 6.19 is changed and a reset is initiated then the trip log times are cleared and the repeat period for the timers (Pr 9.39, Pr 9.49) set to zero,
disabling the timers.
Daylight saving time is enabled if Pr 6.20 is set to 1 (Std) or 3 (US) and has the following effect:
Pr value Pr string Date format
0 Std ddmmyy
1 Std.ds ddmmyy with an extra hour added for daylight saving
2 US mmddyy
3 US.ds mmddyy with an extra hour added for daylight saving

The value in Pr 6.18 denotes the day of week as shown in the following table.

Pr value Day of week

0 Sunday
1 Monday
2 Tuesday
3 Wednesday
4 Thursday
5 Friday
6 Saturday

Affinity Advanced User Guide 101

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.21 Time between filter changes

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000 hrs
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

6.22 Filter change required / change done

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read/write

6.23 Time before filter change due

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000 hrs
Update rate Background read

To enable the feature which indicates to the user when a filter change is due, Pr 6.21 should be set to the time between filter changes and Pr 6.22 set
to 1 and back to 0. When the drive is running, Pr 6.23 is reduced each time the runtime timer hour increments until Pr 6.23 reaches 0, at which point
Pr 6.22 is set to 1 to inform the user that a filter change is required. When the user has changed the filter, resetting Pr 6.22 to 0 will indicate to the
drive that the change has been done and Pr 6.23 will be reloaded with the value of Pr 6.21. Pr 6.23 can be updated with the value of Pr 6.21 at any
time by setting and clearing this parameter manually.

6.24 Reset energy meter

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

If this parameter is one the energy meter (Pr 6.25 and Pr 6.26) is reset and held at zero.

6.25 Energy meter: MWh

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±999.9 MWh
Update rate Background write

6.26 Energy meter: kWh

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±99.99 kWh
Update rate Background write

Pr 6.25 and Pr 6.26 form the energy meter that indicates the net energy supplied to/from the drive in kWh (i.e. energy supplied by the drive - energy
fed back to the drive). For motor control modes a positive value indicates net transfer of energy from the drive to the motor. The energy meter is reset
and held at zero when Pr 6.24 is one.
If the maximum or minimum of Pr 6.25 is reached, the parameter does not roll over, but is instead clamped at the maximum or minimum value.

102 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.27 Electricity cost per kWh

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 600.0 currency units per kWh
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
When this parameter is set up correctly for the local currency, Pr 6.28 will give an instantaneous read out of running cost.

6.28 Running cost

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±32,000
Update rate Background write

Instantaneous read out of the cost/hour of running the drive. This requires Pr 6.27 to be set up correctly.

6.29 Hardware enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write

This bit shows whether the drive is in the enable state or not.
Generally this will reflect the state of the enable input and shows the same value as Pr 8.09. However, the disabled state can be forced by other
functions within the drive. Pr 8.09 will always follow the enable input state but the Pr 6.29 will be held at zero, indicating that the drive is forced into the
disable state by the following:
1. A digital input is routed to this parameter as described below to provide a fast disable and the input forces this parameter to zero.
2. Any of the following trips are active: OI.AC, PS.10V, PS.24V, OI.Br, OV.

If the destination of one of the drive digital I/O (Pr 8.21 to Pr 8.26) is set to Pr 6.29 and the I/O is set as an input, the state of the input does not affect
the value of this parameter as it is protected, however it does provide a fast disable function. The drive enable input to the drive (T31) disables the
drive in hardware by removing the gate drive signals from the inverter IGBT's and also disables the drive via the software system.

When the drive is disabled by de-activating the drive enable input there can be a delay of up to 20ms. However, if a digital I/O is set up to provide the
fast disable function it is possible to disable the drive within 600us of de-activating the input. To do this the enable signal should be connected to both
the drive enable (T31) and to the digital I/O selected for the fast disable function. The state of the digital I/O including the effect of its associated invert
parameter is ANDed with the drive enable to enable the drive.

6.30 Sequencing bit: Run forward

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.31 Sequencing bit: Jog

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 103

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.32 Sequencing bit: Run reverse

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.33 Sequencing bit: Forward/reverse

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.34 Sequencing bit: Run

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

During normal operation, the sequencer is designed to operate with Run forward / Run reverse controls, or with a Run control and a forward reverse
selector. If Run forwards / Run reverse control is required, then bits Pr 6.30 and Pr 6.32 should be used to control the drive (digital inputs should not
be routed to bits Pr 6.33 and Pr 6.34). If Run control with a forward reverse selector is required, then bits Pr 6.33 and Pr 6.34 should be used to
control the drive (digital inputs should not be routed to bits Pr 6.30 and Pr 6.32).
The Run forward and Run reverse, or Run sequencing bits can be made latching by setting bit Pr 6.40. The Not stop bit (Pr 6.39) should be one to
allow the sequencing bit to be latched. If the Not stop bit is zero, all latches are cleared and held at zero. The jog or jog reverse sequencing bits can
also cause the drive to run provided the motor is stopped when these bits are activated, and the normal run sequencing bits are not providing a run
signal.

6.35 Forward limit switch

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 250s read

6.36 Reverse limit switch

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 250s read

Digital inputs connected to limit switches should be routed to these parameters if fast stopping is required at a limit. In Open-loop mode the drive will
respond in 4.5ms (500s digital input filter delay + 4ms software delay) and stop the motor using the currently selected ramp rate. In RFC mode the
drive will respond in 750s (500s digital input filter delay + 250s software delay) and stop the motor with zero ramp rate (i.e. in current limit). The
limit switches are direction dependant so that the motor can rotate in a direction that allows the system to move away from the limit switch. (In open-
loop frequency slaving mode both limit switches are active.)
Open-loop
Pre-ramp reference > 0Hz Forward limit switch active
Pre-ramp reference < 0Hz Reverse limit switch active
Pre-ramp reference = 0Hz Both limit switches active
RFC
Pre-ramp reference+hard speed reference > 0rpm Forward limit switch active
Pre-ramp reference+hard speed reference < 0rpm Reverse limit switch active
Pre-ramp reference+hard speed reference = 0rpm Both limit switches active

104 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.37 Sequencing bit: Jog reverse

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.39 Sequencing bit: Not stop

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.40 Enable sequencer latching

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

6.41 Drive event flags

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65535
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background write
The drive event flags indicate certain actions have occurred within the drive as described below.
Defaults loaded (Bit 0)
The drive sets bit 0 when defaults have been loaded and the associated parameter save has been completed. The drive does not reset this flag
except at power-up.
Drive mode changed (Bit 1)
The drive sets bit 1 when the drive mode has changed and the associated parameter save has been completed. The drive does not reset this flag
except at power-up. This flag is intended to be used in a similar way as bit 0.

6.42 Control word

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Bits 0 –7: 4ms read, Bits 8-15: Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 105

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.43 Control word enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Related to bits 0-7: 4ms read, related to bits 8-15: Background read
Pr 6.42 and Pr 6.43 provide a method of controlling the sequencer inputs and other functions directly from a single control word. If Pr 6.43 = 0 the
control word has no effect, if Pr 6.43 = 1 the control word is enabled. Each bit of the control word corresponds to a sequencing bit or function as
shown below.
Bit Function Equivalent parameter
0 Drive enable Pr 6.15
1 Run forward Pr 6.30
2 Jog Pr 6.31
3 Run reverse Pr 6.32
4 Forward/reverse Pr 6.33
5 Run Pr 6.34
6 Not stop Pr 6.39
7 Auto/manual
8 Analog/Preset reference Pr 1.42
9 Jog reverse Pr 6.37
10 Reserved
11 Reserved
12 Trip drive
13 Reset drive Pr 10.33
14 Keypad watchdog

Bits 0-7 and bit 9: sequencing control

When the control word is enabled (Pr 6.43 = 1), and the Auto/manual bit (bit7) are both one, bits 0 to 6 and bit 9 of the control word become active.
The equivalent parameters are not modified by these bits, but become inactive when the equivalent bits in the control word are active. When the bits
are active they replace the functions of the equivalent parameters. For example, if Pr 6.43 = 1 and bit 7 of Pr 6.42 = 1 the drive enable is no longer
controlled by Pr 6.15, but by bit 0 of the control word. If either Pr 6.43 = 0, or bit 7 of Pr 6.42 = 0, the drive enable is controlled by Pr 6.15.
Bit 8: Analog/preset reference
When the control word is enabled (Pr 6.43) bit 8 of the control word becomes active. (Bit 7 of the control word has no effect on this function.) The state
of bit 8 is written to Pr 1.42. With default drive settings this selects analog reference 1 (bit8 = 0) or preset reference 1 (bit8 = 1). If any other drive
parameters are routed to Pr 1.42 the value of Pr 1.42 is undefined.
Bit12: Trip drive
When the control word is enabled (Pr 6.43) bit 12 of the control word becomes active. (Bit 7 of the control word has no effect on this function.) When
bit 12 is set to one a CL.bit trip is initiated. The trip cannot be cleared until the bit is set to zero
Bit 13: Reset drive
When the control word is enabled (Pr 6.43) bit 13 of the control word becomes active. (Bit 7 of the control word has no effect on this function.) When
bit 13 is changed from 0 to 1 the drive is reset. This bit does not modify the equivalent parameter (Pr 10.33).
Bit 14: Keypad watchdog
When the control word is enabled (Pr 6.43) bit 14 of the control word becomes active. (Bit 7 of the control word has no effect on this function.) A
watchdog is provided for an external keypad or other device where a break in the communication link must be detected. The watchdog system can be
enabled and/or serviced if bit 14 of the control word is changed from zero to one with the control word enabled. Once the watchdog is enabled it must
be serviced at least once every second or an "SCL" trip occurs. The watchdog is disabled when an "SCL" trip occurs, and so it must be re-enabled
when the trip is reset. It should be noted that when data is transferred from a SMARTCARD to the drive there may be a delay of up to 1.5s for the
comms to respond. Once the comms starts to respond again normally the watchdog will not time-out for a further 2s even if it is not serviced. This
period is allowed for the system connected to the comms port to recover if required and to begin servicing the watchdog again.

106 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.44 Active supply

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
The drive can operate from either a high voltage ac supply or low voltage dc supply, or more usually from a battery. Different methods are used to
connect the low voltage battery supply depending on the frame size of the drive. This parameter, which indicates which supply is active, is set up to
the correct value just as the UU trip is reset. A low voltage dc supply should not be used without first consulting the appropriate documentation on the
power and control connections required for this mode.
0: Normal high voltage supply
The drive is operating in normal high voltage supply mode.
BA1xxx, BA2xxx, BA3xxx:
The drive is using the main power terminals to derive its control supplies. The drive will operate normally. Parameters that are saved at power-down
are saved when the supply is removed and a UU trip occurs.
BA4xxx, BA5xxx, BA6xxx, BAMxxxx
The drive is using the main power terminals to derive its control supplies and the battery mode enable power supply input has no supply connected.
The drive will operate normally. Parameters that are saved at power-down are saved when the supply is removed and a UU trip occurs.
1: Low voltage dc supply
The drive is operating in low voltage dc supply mode.
BA1xxx, BA2xxx, BA3xxx:
The drive is using the low voltage auxiliary power input to derive the power circuit supplies (i.e. gate drives, fans, etc). The main power terminals can
be connected to a different supply of any voltage up to the maximum normal supply level. All parameters voltage based parameters are calculated
from the auxiliary supply level and not the supply from the main power terminals. If the auxiliary supply and the main supply are different, then these
parameters will not be correct. Parameters that are saved at power-down are not saved when the power is removed in this mode.
BA4xxx and larger:
The drive is using the battery mode enable input to derive the power circuit supplies (i.e. gate drives, fans, etc.) A low voltage dc supply is connected
to the dc power terminals. All parameters that are calculated based on voltage are derived from the voltage connected to the power terminals.
Parameters that are saved at power-down are not saved when the power is removed in this mode.
For all sizes of drive in low voltage battery mode, 24V must also be supplied via the 24V control board power supply input. The drive will operate
normally except that line power loss detection is disabled, the braking IGBT will only operate when the drive is enabled, and the voltage levels
contained in the following table are used instead of the normal high voltage levels whatever the voltage rating of the drive.

Voltage level
dc _VOLTAGE_MAX Pr 6.46 x 1.45
Braking IGBT threshold voltage Pr 6.46 x 1.325
Under voltage trip level 36V
Restart voltage level after UU trip 40V

Full scale voltage measurement and the over voltage trip level are defined by dc _VOLTAGE_MAX. However, the maximum level of the low voltage
battery supply voltage should not normally exceed 90% of this value to avoid spurious over voltage trips.

6.45 Force cooling fan to run at full speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Update rate Background read
The drive thermal model system normally controls the fan speed, however the fan can be forced to operate at full speed if this parameter is set to 1.
When this is set to 1 the fan remains at full speed until 10s after this parameter is set to zero.
NOTE
When the drive is in the UU state, the fan always runs at minimum speed.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 107

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.46 Nominal low voltage dc supply

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
48 to 48 for BA1xxx drives
48 to 72 for BA2xxx and BA3xxx drives
Range
48 to 72 for all other 200V drives
48 to 96 for all other 400V and 690V drives
Default Open-loop, RFC 48
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the nominal supply voltage when operating in low voltage mode. The parameter is used to define the braking IGBT switching
threshold and the over voltage trip level for low voltage battery mode (see Pr 6.44).

6.47 Disable line power/phase loss detection from input rectifier

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
BA1xxx, BA2xxx and BA3xxx
Drives in these sizes ranges have a diode rectifier input stage with no direct monitoring system. Line power loss and phase loss detection is derived
from the DC bus voltage. This parameter has no effect.

BA4xxx, BA5xxx and BA6xxx

Drives in these sizes ranges have an active rectifier input stage that is used to control DC bus charging. Line power loss and phase loss detection is
derived from the DC bus voltage. The only status information taken from the input rectifier stage is an over temperature indication which gives an
Oht4 trip if active. This parameter has no effect on this feature. When the control system is leaving the line power loss ride through condition (ACUU)
it is important that no load is applied to the input rectifier until it is fully active. This feature can be disabled by setting this parameter to one.

BAMxxxx
Drives in this size range have an active rectifier input stage that is used to control DC bus charging. Line power and phase loss detection is derived
from the DC bus voltage, but additional monitoring is provided by the input rectifier controller as follows:
1. An over temperature indication from a single module or any module operating in parallel causes an Oht4.P trip if it is present for more than 0.5s.
This feature is not affected by this parameter.
2. A phase loss indication from a single module or any module operating in parallel causes a PH.P trip if it is present for more than 0.5s. If this
parameter is set to one, the drive is operating in regen mode or the drive is operating from a low voltage supply this feature is disabled.
3. A line power loss indication from any, but not all modules operating in parallel, causes a PH.P trip if this condition is present for more than 0.5s. If
this parameter is set to one, the drive is operating in regen mode or the drive is operating from a low voltage supply this feature is disabled.
When the control system is leaving the line power loss ride through condition (ACUU) it is important that no load is applied to the input rectifier until it
is fully active. This feature can be disabled by setting this parameter to one.
The active rectifier status signals are monitored in one of the following ways:
1. When BAMAxxx drives are connected in parallel, the status of the individual rectifiers is monitored through the parallel module control interface
system.
2. When BAMDxxx drives are connected in parallel, the status of the individual rectifiers is combined and is monitored when the combined status
signals are connected to power module one.
3. When an external rectifier is used, these monitoring features are provided via digital I/O terminals using the rectifier monitoring feature of the
variable selector blocks (see menu 12).

6.48 Line power loss ride through detection level

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to dc _VOLTAGE_SET_MAX V
200V rated drive 205
400V rated drive 410
Default Open-loop, RFC
575V rated drive 540
690V rated drive 540
Update rate Background read
The line power loss detection level can be adjusted using this parameter. If the value is reduced below the default value the default value is used by
the drive. If the level is set too high so that line power loss detection becomes active under normal operating conditions the motor will coast to a stop.

108 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 6
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.49 Enable date / time in trip log

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read
The drive retains a log in Pr 10.20 to Pr 10.29 of the last 10 trips that have occurred. The state of Pr 6.49 determines whether date and time or module
number, associated with the trip, is stored (see Table 5-8).
Table 5-8 Trip log definition
Trip Pr 6.49 = 1 Pr 6.49 = 0
Trip code
number Date Time Module number
Trip 1 10.20 10.41 10.42 10.42
Trip 2 10.21 10.43 10.44 10.44
Trip 3 10.22 10.45 10.46 10.46
Trip 4 10.23 10.47 10.48 10.48
Trip 5 10.24 10.49 10.50 10.50
Trip 6 10.25 10.51 10.52 10.52
Trip 7 10.26 10.53 10.54 10.54
Trip 8 10.27 10.55 10.56 10.56
Trip 9 10.28 10.57 10.58 10.58
Trip 10 10.29 10.59 10.60 10.60
Trip 1 is the most recent trip or the current trip if the drive is in a trip condition, and trip 10 is the oldest trip.
The date and time for Pr 10.41 to 10.59 are taken from the values in Pr 6.16 and Pr 6.17.
The value in Pr 6.19 determines if power-up time, drive running time or real time clock is logged.
If any parameter between Pr 10.20 and Pr 10.29 inclusive is read by serial communications, then the trip number in Table 5-13 Trip indications on
page 143 is the value transmitted.
When power modules are connected in parallel, various trips can be initiated from the power modules themselves. To aid identification of the source
of the trip the module number of the source can be stored in the module number and trip time log (Pr 10.42 to Pr 10.60). If the drive is a single module
drive (BA1xxx to BA6xxx), the module number that is stored is normally zero. However, a BAMAxxxx or BAMDxxxx drive is installed with the interface
circuits normally intended for parallel operation, so if a BAMAxxxx or BAMDxxxx drive is used as a single module then a module number of 1 is
stored.
If Pr 6.49 is zero the module number is stored in the module number and trip time log. If this parameter is one, either the powered-up clock or run time
clock is stored in the module number and trip time log as defined by Pr 6.28. It should be noted that changing this parameter clears the trip, and
module number and trip time logs.

6.50 Drive comms state

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop,RFC 0 to 2
Update rate Background write
The drive comms system 128 bytes buffer used with ANSI or Modbus rtu protocols via the 485 connector can be controlled by an Solutions Module
under certain circumstances. This parameter shows which node has control of the buffer (0 (drv) = drive, 1 (Slot1) = Solutions Modules in slot 1, etc.
If an Solutions Modules has control of the buffer the drive will use an alternative buffer for 485 comms and the following restrictions will apply:
1. Comms messages via the 485 port are limited to a maximum of 32 bytes
2. The 6 pin keypad port will operate correctly with an LED keypad, but it will no longer operate with an LCD keypad
3. Modbus messages using the CMP protocol can only route messages to nodes within the drive. It will not be possible for these to be routed further,
i.e. via CT Net on an SM Applications module.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 109

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 6 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

6.51 External rectifier not active

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Default Open-loop,RFC 0
Update rate 1ms read

When a drive with an internal rectifier is used this parameter should be left at zero. For a drive with an active external rectifier (used to control DC bus
charging), this parameter should be the destination of the output of a variable selector set up for external rectifier monitoring. This allows the
monitoring block to prevent the drive from leaving the main loss ride through mode until the rectifier is fully active and phased forwards. If this feature
is not used, the line power loss ride through mode ends as soon as the DC bus voltage is above the line power loss detection level. The rectifier may
still be phasing forwards, and the application of load at this point may cause the DC bus voltage to fall back below the line power loss detection level
again.

6.52 Motor pre-heat current magnitude

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop,RFC 0 to 100%
Default Open-loop,RFC 0
Update rate Background read

Refer to Pr 6.08

6.53 Sleep / wake threshold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 50.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0.0 to 1500.0 rpm
Default Open-loop,RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

6.54 Sleep / wake delay time

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE TE VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 250.0s
Default Open-loop,RFC 10.0s
Update rate Background read
Sleep/wake mode automatically stops the motor if it is running at a low and inefficient speed. It is enabled when Pr 6.53 is set to a non zero value, and
activated when the absolute value of the frequency/speed reference Pr 1.01 remains below the sleep threshold Pr 6.53 for the time period set in
Pr 6.54.
When sleep/wake mode is activated, the internal drive run command is removed and the motor stops. The motor restarts when Pr 1.01 remains
above the sleep threshold Pr 6.53 for the time period set in Pr 6.54.
If the PID functions are being used then sleep mode can be delayed by setting the PID pre-boost level (Pr 14.28) and maximum boost time (Pr 14.29)
to non-zero values.
Sleep/wake mode cannot be activated when the keypad reference mode is selected (i.e. Pr 1.49 = 4).
If bipolar mode is disabled (i.e. Pr 1.10 = 0), then negative values of the reference selected (Pr 1.01) are treated as zero when compared to the sleep
threshold.

110 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.9 Menu 7: Analog I/O

Hardware
The drive has three analog inputs (AI1 to AI3) and two analog outputs (AO1 and AO2). Each input and output has a similar parameter structure. The
nominal full scale level for inputs in voltage mode is 9.8V. This ensures that when the input is driven from a voltage produced from the drive's own 10V
supply, the input can reach full scale.

Terminal Input Input modes Resolution

12 bit plus sign
5/6 AI1 Voltage only
(16 bit plus sign as a speed reference)
7 AI2 0 to 6 10 bit plus sign
8 AI3 0 to 9 10 bit plus sign

Terminal Output Output modes Resolution

9 AO1 0 to 3 10 bit plus sign
10 AO2 0 to 3 10 bit plus sign

Update rate
The analog inputs are sampled every 4ms except where the destinations shown in the table below are chosen, the input is in voltage mode and other
conditions necessary for short cutting are met.
Input destination RFC mode sample rate
250s
Pr 1.36 - Analog reference
(AI1 subject to window filter. See Pr 7.26 on page 119)
250s
Pr 1.37 - Analog reference
(AI1 subject to window filter. See Pr 7.26 on page 119)
250s
Pr 3.19 - Hard speed ref
(AI1 subject to window filter. See Pr 7.26 on page 119)
AI1 – 4ms
Pr 4.08 - Torque reference
AI2 or 3 – 250s
It should be noted that the analog inputs are always sampled every 4ms in Open-loop mode. However, the window filter applied to analog input 1 (see
Pr 7.26) can be set to a time that is shorter than 4ms. There is no advantage in doing this, as it simply reduces the resolution of the input data, which
is still only sampled and routed to its destination parameter every 4ms.
Analog outputs are updated every 4ms except when one of the following is the source and high speed update mode is selected. In high speed mode
the output operates in voltage mode, is updated every 250s, special scaling is used as described in the table and the user scaling is ignored.
Output source Scaling
(RFC modes only)
Pr 3.02 – speed
10.0V = SPEED_MAX
10.0V = Kc / 0.45
Pr 4.02 - torque prod current
where Kc is the current scaling factor for the drive
Pr 4.17 - magnetising current 10.0V = Kc / 0.45
(RFC modes only)
The output is the product of the active current and the voltage component in phase
with the active current (vsy x isy).
Pr 5.03 - output power
10V would be produced when:
Active current = Kc / 0.45
Peak phase voltage in phase with the active current = dc _VOLTAGE_MAX / 2

Affinity Advanced User Guide 111

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 7 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-10 Menu 7 logic diagram

Analog
input 1 Analog input 1
Analog input Analog input destination
1 offset trim 1 offset parameter Any
7.01 unprotected
Analog input 1 7.07 7.30 7.10
variable
parameter
+ + Analog
??.?? ref. 1
+ + 7.08
V/f
1.36
Analog
7.26 input 1 x(-1) ??.??
scaling
V/f sample
7.09 Analog
time
input 1 invert

7.25
Analog input 2
Calibrate current loop loss Analog
analog input 1 input 2 Analog input 2
full scale destination
Analog input
7.28 2 offset parameter
7.02 Any
7.14 unprotected
7.31
Analog input 2 variable
parameter
+ Analog
??.?? ref. 2
7.11 + 7.12
A/D
1.37
Analog input 2 Analog
mode selector input 2 x(-1) ??.??
scaling
7.13 Analog
input 2 invert
Analog input 3
Analog
current loop loss Analog input 3
input 3
Analog input destination
7.29 3 offset parameter
7.03 Any
7.18 unprotected
7.31
7.32
Analog input 3 variable
parameter
+ ??.??
7.15 + 7.16
A/D
Analog input 3 Analog
mode selector input 3 x(-1) ??.??
Analog Analog output 1 scaling
7.17 Analog
output 1 control source parameter input 3 invert
7.33 7.19
Any variable Analog output 1
Motor parameter
frequency ??.??
OL> 5.01
7.20 7.21
RFC> 3.02
??.?? Analog Analog
Speed
output 1 output 1
feedback
scaling mode
selector

Analog output 2
source parameter Key
Any 7.22
variable Input Read-write (RW)
Analog output 2 0.XX
Motor parameter terminals parameter
active ??.??
current Read-only (RO)
Output 0.XX
4.02 7.23 7.24 terminals parameter
??.?? Analog Analog
output 2 output 2
scaling mode The parameters are all shown at their default settings
selector

112 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.01 T5/6 analog input 1 level

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms write
This input operates in voltage mode only where -9.8V and +9.8V at the input correspond with -100.0% and 100.0% respectively in this parameter.

7.02 T7 analog input 2 level

7.03 T8 analog input 3 level
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.0 %
Update rate 4ms write

These inputs can operate in different modes defined by Pr 7.11 and Pr 7.15.
In current modes (modes 0 to 5) the minimum and maximum current values given in mA correspond with 0.0% and 100.0% respectively in Pr 7.02
and Pr 7.03. Therefore in modes 2 and 4, the parameter is at 0.0% when the input current is less than 4mA, and in modes 3 and 5 the parameter is at
100.0% when the input current is less than 4mA.
In voltage mode (mode 6) -9.8V and +9.8V at the input correspond with -100.0% and 100.0% respectively in Pr 7.02 and Pr 7.03.
When analog input 3 is in thermistor mode (modes 7 to 9), the display indicates the resistance of the thermistor as a percentage of 10k

7.04 Power circuit temperature 1

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -128 to 127oC
Update rate Background write

7.05 Power circuit temperature 2

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -128 to 127oC
Update rate Background write

7.06 Control board temperature

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -128 to 127oC
Update rate Background write

For drive sizes BA1xxx to BA5xxx two temperatures are available from the power circuit. These are displayed in Pr 7.04 and Pr 7.05. For drive size
BA6xxx and BAMxxxx, three temperatures are available from the power circuit. These are displayed in Pr 7.04, Pr 7.05 and Pr 7.36. If BAMxxxx
drives consist of more than one parallel power module, the temperatures displayed are the highest value from any of the parallel modules.
If the temperature displayed in Pr 7.04, Pr 7.05 or Pr 7.36 exceeds the trip threshold for the parameter, the drive does not have parallel power
modules and is not a single power module that uses the parallel power module hardware, an Oht2 trip is initiated. This trip can only be reset if the
parameter that has caused the trip falls below the trip reset level. If the temperature exceeds the alarm level a "hot" alarm is displayed. If the
temperature for any of these monitoring points is outside the range -20C to 150C, it is assumed that the monitoring thermistor has failed and a
hardware fault trip is initiated (Pr 7.04 - HF27, Pr 7.05 and Pr 7.36 - HF28).

Affinity Advanced User Guide 113

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 7 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Table 5-9 Power stage temperature 1 (Pr 7.04) in C

Drive size Trip temperature Trip reset temperature Alarm temperature
BA0xxx 77 72 75
BA1xxx 110 105 100
BA2xxx 115 110 100
BA3xxx 120 115 100
BA4xxx 72 67 68
BA5xxx 72 67 68
BA6xxx 92 87 85
BAMAxxxx 92 87 85
BAMDxxxx 96 91 88
Additional monitoring is used with drives size BA6xxx and BAMxxxx to detect failure of the power stage cooling fan. If this fan fails, the monitoring
point used to derive power stage temperature 1 that is nearest the fan, will raise the temperature above it s normal level, but not above the trip
temperature for the power stage. This is detected and can initiate an Oht2 trip. The trip thresholds are shown below.

Drive size Trip temperature

BA6xxx 67
BAMAxxxx 67
BAMDxxxx 71

Table 5-10 Power stack temperature 2 (Pr 7.05) in C

Drive size Trip temperature Trip reset temperature Alarm temperature
BA0xxx 83 78 80
BA1xxx 92 87 85
BA2xxx 100 95 95
BA3xxx 98 93 94
BA4xxx 78 73 72
BA5xxx 78 73 72
BA6xxx 78 73 72
BAMAxxxx 78 73 72
BAMDxxxx 78 73 72

Table 5-11 Power stack temperature 3 (Pr 7.36) in °C

Drive size Trip temperature Trip reset temperature Alarm temperature
BA0xxx 105 100 100
BA1xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA2xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA3xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA4xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA5xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA6xxx 85 80 80
BAMAxxxx 85 80 80
BAMDxxxx 125 100 120

The control board temperature is also monitored and displayed in Pr 7.06. If the temperature displayed exceeds 92C, an O.Ctl trip is initiated. This
trip can only be reset if the temperature falls below 87C . If the temperature exceeds 85C, a "hot" alarm is displayed. If the temperature is outside
the range from -20C to +150C, it is assumed that the monitoring thermistor has failed and an HF29 hardware fault trip is initiated.
Drive cooling fan
The drive cooling fan is controlled by the temperature from monitoring points and other actions as follows:
1. If Pr 6.45 = 1 the fan is at full speed for at least 10s.
2. If a Solutions Module indicates that it is overheating, the fan will run at full speed for at least 10s.
3. For drive sizes BA1xxx to BA2xxx the fan is at full speed if the drive is enabled and the highest power circuit temperature (Pr 7.04 or Pr 7.05) or
the temperature calculated for the case of the IGBT package exceed the threshold for the drive. The fan is at its low speed if this temperature falls
5C below the threshold, or the drive is disabled and the temperature is below the alarm level for Pr 7.04 and Pr 7.05.
4. For drive sizes BA3xxx to BA6xxxx, the fan speed is controlled above its minimum level if the drive is enabled, and the highest power circuit
temperature (Pr 7.04, Pr 7.05 or Pr 7.36) or the temperature calculated for the case of the IGBT package exceed the lower threshold for the drive.
The maximum fan speed is reached when the highest of these temperatures exceeds the upper threshold. The fan is at its minimum speed if the
drive is disabled and the temperature is below the alarm level for Pr 7.04, Pr 7.05 and Pr 7.36.The thresholds are given in the table below in C :

114 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Drive size Fan threshold Lower fan threshold Upper fan threshold
BA0xxx N/A N/A N/A
BA1xxx 60 N/A N/A
BA2xxx 60 N/A N/A
BA3xxx N/A 55 70
BA4xxx N/A 55 62
BA5xxx N/A 55 62
BA6xxx N/A 55 65
BAMAxxxx N/A 55 65
BAMDxxxx N/A 55 65

7.07 T5/6 analog input 1 offset trim

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±10.000 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Update rate Background read

This value can be used to trim out any offset from the user input signal.

7.08 T5/6 analog input 1 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

7.09 T5/6 analog input 1 invert

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

7.10 T5/6 analog input 1 destination

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.36
Update rate Read on drive reset

Affinity Advanced User Guide 115

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 7 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.11 T7 analog input 2 mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 6
Default Open-loop, RFC 4
Update rate Background read
The following modes are available for the analog input 2. A current loop loss trip is generated if the input current falls below 3mA. In modes 4 and 5
the analog input level goes to 0.0% if the input current falls below 3mA.

Parameter
Parameter string Mode Comments
value
0 0-20 0 - 20mA
1 20-0 20 - 0mA
2 4-20.tr 4 -20mA with trip on loss Trip if I < 3mA
3 20-4.tr 20 - 4mA with trip on loss Trip if I < 3mA
4 4-20 4 - 20mA with no trip on loss
5 20-4 20 - 4mA with no trip on loss 0.0% if I < 4mA
6 VOLt Voltage mode
In modes 2 and 4, the destination parameter is at a value equivalent to 0.0% when the input current is less than 4mA. In modes 3 and 5 the
destination parameter is at a value equivalent to 100.0% when the input current is less than 4mA.

7.12 T7 analog input 2 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

7.13 T7 analog input 2 invert

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

7.14 T7 analog input 2 destination

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.37
Update rate Read on drive reset

116 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.15 T8 analog input 3 mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9
Default Open-loop, RFC 6
Update rate Background read
The following modes are available for the analog input 3. A current loop loss trip is generated if the input current falls below 3mA. In modes 4 and 5
the analog input level goes to 0.0% if the input current falls below 3mA.
Parameter Parameter
Mode Comments
value string
0 0-20 0 - 20mA
1 20-0 20 - 0mA
2 4-20.tr 4 -20mA with trip on loss Trip if I < 3mA
3 20-4.tr 20 - 4mA with trip on loss Trip if I < 3mA
4 4-20 4 - 20mA with no trip on loss
5 20-4 20 - 4mA with no trip on loss 0.0% if I < 4mA
6 VOLt Voltage mode
TH trip if R > 3k3
7 th.SC Thermistor with short circuit detection TH reset if R < 1k8
THS trip if R < 50R
TH trip if R > 3k3
8 th Thermistor without short circuit detection
TH reset if R < 1k8
9 th.diSp Thermistor display only with no trip

In modes 2 and 4 the destination parameter is at a value equivalent to 0.0% when the input current is less than 4mA. In modes 3 and 5 the destination
parameter is at a value equivalent to 100.0% when the input current is less than 4mA.

7.16 T8 analog input 3 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

7.17 T8 analog input 3 invert

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

7.18 T8 analog input 3 destination

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on drive reset

Affinity Advanced User Guide 117

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 7 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.19 T9 analog output 1 source

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Open-loop Pr 5.01
Default
RFC Pr 3.02
Update rate Background read

7.20 T9 analog output 1 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

7.21 T9 analog output 1 mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
The following modes are available for the analog outputs.
Parameter value Parameter string Mode
0 VOLt Voltage mode
1 0-20 0 - 20mA
2 4-20 4 - 20mA
3 H.Spd High speed up date mode

In voltage mode the output range is -10V to 10V. If the scaling parameter is 1.000 then -10V and +10V are produced when the source parameter is at
-maximum and maximum respectively. Different scaling can be applied with Pr 7.23. If the result of the scaling produces an output of more than +/-
100% the output is clamped within the 10V range.
In current modes with a scaling parameter of 1.000, the minimum and maximum current is produced when the source parameter is at 0 and maximum
respectively. Therefore in 4 - 20mA mode the output is 4mA when the source parameter is zero. Different scaling can be applied with Pr 7.23. If the
result of the scaling produces an output of more than 100% the output is clamped at 20mA.
If high speed update mode is selected and the source for the output is one of the parameters designated for high speed analog output operation (see
start of this section), the output is updated at a higher rate with special scaling. If the parameter selected is not designated for this mode, the output is
updated at the normal rate. If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2, the setting is
ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal.

7.22 T10 analog output 2 source

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.02
Update rate Read on drive reset

118 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.23 T10 analog output 2 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

7.24 T10 analog output 2 mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
The following modes are available for the analog outputs.
Parameter value Parameter string Mode
0 VOLt Voltage mode
1 0-20 0 - 20mA
2 4-20 4 - 20mA
3 H.Spd High speed update mode
In voltage mode the output range is -10V to +10V. If the scaling parameter is 1.000 then -10V and +10V are produced when the source parameter is
at -maximum and maximum respectively. Different scaling can be applied with Pr 7.23. If the result of the scaling produces an output of more than +/-
100% the output is clamped within the 10V range.
In current modes with a scaling parameter of 1.000, the minimum and maximum current are produced when the source parameter is at 0 and
maximum respectively. Therefore in 4 - 20mA mode the output is 4mA when the source parameter is zero. Different scaling can be applied with
Pr 7.23. If the result of the scaling produces an output of more than 100% the output is clamped at 20mA.
If high speed update mode is selected, and the source for the output is one of the parameters designated for high speed analog output operation (see
start of this section), the output is updated at a higher rate with special scaling. If the parameter selected is not designated for this mode, the output is
updated at the normal rate. If speed feedback or power is selected for high speed mode for both analog output 1 and analog output 2, the setting is
ignored for analog output 2. If the high speed mode is selected the output is always a voltage signal.

7.25 Calibrate T5/6 analog input 1 full scale

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
Setting this bit will cause the drive to re-calibrate the full scale level of analog input 1 provided the input voltage is below +1.5V or above +2.5V. This
parameter is cleared by the software automatically when the calibration is complete. If the input voltage is above +2.5V the input voltage itself is used
for calibration, and so after calibration this level will be full scale for the input. If the input voltage is below +1.5V the internal reference is used for
calibration, and so the full scale will be nominally 9.8V after calibration. The calibration level is automatically stored on power-down. It should be noted
that the Analog input 1 offset trim is included in the input voltage when the input voltage itself is used for calibration, but this trim is not included when
the internal reference is used for calibration.

7.26 T5/6 analog input 1 sample time

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 8.0 ms
Default Open-loop, RFC 4.0
Update rate Background read

Analog input 1 is filtered using a window filter to remove quantisation noise and adjust the resolution of this input. The length of the window can be
adjusted with this parameter. The shortest possible window is 250s. It should be noted that if this input is not used as a speed reference (Pr 1.36,
Pr 1.37) or as a hard speed reference (Pr 3.22) the sample time affects the resolution. The nominal resolution is given by Pr 7.26 x 500 x 10, therefore
the default setting gives approximately 11 bit resolution.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 119

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 7 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.28 T7 analog input 2 current loop loss

7.29 T8 analog input 3 current loop loss
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
If an analog input is used with 4-20mA or 20-4mA current loop modes the respective bit (Pr 7.28 - analog input 2 and Pr 7.29 -analog input 3) is set to
one if the current falls below 3mA. If the current is above 3mA with these modes or another mode is selected the respective bit is set to zero.

7.30 T5/6 analog input 1 offset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate Background read

7.31 T7 analog input 2 offset

7.32 T8 analog input 3 offset
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.0 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read
An offset can be added to each analog input with a range from -100% to 100%. If the sum of the input and the offset exceeds ±100% the results is
limited to ±100%.

7.33 T9 analog output 1 control

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 2
Update rate Background read

This offers a simple control of Pr 7.19 to change the source for the analog output for use from Menu 0. When this parameter is set to 0 or 1 the drive
constantly writes Pr 5.01 or Pr 4.02 to Pr 7.19 respectively.
Parameter value Parameter string Action
0 Fr Write Pr 7.19 = Pr 5.01
1 Ld Write Pr 7.19 = Pr 4.02
2 AdV No action

7.34 IGBT junction temperature

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±200 °C
Update rate Background write
The IGBT junction temperature is displayed in this parameter is the sum of the power circuit 1 temperature (Pr 7.04) and a thermal model of the drive
power stage. The resulting temperature is displayed in this parameter. The calculated IGBT junction temperature is used to modify the drive switching
frequency to reduce losses if the devices become too hot (see Pr 5.18 on page 89).

120 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 7
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.35 Drive thermal protection accumulator

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 100 %
Update rate Background write
In addition to monitoring the IGBT junction temperatures the drive includes a thermal protection system to protect the other components within the
drive. This includes the effects of drive output current and DC bus ripple. The estimated temperature is displayed as a percentage of the trip level in
this parameter. If the parameter value reaches 100% an Oht3 trip is initiated.

7.36 Power circuit temperature 3

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -128 to 127 °C
Update rate Background write
An additional thermal monitoring point is provided in BA6xxx and BAMxxxx drives. The temperature is displayed in this parameter in degrees C. See
Pr 7.04 to Pr 7.06 for more details.
If this temperature exceeds 135°C, the switching frequency is reduced provided that this feature has not been reached. The switching frequency can
be reduced from 12kHz to 6kHz to 3kHz, or from 16kHz to 8kHz to 4kHz. If at any time the calculated IGBT junction temperature exceeds 145°C the
drive initiates an Ohtl.trip. Once the switching frequency has been reduced the drive will attempt to restore the switching frequency every 20ms if the
higher switching frequency will not take the IGBT temperature above 135°C.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 121

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 8 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.10 Menu 8: Digital I/O

The drive has eight digital I/O terminals (T22, T24 to T29 and the relay) plus an enable input.
Each input has the same parameter structure. The digital inputs are sampled every 4ms except when inputs are routed to the limit switches Pr 6.35
and Pr 6.36 when the sample time is reduced to 250s.
The digital input hardware (excluding the drive enable input) introduces a further 100s delay. The secure disable input hardware gives a typical delay
of 8ms (maximum 20ms). The digital outputs are updated every 4ms. Any changes to the source/destination parameters only become effect after
drive reset is activated.

I/O Sample rate Function

T24 to T26 4ms Digital input or output
T27 to T29 4ms Digital input
Relay Background
T22 Background 24V output

122 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 8
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Affinity Advanced User Guide 123

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 8 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-11 Menu 8 logic diagram

T24 digital
I/O 1 state Drive
T24 output ??.?? active
select
8.01 8.31 10.02

x(-1) ??.??
Any bit
T24 digital I/O 1 T24 digital parameter
8.21
I/O 1 source/
destination
8.29 8.30
8.11 T24 digital
I/O polarity Open collector Any
I/O 1 invert
select output unprotected
bit parameter
??.??

x(-1) ??.??

Any bit
T25 digital parameter
I/O 2 state T25 output
select ??.??

8.02 8.32

x(-1) ??.??

T25 digital I/O 2 T25 digital

Start/stop 6.04 8.22 I/O 2 source/
logic select destination
8.29 8.30
T25 digital Any
I/O polarity Open collector 8.12 unprotected
I/O 2 invert
select output bit
parameter

??.?? Drive reset

10.33
x(-1)
??.??

Any bit
T26 digital parameter
I/O 3 state T26 output
??.??
select
8.03 8.33

x(-1) ??.??

T26 digital I/O 3 T26 digital

Start/stop 6.04 8.23 I/O 3 source/
8.29 logic select destination
8.30
T26 digital Any
I/O polarity Open collector 8.13
I/O 3 invert unprotected
select output bit
parameter
??.?? Run forward
6.30
x(-1) ??.??

124 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 8
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

T27 digital Stop/start T27 digital input 4

T27 digital input 4 invert logic select destination
input 4 state
8.04 8.14 6.04 8.24 Any
unprotected
bit
T27 digital input 4 parameter
Fire mode
??.?? activate
8.29
1.54
I.O polarity
x(-1) ??.??
select

8.39 T28 & T29 digital

input auto-selection
Reference disable*
selector*
1.14 T28 digital
T28 digital input 5
T28 digital input 5 invert destination Any
input 5 state unprotected
8.05 8.15 8.25 bit
T28 digital input 5 parameter
Analog input 1 /
??.?? input 2 select
8.29
1.41
I.O polarity
x(-1) ??.??
select

T29 digital
T29 digital input 6
T29 digital input 6 invert destination
input 6 state
8.06 8.16 8.26 Any
unprotected
bit
T29 digital input 6 parameter
??.??
8.29
0.00
I.O polarity x(-1)
select ??.??

T22 24V output T22 24V output source

T22 24V source invert
output 8.28 Any
state 8.08 8.18 unprotected
bit
parameter
T22 24V output ??.??

0.00

x(-1) ??.??

Drive enable
Drive enable mode select
indicator 8.09 8.10

Key
Drive enable
External trip
Input Read-write (RW)
x(-1) 10.32 terminals 0.XX
parameter

Drive enable
Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)
terminals parameter
Relay source Relay
invert source
8.27 This logic diagram applies only when all
parameters are at their default settings
Any bit
parameter
Relay Drive
state Healthy

x(-1)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 125

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 8 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Open-loop, RFC
Table 5-12
I/O state Invert Source / destination Output select
Terminal + type
Pr Pr Default Pr Default Pr Default
T24 input / output 1 Pr 8.01 Pr 8.11 0 Pr 8.21 Pr 10.02 - Drive active Pr 8.31 1
T25 input / output 2 Pr 8.02 Pr 8.12 0 Pr 8.22 Pr 10.33 - Drive reset Pr 8.32 0
T26 input / output 3 Pr 8.03 Pr 8.13 0 Pr 8.23 Pr 6.30 - Run forward Pr 8.33 0
T27 input 4 Pr 8.04 Pr 8.14 0 Pr 8.24 Pr 1.54 - Fire mode activate
T28 input 5 Pr 8.05 Pr 8.15 0 Pr 8.25 Pr 1.41 – Local/remote
T29 input 6 Pr 8.06 Pr 8.16 0 Pr 8.26 Pr 0.00
T41 / 42 Relay Pr 8.07 Pr 8.17 0 Pr 8.27 Pr 10.01 – Drive ok
T22 24V output Pr 8.08 Pr 8.18 1 Pr 8.28 Pr 0.00
T31 Drive enable Pr 8.09

8.01 T24 digital I/O 1 state

8.02 T25 digital I/O 2 state
8.03 T26 digital I/O 3 state
8.04 T27 digital input 4 state
8.05 T28 digital input 5 state
8.06 T29 digital input 6 state
8.07 Relay status
8.08 T22 24V output state
8.09 Drive enable indicator
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC See table
Update rate 4ms write
OFF (0) = Terminal inactive
On (1) = Terminal active

8.10 Drive enable mode select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

Affinity has a dedicated hardware enable/input which always controls Pr 6.29. If the enable is inactive, the IGBT firing signals are turned off without
software intervention. As default (Pr 8.10 = 0) the drive is in the inhibit mode when the enable is inactive. Setting this parameter to one causes the
enable to behave as an Et trip input. When the input becomes inactive an Et trip is initiated. This does not affect Pr 10.32 (Et trip parameter), therefore
an Et trip can be initiated in this mode either by making the enable inactive or setting Pr 10.32 to one.

126 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 8
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

8.11 T24 digital I/O 1 invert

8.12 T25 digital I/O 2 invert
8.13 T26 digital I/O 3 invert
8.14 T27 digital input 4 invert
8.15 T28 digital input 5 invert
8.16 T29 digital input 6 invert
8.17 Relay source invert
8.18 T22 24V output source invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 8.11 to Pr 8.17 = OFF (0), Pr 8.18 = On (1)
Update rate 4ms read
OFF (0) = Non-inverted
On (1) = Inverted

8.20 Digital I/O read word

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 511
Update rate Background write

This word is used to determine the status of the digital I/O by reading one parameter. The bits in this word reflect the state of Pr 8.01 to Pr 8.09.
Bit Digital I/O
0 T24 input / output 1
1 T25 input / output 2
2 T26 input / output 3
3 T27 input 4
4 T28 input 5
5 T29 input 6
6 Relay
7 T22 24V output
8 Drive enable

8.21 T24 digital I/O 1 source/destination

8.22 T25 digital I/O 2 source/destination
8.23 T26 digital I/O 3 source/destination
8.24 T27 digital input 4 destination
8.25 T28 digital input 5 destination
8.26 T29 digital input 6 destination
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC See Table 5-12 on page 126
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Update rate Read on drive reset

Affinity Advanced User Guide 127

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 8 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

8.27 Relay source

8.28 T22 24V output source
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC See Table 5-12 on page 126
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Update rate Read on drive reset

8.29 Positive logic select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC On (1)
Update rate Background read

This parameter changes the logic polarity for digital inputs and digital outputs, but not the enable input, the relay output or the 24V output.
Pr 8.29 = 0 Pr 8.29 = 1
(negative logic) (positive logic)
Inputs <5V = 1 <5V = 0
>15V = 0 >15V = 1
Non-relay Outputs On (1) = <5V OFF (0) = <5V
OFF (0) = >15V On (1) = >15V
Relay outputs OFF (0) = open OFF (0) = open
On (1) = closed On (1) = closed
24V output (T22) OFF (0) = 0V OFF (0) = 0V
On (1) = 24V On (1) = 24V

8.30 Open collector output

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

When this parameter is zero digital outputs are in push-pull mode. When this parameter is one either the high-side drive (negative logic polarity) or the
low-side driver (positive logic polarity) is disabled. This allows outputs to be connected in a wire-ORed configuration.

8.31 T24 digital I/O 1 output select

8.32 T25 digital I/O 2 output select
8.33 T26 digital I/O 3 output select
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Pr 8.31 = On (1),
Default Open-loop, RFC
Pr 8.32 and Pr 8.33 = OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

OFF (0) = Terminal is an input

On (1) = Terminal is an output

128 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 8
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

8.39 T28 & T29 digital input auto-selection disable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC On (1)
Update rate Background read
When this parameter is 0, Pr 8.25 and Pr 8.26 are set up automatically according to the setting of the reference select Pr 1.14. Setting this parameter
to 1 disables this function.

Reference select Pr 1.14 Pr 8.25 set to: Pr 8.26 set to:

0, A1.A2 Reference selection by terminal input Pr 1.41 - Analog ref 2 select Pr 0.00
Analog reference 1 or presets selected
1, A1.Pr Pr 1.45 - preset select bit 0 Pr 1.46 - preset select bit 1
by terminal input
Analog reference 2 or presets selected
2, A2.Pr Pr 1.45 - preset select bit 0 Pr 1.46 - preset select bit 1
by terminal input
Preset reference selected by terminal
3, Pr Pr 1.45 - preset select bit 0 Pr 1.46 - preset select bit 1
input
4, Pad Keypad reference selected Pr 1.41 - Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 - jog
5, Prc Precision reference selected Pr 1.41 - Analog ref 2 select Pr 6.31 - jog

Affinity Advanced User Guide 129

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 9 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.11 Menu 9: Programmable logic, motorized pot and binary sum

Figure 5-12 Menu 9 logic diagram

Any bit Function-1

parameter 9.05
input-1 invert Function-1
??.?? output Function-1
indicator destination
Function-1 parameter
output invert 9.01 9.10
??.?? x(-1) Any
9.08 unprotected
bit
parameter
9.04 Function-1 input-1
source parameter ??.??

9.09
Any bit Function-1
parameter 9.07 x(-1) Function-1
input-2 invert ??.??
delay
??.??

??.?? x(-1)

9.06 Function-1 input-2

source parameter

Any bit Function-2

parameter 9.15
input-1 invert Function-2
??.?? output Function-2
indicator destination
Function-2 parameter
output invert 9.02 9.20
??.?? x(-1) Any
9.18 unprotected
bit
parameter
9.14 Function-2 input-1
source parameter ??.??

9.19
Any bit Function-2
parameter 9.17 x(-1) Function-2
input-2 invert ??.??
??.?? delay

??.?? x(-1)

9.16 Function-2 input-2

source parameter

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

130 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 9
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Motorised
pot. bipolar Motorised pot. Motorised pot.
Motorised output indicator destination
select
pot. rate parameter
9.22
9.23 9.03 9.25
Motorised pot. Any
up unprotected
variable
9.26 parameter
??.??

M 9.24
Motorised pot. ??.??
output scale
9.27

Motorised pot.
down

9.28 9.21 Motorised pot.

mode
Motorised pot.
reset to zero

Binary-sum
logic output Binary-sum
Binary-sum value logic destination
offset parameter
9.34 9.32 9.33
9.29
Any
unprotected
Binary-sum bit
logic ones (LSB) parameter
+ ??.??

9.30 S +

??.??
Binary-sum
logic twos

9.31

Binary-sum
logic fours (MSB)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 131

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 9 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-13 Menu 9 logic diagram: Timers

Timer 1
output Timer 1
Timer 1 destination
invert 9.42 9.43
Any
9.35 Timer 1 start date 9.41 unprotected
bit
Timer 1 parameter
9.36 Timer 1 start time
enable
??.??
9.40 9.37 Timer 1 stop date

9.38 Timer 1 stop time x(-1) ??.??

Timer 1 repeat Timer disabled if set
9.39
function to a non valid destination
Timer 2
output Timer 2
Timer 2 destination
invert 9.52 9.53
Any
9.45 Timer 2 start date 9.51 unprotected
bit
Timer 2 parameter
9.46 Timer 2 start time
enable
??.??
9.50 9.47 Timer 2 stop date

9.48 Timer 2 stop time x(-1)

??.??
Timer 2 repeat Timer disabled if set
9.49
function to a non valid destination

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

Menu 9 contains 2 logic block functions (which can be used to produce any type of 2 input logic gate, with or without a delay), a motorized pot
function, a binary sum block and two timers. One menu 9 or one menu 12 function is executed every 4ms. Therefore the sample time of these
functions is 4ms x number of menu 9 and 12 functions active. The logic functions are active if one or both the sources are routed to a valid parameter.
The other functions are active if the output destination is routed to a valid unprotected parameter.

9.01 Logic function 1 output

9.02 Logic function 2 output
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write

9.03 Motorized pot output

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write
Indicates the level of the motorized pot prior to scaling. If Pr 9.21 is set to 0 or 2 this parameter is set to 0 at power-up, otherwise it retains its value at
the last power-down.

132 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 9
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

9.04 Logic function 1 source 1

9.14 Logic function 2 source 1
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

9.05 Logic function 1 source 1 invert

9.15 Logic function 2 source 1 invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.06 Logic function 1 source 2

9.16 Logic function 2 source 2
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

9.07 Logic function 1 source 2 invert

9.17 Logic function 2 source 2 invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.08 Logic function 1 output invert

9.18 Logic function 2 output invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Coding RW, Bit, US
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.09 Logic function 1 delay

9.19 Logic function 2 delay
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±25.0 s
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 133

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 9 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

If the delay parameter is positive, the delay ensures that the output does not become active until an active condition has been present at the input for
the delay time as shown below.

Input

Delay
Output

If the delay parameter is negative, the delay holds the output active for the delay period after the active condition has been removed as shown below.
Therefore an active input that lasts for 4ms or more will produce an output that lasts at least as long as the delay time.

Input

Delay Output

9.10 Logic function 1 destination

9.20 Logic function 2 destination
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

9.21 Motorized pot mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC 2
Update rate Background read

The motorized pot modes are given in the following table.

Pr 9.21 Mode Comments

Reset to zero at each power-up.
0 Zero at power-up
Up, down and reset are active at all times.
Set to value at power-down when drive powered-up.
1 Last value at power-up
Up, down and reset are active at all times.
Reset to zero at each power-up.
Zero at power-up and only
2 Up and down are only active when the drive is running
change when drive running
(i.e. inverter active). Reset is active at all times.
Set to value at power-down when drive powered-up.
Last value at power-up and only
3 Up and down are only active when the drive is running
change when drive running
(i.e. inverter active). Reset is active at all times.

9.22 Motorized pot bipolar select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read
When this bit is set to 0 the motorized pot output is limited to positive values only (i.e. 0 to 100.0%). Setting it to 1 allows negative outputs (i.e.
±100.0%).

134 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 9
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

9.23 Motorized pot rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 250 s
Default Open-loop, RFC 20
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the time taken for the motorized pot function to ramp from 0 to 100.0%. Twice this time will be taken to adjust the output from
-100.0 % to +100.0 %.

9.24 Motorized pot scale factor

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

This parameter can be used to restrict the output of the motorized pot to operate over a reduced range so that it can be used as a trim, for example.

9.25 Motorized pot destination

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

9.26 Motorized pot up

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.27 Motorized pot down

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.28 Motorized pot reset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

These three bits control the motorized pot. The up and down inputs increase and decrease the output at the programmed rate respectively. If both up
and down are active together the up function dominates and the output increases. If the reset input is one, the motorized pot output is reset and held
at 0.0%.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 135

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 9 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

9.29 Binary sum ones input

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.30 Binary sum twos input

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.31 Binary sum fours input

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

9.32 Binary sum output

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write

9.33 Binary sum destination

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

9.34 Binary sum offset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 248
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write

The binary sum output is given by:

Offset + ones input + (2 x twos input) + (4 x fours input)

The value written to the destination parameter is defined as follows:

If destination parameter maximum  (7 + Offset):
Destination parameter = Binary sum output
If destination parameter maximum > (7 + Offset):
Destination parameter = Destination parameter maximum x Binary sum output / (7 + Offset)

136 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 9
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

9.35 Timer 1 start date

9.45 Timer 2 start date
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 311299
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

9.36 Timer 1 start time

9.46 Timer 2 start time
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 23.59
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate Background read

9.37 Timer 1 stop date

9.47 Timer 2 stop date
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 311299
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

9.38 Timer 1 stop time

9.48 Timer 2 stop time
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 23.59
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate Background read

9.39 Timer 1 repeat function

9.49 Timer 2 repeat function
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 6
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
The state of the timer output (Pr 9.42,Pr 9.52) is on between the start and stop date/time events.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 137

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 9 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Repeat period

Timer output

Start date/time event Stop date/time event

Output of the timer block before the invert parameter

The repeat parameter (Pr 9.39, Pr 9.49) defines the length of the repeat period. Different repeat periods may be selected as shown in the table below.
This also shows the data format required for the date and time parameters for each repeat period. If the stop time event is set to occur at or before the
start time event or the repeat function parameter is set to zero then the output remains off.

Start Stop
Pr 9.39, Pr 9.49 Repeat Period Date Time Date Time
Pr 9.36, Pr 9.46 Pr 9.37, Pr 9.47 Pr 9.38, Pr 9.48 Pr 9.39, Pr 9.49
0 None
Minutes past each Minutes past each
1 Every hour
hour (0 to 59) hour (0 to 59)
2 Every day Time (hh.mm) Time (hh.mm)
3 Every week Day of week* Time (hh.mm) Day of week Time (hh.mm)
Day of month (0 to
4 Every month Time (hh.mm) Day of month Time (hh.mm)
31)
5 Every year Date** Time (hh.mm) Date** Time (hh.mm)
6 One off event Date** Time (hh.mm) Date** Time (hh.mm)
* Day of week = 0 to 6, where 0 = Sunday, 1 = Monday etc.
** The format for Pr 9.35, Pr 9.37, Pr 9.45 and Pr 9.47 will depend upon the date format (Pr 6.20) mmddyyyy (US) or ddmmyyyy (Std). If the date
format is changed, then the dates set up for the start and stop dates will be invalid, so the start/stop times are reset to zero.

9.40 Timer 1 enable

9.50 Timer 2 enable
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

If the timer enable parameter is off, then the timer output (Pr 9.42, Pr 9.43) is held in the off state, otherwise the output is controlled by the start and
stop timer events.

9.41 Timer 1 invert

9.51 Timer 2 invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

If the invert parameter is on, the value in the destination parameter will be the inverse of the timer output (Pr 9.42, Pr 9.43). This can be used to give
an active state of zero instead of one. It can also be used to give an active state of one, but for a time period that spans the ends of the repeat period.
For example if the repeat period is one day and the active time required is from 23.00 to 01.00 the next day, the stop time should be set to 23.00, the
start time to 01.00 and the invert enabled. The resulting output is shown in the figure immediately below.

138 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 9
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

01.00 23.00

Active period spanning the ends of repeat period

NOTE
It the enable parameter is set to 1 then the destination parameter will be 1 if the timer is disabled.

9.42 Timer 1 output

9.52 Timer 2 output
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read
This parameter indicates the state of the timer output (Pr 9.42, Pr 9.43) prior to the invert function.

9.43 Timer 1 destination

9.53 Timer 2 destination
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the address for the timer output destination. If this is not set to a valid destination parameter then the timer output will be zero.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 139

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.12 Menu 10: Status and trips

10.01 Drive ok
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

Indicates the drive is not in the trip state. If Pr 10.36 is one and auto-reset is being used, this bit is not cleared until all auto-resets have been
attempted and the next trip occurs. The control board LED reflects the state of this parameter: LED on continuously = 1, LED flashing = 0.

10.02 Drive active

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write
Indicates that the drive inverter is active.

10.03 Zero speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

Open-loop
Indicates that the absolute value of the ramp output (|Pr 2.01|) is at or below the zero speed threshold defined by Pr 3.05.
RFC
Indicates that the absolute value of speed feedback (|Pr 3.02|) is at or below the zero speed threshold defined by Pr 3.05.

10.04 Running at or below min speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

In bipolar mode (Pr 1.10 = 1) this parameter is the same as zero speed (Pr 10.03). In unipolar mode this parameter is set if the absolute value of the
ramp output (Pr 2.01) or speed feedback (Pr 3.02) is at or below (minimum speed + 0.5Hz), or (minimum speed + 5rpm). Minimum speed is defined
by Pr 1.07. The parameter is only set if the drive is running.

10.05 Below set speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

10.06 At speed
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

140 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.07 Above set speed

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
These flags are set by the speed detector in menu 3.See Pr 3.06, Pr 3.07 on page 54 and Pr 3.09 on page 54.

10.08 Load reached

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

Indicates that the modulus of the active current is greater or equal to the rated active current as defined in menu 4.

10.09 Drive output is at current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write

Indicates that the current limits are active.

10.10 Regenerating
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write

Indicates that power is being transferred from the motor to the drive.

10.11 Braking IGBT active

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write
Indicates that the Braking IGBT is active. If the IGBT becomes active this parameter is held on for at least 0.5s so that it can be seen on the display.

10.12 Braking resistor alarm

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

This parameter is set when the braking IGBT is active and the braking energy accumulator is greater than 75%. This parameter is held on for at least
0.5s so that it can be seen on the display.

10.13 Direction commanded

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

This parameter is one if the pre-ramp reference (Pr 1.03) is negative, and zero if the pre-ramp reference is zero or positive.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 141

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.14 Direction running

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
Open-loop
This parameter is one if the post-ramp reference (Pr 2.01) is negative, or zero if the post-ramp reference is zero or positive.
RFC
This parameter is one if the speed feedback (Pr 3.02) is negative, or zero if the speed feedback is zero or positive.

10.15 Line power loss

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms write

Indicates that the drive has detected line power loss from the level of the DC bus voltage. This parameter can only become active if line power loss
ride through or line power loss stop modes are selected (see Pr 6.03 on page 97).

10.16 Under voltage active

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

This parameter indicates that the under voltage condition is active. Normally this condition exists when the UU trip is also active. However, when the
drive first powers up it remains in the under voltage state (i.e. this parameter is active) until the DC bus voltage exceeds the under voltage restart level
(see Pr 6.03 on page 97). As the UU trip voltage level is lower than the under voltage restart level this parameter is active, but a UU trip is not active
at power up until the DC bus voltage exceeds the under voltage restart level.

10.17 Overload alarm

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write

This parameter is set if the drive output current is larger than 105% of rated current (Pr 5.07) and the overload accumulator is greater than 75% to
warn that if the motor current is not reduced the drive will trip on an Ixt overload. (If the rated current (Pr 5.07) is set to a level above the maximum
drive current scaling (Pr 11.32) the overload alarm is given when the current is higher than 101% of rated current.)

10.18 Drive over temperature alarm

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
Indicates that any of the heat sink temperatures (Pr 7.04 or Pr 7.05) or the control board temperature (Pr 7.06) are above their alarm level.

10.19 Drive warning

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background write
Indicates that one of the drive alarms is active, i.e. Pr 10.19 = Pr 10.12 OR Pr 10.17 OR Pr 10.18 or Pr 10.61.

142 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.20 Trip 0
10.21 Trip 1
10.22 Trip 2
10.23 Trip 3
10.24 Trip 4
10.25 Trip 5
10.26 Trip 6
10.27 Trip 7
10.28 Trip 8
10.29 Trip 9
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 232
Update rate Background write
Contains the last 10 drive trips. Pr 10.20 is the most recent trip and Pr 10.29 the oldest. When a new trip occurs all the parameters move down one,
the current trip is put in Pr 10.20 and the oldest trip is lost off the bottom of the log (descriptions of the trips are given in Table 5-13 below). A time
stamp can be stored for each trip (see Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60). All trips are stored, including HF trips numbered from 17 to 32. (HF trips with numbers
from 1 to 16 are not stored in the trip log.) UU trips are not stored unless the drive is running when the trip occurs. Any trip can be initiated by the
actions described or by writing the relevant trip number to Pr 10.38. If any trips shown as user trips are initiated the trip string is "txxx", where xxx is
the trip number.
For drives BA4xxx and larger some trips are detected and initiated by the power module hardware (trips 101 -109). These are indicated by ".P" at the
end of the trip string. If the drive is a multi-module drive the number of the module that has caused the trip can be stored (see Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60).
Table 5-13 Trip indications

Trip Diagnosis
C.Acc SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD Read / Write fail
Check SMARTCARD is installed / located correctly
185 Ensure SMARTCARD is not writing data to data location 500 to 999
Replace SMARTCARD
SMARTCARD trip: The menu 0 parameter modification cannot be saved to the SMARTCARD because the necessary file has
C.boot
not been created on the SMARTCARD
A write to a menu 0 parameter has been initiated via the keypad with Pr 11.42 set to auto(3) or boot(4), but the necessary file on the
SMARTCARD has not bee created
177
Ensure that Pr 11.42 is correctly set and reset the drive to create the necessary file on the SMARTCARD
Re-attempt the parameter write to the menu 0 parameter
C.bUSY SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD can not perform the required function as it is being accessed by a Solutions Module
178 Wait for the Solutions Module to finish accessing the SMARTCARD and then re-attempt the required function
C.Chg SMARTCARD trip: Data location already contains data
Erase data in data location
179
Write data to an alternative data location
C.cPr SMARTCARD trip: The values stored in the drive and the values in the data block on the SMARTCARD are different
188 Press the red reset button
C.dAt SMARTCARD trip: Data location specified does not contain any data
183 Ensure data block number is correct
C.Err SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD data is corrupted
Ensure the card is located correctly
182 Erase data and retry
Replace SMARTCARD
C.Full SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD full
184 Delete a data block or use different SMARTCARD
cL2 Analog input 2 current loss (current mode)
28 Check analog input 2 (terminal 7) current signal is present (4-20mA, 20-4mA)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 143

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
cL3 Analog input 3 current loss (current mode)
29 Check analog input 3 (terminal 8) current signal is present (4-20mA, 20-4mA)
CL.bit Trip initiated from the control word (Pr 6.42)
35 Disable the control word by setting Pr 6.43 to 0 or check setting of Pr 6.42
ConF.P The number of power modules installed no longer matches the value stored in Pr 11.35
Ensure that all power modules are correctly connected
111 Ensure that all power modules have powered up correctly
Ensure that the value in Pr 11.35 matches the number of power modules connected
C.OPtn SMARTCARD trip: Solutions Modules installed are different between source drive and destination drive
Ensure correct Solutions Modules are installed
180 Ensure Solutions Modules are in the same Solutions Module slot
Press the red reset button
C.Prod SMARTCARD trip: The data blocks on the SMARTCARD are not compatible with this product

175 Erase all data on the SMARTCARD by setting Pr xx.00 to 9999 and pressing the red reset button
Replace SMARTCARD
C.rdo SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD has the Read Only bit set
Enter 9777 in Pr xx.00 to allow SMARTCARD Read / Write access
181
Ensure the drive is not writing to data locations 500 to 999 on the card
C.rtg SMARTCARD trip: The voltage and/or current rating of the source and destination drives are different
Drive rating dependent parameters (parameters with the RA coding) are likely to have different values and ranges with drives of
different voltage and current ratings. Parameters with this attribute will not be transferred to the destination drive by SMARTCARDs
when the rating of the destination drive is different from the source drive and the file is a parameter file. Drive rating dependent
parameters will only be transferred if the current rating is different and the file is a 4yyy type (differences from default) file.
Press the red reset button
Drive rating parameters are:
Parameter Function
2.08 Standard ramp voltage
4.05/6/7, 21.27/8/9 Current limits
4.24 User current maximum scaling
186 5.07, 21.07 Motor rated current
5.09, 21.09 Motor rated voltage
5.10, 21.10 Rated power factor
5.17, 21.12 Stator resistance
5.18 Switching frequency
5.23, 21.13 Voltage offset
5.24, 21.14 Transient inductance
5.25, 21.24 Stator inductance
6.06 dc injection braking current
6.48 Line power supply loss ride through detection level
The above parameters will be set to their default values.
C.TyP SMARTCARD trip: SMARTCARD parameter set not compatible with drive
Press the reset button
187
Ensure destination drive type is the same as the source parameter file drive type
dESt Two or more parameters are writing to the same destination parameter
199 Set Pr xx.00 = 12001 check all visible parameters in the menus for duplication
EEPROM data corrupted - Drive mode becomes open loop and serial comms will timeout with remote keypad on the drive
EEF
RS485 comms port.
31 This trip can only be cleared by loading default parameters and saving parameters

144 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
Et External trip
Check terminal 31 signal
Check value of Pr 10.32
6
Enter 12001 in Pr xx.00 and check for parameter controlling Pr 10.32
Ensure Pr 10.32 or Pr 10.38 (=6) are not being controlled by serial comms
HF01 Data processing error: CPU address error
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF02 Data processing error: DMAC address error
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF03 Data processing error: Illegal instruction
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF04 Data processing error: Illegal slot instruction
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF05 Data processing error: Undefined exception
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF06 Data processing error: Reserved exception
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF07 Data processing error: Watchdog failure
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF08 Data processing error: Level 4 crash
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF09 Data processing error: Heap overflow
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF10 Data processing error: Router error
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF11 Data processing error: Access to EEPROM failed
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF12 Data processing error: Main program stack overflow
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF13 Data processing error: Software incompatible with hardware
Hardware or software fault - return drive to supplier
HF17 Multi-module system thermistor short circuit or open circuit
217 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF18 Multi-module system interconnect cable error
218 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF19 Temperature feedback multiplexing failure
219 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF20 Power stage recognition: serial code error
220 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF21 Power stage recognition: unrecognized frame size
221 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF22 Power stage recognition: multi module frame size mismatch
222 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF23 Power stage recognition: multi module voltage rating mismatch
223 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF24 Power stage recognition: unrecognised drive size
224 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier

Affinity Advanced User Guide 145

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
HF25 Current feedback offset error

225 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier

HF26 Soft start relay failed to close, soft start monitor failed or braking IGBT short circuit at power up
226 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF27 Power stage thermistor 1 fault
227 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF28 Power stage thermistor 2 fault, or internal fan fault (size 3)
228 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF29 Control board thermistor fault
229 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF30 dc CT wire break trip from power module
230 Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
HF31 Internal capacitor bank fan failure (size 4 and larger) or a module has not powered up in a multi-module parallel drive
Check the AC or dc power supply to all modules in a multi-module parallel drive
231
If the AC or dc power supply is present, or if this is a single drive, then there is a hardware fault - return drive to the supplier
HF32 Power stage - Identification and trip information serial code error
232 Hardware fault - return drive to the supplier
It.AC Output current overload timed out (I2t) - accumulator value can be seen in Pr 4.19
Ensure the load is not jammed / sticking
20 Check the load on the motor has not changed
Ensure rated speed parameter is correct (RFC)
It.br Braking resistor overload timed out (I2t) – accumulator value can be seen in Pr 10.39
Ensure the values entered in Pr 10.30 and Pr 10.31 are correct
Increase the power rating of the braking resistor and change Pr 10.30 and Pr 10.31
19
If an external thermal protection device is being used and the braking resistor software overload is not required, set Pr 10.30 or
Pr 10.31 to 0 to disable the trip
LOAD Low load detected
38 Check mechanical motor coupling
O.CtL Drive control board over temperature
Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly
Check enclosure ventilation paths
23 Check enclosure door filters
Check ambient temperature
Reduce drive switching frequency
O.ht1 Power device over temperature based on thermal model
Reduce drive switching frequency
Reduce duty cycle
21
Decrease acceleration / deceleration rates
Reduce motor load
O.ht2 Heatsink over temperature
Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly
Check enclosure ventilation paths
Check enclosure door filters
Increase ventilation
22
Decrease acceleration / deceleration rates
Reduce drive switching frequency
Reduce duty cycle
Reduce motor load

146 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
Oht2.P Power module heatsink over temperature
Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly
Check enclosure ventilation paths
Check enclosure door filters
Increase ventilation
105
Decrease acceleration / deceleration rates
Reduce drive switching frequency
Reduce duty cycle
Reduce motor load
O.ht3 Drive over-temperature based on thermal model
The drive will attempt to stop the motor before tripping. If the motor does not stop in 10s the drive trips immediately.
Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly
Check enclosure ventilation paths
Check enclosure door filters
27
Increase ventilation
Decrease acceleration / deceleration rates
Reduce duty cycle
Reduce motor load
Oht4.P Power module rectifier over temperature or input snubber resistor over temperature (size 4 and above)
Check for supply imbalance
Check for supply disturbance such as notching from a dc drive
Check enclosure / drive fans are still functioning correctly
Check enclosure ventilation paths
Check enclosure door filters
102
Increase ventilation
Decrease acceleration / deceleration rates
Reduce drive switching frequency
Reduce duty cycle
Reduce motor load
OI.AC Instantaneous output over current detected: peak output current greater than 225%
Acceleration /deceleration rate is too short.
If seen during autotune reduce voltage boost Pr 5.15
Check for short circuit on output cabling
3 Check integrity of motor insulation
Is motor cable length within limits for that frame size?
Reduce the values in speed loop gain parameters – Pr 3.10, Pr 3.11 and Pr 3.12 (RFC mode)
Reduce the values in current loop gain parameters - Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 (RFC mode)
OIAC.P Power module over current detected from the module output currents
Acceleration /deceleration rate is too short.
If seen during autotune reduce voltage boost Pr 5.15
Check for short circuit on output cabling
104 Check integrity of motor insulation
Is motor cable length within limits for that frame size?
Reduce the values in speed loop gain parameters – Pr 3.10, Pr 3.11 and Pr 3.12 (RFC mode)
Reduce the values in current loop gain parameters - Pr 4.13 and Pr 4.14 (RFC mode)
OI.br Braking transistor over-current detected: short circuit protection for the braking transistor activated
Check braking resistor wiring
4 Check braking resistor value is greater than or equal to the minimum resistance value
Check braking resistor insulation
OIbr.P Power module braking IGBT over current
Check braking resistor wiring
103 Check braking resistor value is greater than or equal to the minimum resistance value
Check braking resistor insulation
OIdC.P Power module over current detected from IGBT on state voltage monitoring
Vce IGBT protection activated.
109
Check motor and cable insulation.
O.Ld1 Digital output overload: total current drawn from 24V supply and digital outputs exceeds 200mA
26 Check total load on digital outputs (terminals 24, 25, 26)and +24V rail (terminal 22)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 147

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
O.SPd Motor speed has exceeded the over speed threshold
Increase the over speed trip threshold in Pr 3.08 (RFC mode)
7 Speed has exceeded 1.2 x Pr 1.06 or Pr 1.07 (open loop mode)
Reduce the speed loop P gain (Pr 3.10) to reduce the speed overshoot (RFC mode)
OV DC bus voltage has exceeded the peak level or the maximum continuous level for 15 seconds
Increase deceleration ramp (Pr 0.04)
Decrease braking resistor value (staying above the minimum value)
Check nominal AC supply level
Check for supply disturbances which could cause the DC bus to rise – voltage overshoot after supply recovery from a notch induced
by dc drives
Check motor insulation
2
Drive voltage rating Peak voltage Maximum continuous voltage level (15s)
200 415 410
400 830 815
575 990 970
690 1190 1175
If the drive is operating in low voltage dc mode the overvoltage trip level is 1.45 x Pr 6.46.
OV.P Power module DC bus voltage has exceeded the peak level or the maximum continuous level for 15 seconds
Increase deceleration ramp (Pr 0.04)
Decrease braking resistor value (staying above the minimum value)
Check nominal AC supply level
Check for supply disturbances which could cause the DC bus to rise – voltage overshoot after supply recovery from a notch induced
by dc drives
Check motor insulation
106
Drive voltage rating Peak voltage Maximum continuous voltage level (15s)
200 415 410
400 830 815
575 990 970
690 1190 1175
If the drive is operating in low voltage dc mode the overvoltage trip level is 1.45 x Pr 6.46.
PAd Keypad has been removed when the drive is receiving the speed reference from the keypad
Install keypad and reset
34
Change speed reference selector to select speed reference from another source
PH AC voltage input phase loss or large supply imbalance detected
Ensure all three phases are present and balanced
Check input voltage levels are correct (at full load)
32 NOTE N
Load level must be between 50 and 100% for the drive to trip under phase loss conditions. The drive will attempt to stop the motor
before this trip is initiated.
PH.P Power module phase loss detection
Ensure all three phases are present and balanced
107
Check input voltage levels are correct (at full load)
PS Internal power supply fault
Remove any Solutions Modules and reset
5
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier
PS.10V 10V user power supply current greater than 10mA
Check wiring to terminal 4
8
Reduce load on terminal 4
PS.24V 24V internal power supply overload
The total user load of the drive and Solutions Modules has exceeded the internal 24V power supply limit.
The user load consists of the drive’s digital outputs and the SM-I/O Plus digital outputs.
9 • Reduce load and reset
• Provide an external 24V >50W power supply
• Remove any Solutions Modules and reset
PS.P Power module power supply fail
Remove any Solutions Modules and reset
108
Hardware fault - return drive to supplier

148 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
PSAVE.Er Power down save parameters in the EEPROM are corrupt
Indicates that the power was removed when power down save parameters were being saved.
The drive will revert back to the power down parameter set that was last saved successfully.
37
Perform a user save (Pr xx.00 to 1000 or 1001 and reset the drive) or power down the drive normally to ensure this trip does or occur
the next time the drive is powered up.
rS Failure to measure resistance during autotune or when starting in open loop vector mode 0 or 3
33 Check motor power connection continuity
SAVE.Er User save parameters in the EEPROM are corrupt
Indicates that the power was removed when user parameters were being saved.
The drive will revert back to the user parameter set that was last saved successfully.
36
Perform a user save (Pr xx.00 to 1000 or 1001 and reset the drive) to ensure this trip does or occur the next time the drive is
powered up.
SCL Drive RS485 serial comms loss to remote keypad
Reinstall the cable between the drive and keypad
Check cable for damage
30
Replace cable
Replace keypad
SLX.dF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module type installed in slot X changed
204,209 Save parameters and reset
SL3.dF Building automation interface slot trip
214 Module typed changed
SLX.Er Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module in slot X has detected a fault
202,207 Check value in Pr 15/16.50. See the Diagnostics section in the relevant Solutions Module User Guide for more information.
SL3.Er Building automation interface: Module has detected a fault
Check value in Pr 17.50. The following table lists the possible error codes.
Error code Trip Description
0 No trip
10 Module operating system error
212 20 Real time clock error
30 IP54 cooling fan power supply fault
40 Drive to Solutions Modules interface error
50 Building Automation Network error
74 Building Automation Network PCB over-temperature

SLX.HF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module X hardware fault

Ensure Solutions Module is installed correctly
200,205
Return Solutions Module to supplier
SL3.HF Building automation interface: Module hardware fault
Ensure Solutions Module is installed correctly
210
Return Solutions Module to supplier
SLX.nF Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module has been removed
Ensure Solutions Module is installed correctly
203,208 Reinstall Solutions Module
Save parameters and reset drive
SL3.nF Building automation interface: Module has been removed
Ensure Solutions Module is installed correctly
213 Reinstall Solutions Module
Save parameters and reset drive
SL.rtd Solutions Module trip: Drive mode has changed and Solutions Module parameter routing is now incorrect
Press reset.
215
If the trip persists, contact the supplier of the drive.
SLX.tO Solutions Module slot X trip: Solutions Module watchdog timeout
Press reset.
201,206
If the trip persists, contact the supplier of the drive.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 149

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
SL3.tO Building automation interface: Module watchdog timeout
Press reset.
211
If the trip persists, contact the supplier of the drive.
t040 to t089 User defined trip
40 to 89 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
t099 User defined trip
99 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
t101 User defined trip
101 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
t112 to t160 User defined trip
112 to 160 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
t168 to t174 User defined trip
168 to 174 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
t216 User defined trip
216 Onboard PLC program must be interrogated to find the cause of this trip
th Motor thermistor trip
Check motor temperature
24 Check thermistor continuity
Set Pr 7.15 = VOLt and reset the drive to disable this function
thS Motor thermistor short circuit
Check motor thermistor wiring
25 Replace motor / motor thermistor
Set Pr 7.15 = VOLt and reset the drive to disable this function
tunE* Autotune stopped before completion
The drive has tripped out during the autotune
18 The red stop key has been pressed during the autotune
The Enable signal (terminal 31) was active during the autotune procedure
tunE1* Required speed could not be reached during the inertia test (see Pr 5.12)
11 Ensure the motor is free to turn i.e. brake was released
tunE2* Motor could not be stopped during the inertia test (see Pr 5.12)
12 Check motor cable wiring is correct
tunE3* Measured inertia out of range (see Pr 5.12)
13 Check motor cable wiring is correct
tunE7* Motor number of poles set incorrectly
Check lines per revolution for feedback device
17
Check the number of poles in Pr 5.11 is set correctly
Unid.P Power module unidentified trip
Check all interconnecting cables between power modules
110
Ensure cables are routed away from electrical noise sources
UP ACC Onboard PLC program: cannot access Onboard PLC program file on drive
Disable drive - write access is not allowed when the drive is enabled
98
Another source is already accessing Onboard PLC program - retry once other action is complete
UP div0 Onboard PLC program attempted divide by zero
90 Check program
UP OFL Onboard PLC program variables and function block calls using more than the allowed RAM space (stack overflow)
95 Check program
UP ovr Onboard PLC program attempted out of range parameter write
94 Check program
UP PAr Onboard PLC program attempted access to a non-existent parameter
91 Check program

150 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trip Diagnosis
UP ro Onboard PLC program attempted write to a read-only parameter
92 Check program
UP So Onboard PLC program attempted read of a write-only parameter
93 Check program
UP udF Onboard PLC program un-defined trip
97 Check program
UP uSEr Onboard PLC program requested a trip
96 Check program
UV DC bus under voltage threshold reached
Check AC supply voltage level
Drive voltage rating (Vac) Under voltage threshold (Vdc) UV reset voltage (Vdc)
1 200 175 215V
400 330 425V
575 & 690 435 590V
*If a tunE through tunE3 trip occurs, then after the drive is reset the drive cannot be made to run unless it is disabled via the Enable input (terminal
31), drive enable parameter (Pr 6.15) or the control word (Pr 6.42 and Pr 6.43).
Table 5-14 Serial communications look-up table
No. Trip No. Trip No. Trip
1 UV 40 to 89 t040 to t089 182 C.Err
2 OV 90 UP div0 183 C.dAt
3 OI.AC 91 UP PAr 184 C.FULL
4 OI.br 92 UP ro 185 C.Acc
5 PS 93 UP So 186 C.rtg
6 Et 94 UP ovr 187 C.TyP
7 O.SPd 95 UP OFL 188 C.cPr
8 PS.10V 96 UP uSEr 189 Reserved
9 PS.24V 97 UP udF 190 Reserved
10 Reserved 98 UP ACC 191 Reserved
11 tunE1 99 t099 192 Reserved
12 tunE2 100 193 Reserved
13 tunE3 101 t101 194 Reserved
14 Reserved 102 Oht4.P 195 Reserved
15 Reserved 103 OIbr.P 196 Reserved
16 Reserved 104 OIAC.P 197 Reserved
17 tuneE7 105 Oht2.P 198 Reserved
18 tuneE 106 OV.P 199 DESt
19 It.br 107 PH.P 200 SL1.HF
20 It.AC 108 PS.P 201 SL1.tO
21 O.ht1 109 OIdC.P 202 SL1.Er
22 O.ht2 110 Unid.P 203 SL1.nF
23 O.CtL 111 ConF.P 204 SL1.dF
24 th 112 to 160 t112 to t160 205 SL2.HF
25 thS 161 Reserved 206 SL2.tO
26 O.Ld1 162 Reserved 207 SL2.Er
27 O.ht3 163 Reserved 208 SL2.nF
28 cL2 164 Reserved 209 SL2.dF
29 cL3 165 Reserved 210 SL3.HF
30 SCL 166 Reserved 211 SL3.tO
31 EEF 167 Reserved 212 SL3.Er
32 PH 168 to 174 t168 to t174 213 SL3.nF
33 rS 175 C.Prod 214 SL3.dF
34 PAd 176 Reserved 215 SL.rtd
35 CL.bit 177 C.boot 216 t216
36 SAVE.Er 178 C.bUSY 217 HF17
37 PSAVE.Er 179 C.Chg 218 HF18
38 LOAD 180 C.OPtn 219 HF19
39 Reserved 181 C.RdO 220 to 232 HF20 to HF32

Affinity Advanced User Guide 151

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Trips can be grouped into the following categories. It should be noted that a trip can only occur when the drive is not tripped or is already tripped but
with a trip with a lower priority number.

Priority Category Trips Comments

These indicate fatal problems and cannot be reset. The drive is
1 Hardware faults HF01 to HF16
inactive after one of these trips and the display shows HFxx.
HF17 to HF32, SL1.HF, SL2.HF,
2 Non-resetable trips Cannot be reset.
SL3.HF
Cannot be reset unless a code to load defaults is first entered in
3 EEF trip EEF
Pr x.00 or Pr 11.43.
C.Boot, C.Busy, C.Chg, C.Optn,
C.RdO, C.Err, C.dat, C.FULL,
4 SMARTCARD trips SMARTCARD trips have priority 5 during power up.
C.Acc, C.rtg, C.Typ, C.cpr,
C.Prod
Normal trips with extended OI.AC, OI.br, OIAC.P, OIbr.P,
5 Can be reset after 10.0s
reset OidC.P
All other trips not included in this
5 Normal trips
table
5 Non-important trips Old1, cL2, cL3, SCL If bit 0 of Pr 10.37 is 1 the drive will stop before tripping.
5 Phase loss PH The drive attempts to stop before tripping.
Drive over-heat based on The drive attempts to stop before tripping, but if it does not stop
5 O.ht3
thermal model within 10s the drive will automatically trip.
Under voltage trip cannot be reset by the user, but is automatically
6 Self reseting trips UV
reset by the drive when the supply voltage is with specification.

Unless otherwise stated, trips cannot be reset until 1.0s after the trip has been accepted by the drive.

Power module trips

Trips 101 to 110 are power module trips that are initiated by the drive power electronics module, or modules for a multi-module parallel drive. The trip
identifier for each of these trips is in the form "xxxx.P". If the drive is a single module drive, and does not use the power interface intended for parallel
operation, (BA4xxx to BA6xxx only) OIdC.P, Oht4.P and Unid.P power module trip are possible. When the trip string is displayed the trip source
module number is not displayed and the module number stored in the "module number and trip time log" is zero.
If the drive is a multi-module parallel drive or a single module drive using the power interface intended for parallel operation (BAMAxxxx and
BAMDxxxx) all the power module trips are possible, the trip source module is displayed with the trip string and the module number is stored in the log.
A PH.P trip is initiated if some, but not all parallel modules detect line supply loss via their input stage to ensure that the input stages of the remaining
modules are not overloaded.
If line power loss is detected by all modules then the normal line power loss system based on DC bus monitoring is used. A PH.P trip occurs if any
modules detect phase loss via their input stage.The normal phase loss system which detects phase loss from DC bus voltage ripple cannot be used
in case different phases have been lost by different modules or if the system is a 12 pulse or higher system.

Braking IGBT control

The braking IGBT continues to operate even when the drive is not enabled (except if the active supply is a low voltage supply, see Pr 6.44), but is only
disabled if any of the following trips occurs or would occur if another trip had not already become active: OI.br, PS, It.br or OV or any HFxx trip.
UV trip
It should be noted that although the UV trip operates in a similar way to all other trips, all drive functions can still operate, but the drive cannot be
enabled. The following differences apply to the UV trip:
1. Power down save user parameters are saved when UV trip is activated except when the main high voltage supply is not active (Pr 6.44 = 1).
2. The UV trip is self-resetting when the DC bus voltage rises above the drive restart voltage level. If another trip is active instead of UV at this point,
the trip is not reset.
3. The drive can change between using the main high voltage supply and low voltage battery supply only when the drive is in the under voltage
condition (Pr 10.16 = 1). The UV trip can only be seen as active if another trip is not active in the under voltage condition.
4. When the drive is first powered up a UV trip is initiated if the supply voltage is below the restart voltage level and another trip is not active. This
does not cause save power down save parameters to be saved at this point.

152 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Table 5-15 Hardware fault trips

HF fault
Reason for trip
code
01 CPU address error
02 DMAC address error
03 Illegal instruction
04 Illegal slot instruction
05 Undefined exception
06 Reserved exception
07 Watchdog failure
08 Level 4 crash
09 Heap overflow
10 Router error
Access to the EEPROM failed or incorrect EEPROMs
11
installed.
12 Main program stack overflow
The drive firmware is not compatible with the drive
13
hardware
14-16 Not used
17 Reserved
18 Reserved
19 Power circuit temperature feedback multiplexor failure
20 Power circuit - identification code error
21 Power circuit - unrecognized frame size
22 Reserved
23 Reserved
24 Power circuit - unrecognized drive size
25 Current feedback offset error
Soft start relay failed to close, or soft start monitor failed, or
26
braking IGBT short circuit at power-up
27 Power circuit thermistor 1 fault
Power circuit thermistor 2 or 3 fault / Internal fan fault for
28
some drive sizes.
29 Control board thermistor fault
30 dc CT wired break trip from power module
31 Internal capacitor fan failure from power module
Power stage - a module has not powered up in a multi-
32
module parallel drive

10.30 Full power braking time

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 400.00 s
Default Open-loop, RFC See below
Update rate Background read

For BA1xxx and BA2xxx drives the default value is a suitable value for standard braking resistors that can be mounted within the drive heatsink as
given in the table below. For larger drives the default is 0.00.

Drive voltage rating Size 1 and 2

200V 0.09s
400V 0.02s
575V and 690V N/A
This parameter defines the time period that the braking resistor installed can stand full braking volts without damage. The setting of this parameter is
used in determining the braking overload time.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 153

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Drive voltage rating Full braking volts

200V 390V
400V 780V
575V 930V
690V 1120V

10.31 Full power braking period

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 1500.0 s
BA1xxx and BA2xxx: 3.3s
Default Open-loop, RFC
Larger drive sizes: 0.0s
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the time between periods when the braking IGBT is on for the full power braking time so that the average power in the resistor
does not exceed the rating of the resistor. If Pr 10.30 is set to 0 then no braking resistor protection is implemented.
The braking resistor temperature is modelled by the drive as shown below. The temperature rises in proportion to the power flowing into the resistor
and falls in proportion to the difference between the resistor temperature and ambient. Under the conditions shown the resistor is heating up just to
100% of its rated temperature during each braking period.

Overload
accumulator %
Pr 10.39
100

0
Pr t
10.30 Pr 10.31

Assuming that the full power braking time is much shorter than the full power braking period i.e. Pr 10.30  Pr 10.31 / 10(which is normally the case)
the values for Pr 10.30 and Pr 10.31 can be calculated as follows:
Power flowing into the resistor when the braking IGBT is on, Pon = Full braking volts2 / R
Where:
Full braking volts is defined in the table and R is the resistance of the braking resistor.

Full power braking time (Pr 10.30), Ton = E / Pon

Where:
E is the total energy that can be absorbed by the resistor when its initial temperature is ambient temperature.
Therefore full power braking time (Pr 10.30), Ton = E x R / Full braking volts2

If the average power rating of the resistor is not to be exceeded in the cycle shown in the diagram above.
The average power in the resistor is given by, Pav = Pon x Ton / Tp
Where:
Tp is the full power braking period
Pon = E / Ton
Therefore Pav = E / Tp
Therefore full power braking period (Pr 10.31), Tp = E / Pav

The resistance of the braking resistor R, the total energy E and the average power Pav can normally be obtained for the resistor and used to calculate
Pr 10.30 and Pr 10.31.

154 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

If the profile of the power flowing from the motor is known, then the instantaneous temperature can be calculated at any point by simulating the
braking resistor with the model shown below.

-t/Tp
Power from motor 100% x (1-e ) Braking energy overload
PAv accumulator Pr 10.39

The temperature of the resistor is monitored by the braking energy accumulator (Pr 10.39). When this parameter reaches 100% the drive will trip if bit
1 of Pr 10.37 is 0, or will disable the braking IGBT until the accumulator falls below 95% if bit 1 Pr 10.37 is 1. The second option is intended for
applications with parallel connected DC buses where there are several braking resistors, each of which cannot withstand full DC bus voltage
continuously. The braking load will probably not be shared equally between the resistors because of voltage measurement tolerances within the
individual drives. However, once a resistor reaches its maximum temperature its load will be reduced, and be taken up by another resistor.

10.32 External trip

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
If this flag is set to one then the drive will trip (Et). If an external trip function is required, a digital input should be programmed to control this bit.

10.33 Drive reset

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

A zero to one change in this parameter will cause a drive reset. If a drive reset terminal is required on the drive the required terminal must be
programmed to control this bit.

10.34 Number of auto-reset attempts

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 6
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

10.35 Auto-reset delay

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 600.0 s
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.0
Update rate Background read

If Pr 10.34 is set to zero then no auto reset attempts are made. Any other value will cause the drive to automatically reset following a trip for the
number of times programmed. If the number of attempts is set to 6 (inF) then the number of attempts will be infinite. Pr 10.35 defines the time
between the trip and the auto reset (this time is always at least 10s for OI.AC, OI.br trips, etc.). The reset count is only incremented when the trip is
the same as the previous trip, otherwise it is reset to 0. When the reset count reaches the programmed value, any further trip of the same value will
not cause an auto-reset. If there has been no trip for 5 minutes then the reset count is cleared. Auto reset will not occur on a UU, Et, EEF or HFxx
trips. When a manual reset occurs the auto reset counter is reset to zero.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 155

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.36 Hold drive ok until last attempt

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
If this parameter is 0 then Pr 10.01 (Drive ok) is cleared every time the drive trips regardless of any auto-reset that may occur. When this parameter is
set the 'Drive ok' indication is not cleared on a trip if an auto-reset is going to occur.

10.37 Action on trip detection

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 15
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

Each bit in this parameter has the following functions:

Bit Function
0 Stop on non-important trips
1 Disable braking IGBT trips
2, 3 Reserved
Stop on non-important trips
If bit 0 is set to zero then the drive simply trips when a non-important trip occurs. Non-important trips are: th, ths, Old1, cL2, cL3, SCL. If bit 0 is set to
one the drive will stop before tripping when one of these trips is initiated, except in Regen mode where the drive trips immediately.
Disable braking IGBT trips
For details of braking IGBT trip mode see Pr 10.31.

10.38 User trip

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

When a value other than zero is written to the user trip parameter the actions described in the following table are performed. The drive immediately
writes the value back to zero. If the value is not included in the table a trip is initiated with the same trip number as the value provided the drive is not
already tripped.

Action Values written to 10.38 Trip code

1 UU
31 EEF
200 SL1.HF
No action
205 SL2.HF
210 SL3.HF
217-245 HFx
Drive reset 100
Clear trip and trip time logs 255

156 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 10
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.39 Braking energy overload accumulator

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC

Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 100.0 %

Update rate Background read

This parameter gives an indication of braking resistor temperature based on a simple thermal model, see Pr 10.30 and Pr 10.31 on page 154. Zero
indicates the resistor is close to ambient and 100% is the maximum temperature (trip level). A br.rS warning is given if this parameter is above 75%
and the braking IGBT active.

10.40 Status word

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 32,767
Update rate Background write

The bits in this parameter correspond to the status bits in menu 10 as follows.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Not used Pr 10.15 Pr 10.14 Pr 10.13 Pr 10.12 Pr 10.11 Pr 10.10 Pr 10.09

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Pr 10.08 Pr 10.07 Pr 10.06 Pr 10.05 Pr 10.04 Pr 10.03 Pr 10.02 Pr 10.01

10.41 Trip 0 date

10.43 Trip 1 date
10.45 Trip 2 date
10.47 Trip 3 date
10.49 Trip 4 date
10.51 Trip 5 date
10.53 Trip 6 date
10.55 Trip 7 date
10.57 Trip 8 date
10.59 Trip 9 date
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 31.12 Days. Month*
Update rate Background read

* See Pr 6.19 for details of date format

Affinity Advanced User Guide 157

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 10 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

10.42 Trip 0 time or power module number

10.44 Trip 1 time or power module number
10.46 Trip 2 time or power module number
10.48 Trip 3 time or power module number
10.50 Trip 4 time or power module number
10.52 Trip 5 time or power module number
10.54 Trip 6 time or power module number
10.56 Trip 7 time or power module number
10.58 Trip 8 time or power module number
10.60 Trip 9 time or power module number
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 23.59 hours.minutes
Update rate Background read
If Pr 6.49 = 1, then Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60 are used to store the date and time associated with trip x in the trip log (Pr 10.2x). The data stored depends
upon the setting of Pr 6.20 as follows:

Pr 6.20 Trip x date Trip x time

0 0 Drive powered up time
1 Date (RTC Option slot 1) Time (RTC Option slot 1)
2 Date (RTC Option slot 2) Time (RTC Option slot 2)
3 Date (Onboard RTC) Time (Onboard RTC)
4 0 Drive running time

If Pr 6.49 = 0, then Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60 are used to store the module number if the trip has been initiated by the power module hardware (trip
numbers 101 to 110, HF30 and HF31). The trip number is stored in the "Trip x time or power module number" parameter and the "Trip x date
parameter" is set to zero. If the drive has only one power module, and this module is not using the power interface intended for parallel operation, then
Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60 are always zero. If the drive has more than one parallel power module, or is a single module drive using the power interface
intended for parallel operation (BAMDxxxx / BAMAxxxx), then module values stored can be used to identify the power module that initiated the trip.
Pr 10.41 to Pr 10.60 are cleared if any of the following occurs:
• Pr 6.49 =1, Pr 6.19 is changed and the drive reset
• Pr 6.49 =1 and date format (Pr 6.20) is changed
• Pr 6.49 is changed

10.61 Low load detected alarm

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background write
This parameter is one when the low load condition is detected. (See Pr 4.27 to Pr 4.29).

158 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.13 Menu 11: General drive set-up

11.01 Parameter 0.11 set-up
11.02 Parameter 0.12 set-up
11.03 Parameter 0.13 set-up
11.04 Parameter 0.14 set-up
11.05 Parameter 0.15 set-up
11.06 Parameter 0.16 set-up
11.07 Parameter 0.17 set-up
11.08 Parameter 0.18 set-up
11.09 Parameter 0.19 set-up
11.10 Parameter 0.20 set-up
11.11 Parameter 0.21 set-up
11.12 Parameter 0.22 set-up
11.13 Parameter 0.23 set-up
11.14 Parameter 0.24 set-up
11.15 Parameter 0.25 set-up
11.16 Parameter 0.26 set-up
11.17 Parameter 0.27 set-up
11.18 Parameter 0.28 set-up
11.19 Parameter 0.29 set-up
11.20 Parameter 0.30 set-up
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC See Table 5-16
Update rate Background read
These parameters define the parameters that reside in the programmable area in menu 0.
Table 5-16 Default settings:
Parameter Menu 0 Open-loop RFC
Pr 11.01 Pr 0.11 Pr 5.01 Pr 5.01
Pr 11.02 Pr 0.12 Pr 4.01 Pr 4.01
Pr 11.03 Pr 0.13 Pr 4.20 Pr 4.20
Pr 11.04 Pr 0.14 Pr 2.04 Pr 2.04
Pr 11.05 Pr 0.15 Pr 6.53 Pr 6.53
Pr 11.06 Pr 0.16 Pr 6.54 Pr 6.54
Pr 11.07 Pr 0.17 Pr 0.00 Pr 4.12
Pr 11.08 Pr 0.18 Pr 5.40 Pr 5.40
Pr 11.09 Pr 0.19 Pr 7.11 Pr 7.11
Pr 11.10 Pr 0.20 Pr 7.14 Pr 7.14
Pr 11.11 Pr 0.21 Pr 7.15 Pr 7.15
Pr 11.12 Pr 0.22 Pr 6.16 Pr 6.16
Pr 11.13 Pr 0.23 Pr 6.17 Pr 6.17
Pr 11.14 Pr 0.24 Pr 6.19 Pr 6.19
Pr 11.15 Pr 0.25 Pr 6.20 Pr 6.20
Pr 11.16 Pr 0.26 Pr 4.27 Pr 4.27
Pr 11.17 Pr 0.27 Pr 4.28 Pr 4.28
Pr 11.18 Pr 0.28 Pr 4.29 Pr 4.29
Pr 11.19 Pr 0.29 Pr 11.36 Pr 11.36
Pr 11.20 Pr 0.30 Pr 11.42 Pr 11.42

Affinity Advanced User Guide 159

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.21 Parameter 0.30 scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 9.999
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read
This parameter may be used to scale the value of Pr 0.30 seen via the keypad (not via serial comms). Any parameter routed to Pr 0.30 may be
scaled. Scaling is only applied in the status and view modes. If the parameter is edited using the keypad, it reverts to its un-scaled value during
editing.

11.22 Parameter displayed at power-up

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 0.59
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.10
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines which menu 0 parameter is displayed on power-up.

11.23 Serial address

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 00 to 247
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read
Used to define the unique address for the drive for the serial interface. The drive is always a slave.
ANSI
When the ANSI protocol is used, the first digit is the group and the second digit is the address within a group. The maximum permitted group number
is 9, and the maximum permitted address within a group is 9. Therefore Pr 11.23 is limited to 99 in this mode. The value 00 is used to globally address
all slaves on the system, and x0 is used to address all slaves of group x, therefore these addresses should not be set in this parameter.
Modbus RTU
When the Modbus RTU protocol is used addresses between 0 and 247 are permitted. Address 0 is used to globally address all slaves, and so this
address should not be set in this parameter.

11.24 Serial mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the communications protocol used by the 485 comms port on the drive. This parameter may be changed using the drive
keypad, or a Solutions Module or by using the comms interface itself. If it is changed via the comms interface, the response to the command uses the
original protocol. The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the new protocol. (Note: ANSI uses 7 data bits, 1 stop
bit and even parity; Modbus RTU uses 8 data bits, 2 stops bits and no parity.)

Parameter value String Comms mode

0 AnSI ANSIx3.28 protocol
1 rtU Modbus RTU protocol
2 Lcd Modbus RTU protocol, but only with BA keypad

160 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

ANSIx3.28 protocol
Full details of the CT implementation of ANSIx3.28 are given in Chapter 6 PC communications protocol on page 219.
Modbus RTU protocol
Full details of the CT implementation of Modbus RTU are given in Chapter 6 PC communications protocol on page 219.
The protocol provides the following facilities:
• Drive parameter access with basic Modbus RTU
• The protocol supports access to 32 bit floating point parameters
The following product specific limitations apply:
• Maximum slave response time when accessing the drive is 100ms.
• Maximum number of 16 bit registers which can be written to or read from the drive itself is limited to 16.
• Maximum number of 16 bit registers which can be written to or read from a Solutions Module or by using a Solutions Module - see Solutions
Module User Guide.
• The communications buffer can hold a maximum of 128bytes.
Modbus RTU protocol, but with BA Keypad only
This setting is used for disabling comms access when the BA Keypad is used as a hardware key. See the SM-Keypad Plus User Guide for more
information.

11.25 Baud rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9
Default Open-loop, RFC 6
Update rate Background read

Used in all comms modes to define the baud rate.

Parameter value String/baud rate
0 300
1 600
2 1200
3 2400
4 4800
5 9600
6 19200
7 38400
8* 57600
9* 115200
*Modbus RTU only
This parameter can be changed via the drive keypad, a Solutions Module or by using the comms interface itself. If it is changed via the comms
interface, the response to the command uses the original baud rate. The master should wait at least 20ms before sending a new message using the
new baud rate.

11.26 Minimum comms transmit delay

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 250 ms
Default Open-loop,RFC 2
Update rate Background read

There will always be a finite delay between the end of a message from the host (master), and the time at which the host is ready to receive the
response from the drive (slave). The drive does not respond until at least 1ms after the message has been received from the host, allowing 1ms for
the host to change from transmit to receive mode. This initial delay can be extended using Pr 11.26 if required for both ANSI and Modbus RTU
protocols.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 161

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Pr 11.26 Action
The transmit buffers are turned on and data transmission begins immediately after the
0
initial delay (1ms)
The transmit buffers are turned on after the initial delay (1ms) and data transmission
1
begins after 1ms.
The transmit buffers are turned on after the initial delay (1ms) a delay of at least the
2 or more
time specified in Pr 11.26 and data transmission begins 1ms later.
Note that the drive holds its own transmitters active for up to 1ms after it has transmitted data before switching to the receive mode. The host should
not send any data during this time.
Modbus RTU uses a silent period detection system to detect the end of a message. This silent period is either the length of time for 3.5 characters at
the present baud rate, or the length of time set in Pr 11.26, whichever is the longest.

11.28 Drive derivative

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC

Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 16
Update rate Write at power-up

If this parameter is zero, the drive is a standard product. If this parameter is non-zero, then the product is a derivative product. Derivatives can have
different defaults from the standard product and restrictions on the values allowed for some parameters.

11.29 Software version

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 1.00 to 99.99

Update rate Write at power-up

The drive software version consists of three numbers xx.yy.zz. Pr 11.29 displays xx.yy and zz is displayed in Pr 11.34. Where xx specifies a change
that affects hardware compatibility, yy specifies a change that affects product documentation, and zz specifies a change that does not affect the
product documentation.

11.30 User security code

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 999
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

If any number other than 0 is programmed into this parameter, user security is applied so that no parameters except Pr 11.44 can be adjusted with the
keypad. When this parameter is read using a keypad and security is locked, it appears as zero. The security code can be modified using serial comms
etc. By setting this parameter to the required value, setting Pr 11.44 to 2 and initiating a reset by setting Pr 10.38 to 100. However security can only
be cleared via the keypad.

162 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.31 User drive mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 1 to 2
Open-loop 1
Default
RFC 2
Update rate Background read
This parameter defines the drive mode. If this parameter is changed from the current drive mode, Pr x.00 is set to 1253, 1254, 1255 or 1256, after
which the drive is reset. The drive mode is changed to the mode defined by this parameter. After the mode change, the default settings of all
parameters will be set according to drive mode. The drive mode will not be changed if the drive is running. If the parameter value is changed and a
reset is initiated, but Pr x.00 is not equal to 1253, 1254, 1255 or 1256, or the drive is running, this parameter is set back to the value for the current
drive mode and the drive mode is not changed.
Parameter value String Drive mode
1 OPEn LP Open-loop
2 RFC RFC

11.32 Drive current scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 9999.99 A
Update rate Write at power-up
See section 5.6 Menu 4: Torque and current control on page 60 for more details.

11.33 Drive voltage rating

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 (200) to 3 (690)
Update rate Write at power-up

This parameter has four possible values (200, 400, 575, 690) and indicates the voltage rating of the drive.

11.34 Software sub-version

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 99
Update rate Write at power-up

The drive software version consists of three numbers xx.yy.zz. Pr 11.29 displays xx.yy and zz is displayed in Pr 11.34. Where xx specifies a change
that affects hardware compatibility, yy specifies a change that affects product documentation, and zz specifies a change that does not affect the
product documentation.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 163

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.35 Number of modules

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 10
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

This parameter can be used to initiate a ConF.P trip if the number of power modules actually connected together in a multi-module drive is different
from the expected number. This can be used for example to determine if the control connection between modules has been disconnected. If Pr 11.35
is set to the default value of zero this feature is disabled, and ConF.P trips will not occur. If the feature is required, Pr 11.35 should be set to the actual
number of power modules available and the parameters should be saved. When the drive subsequently powers up, the number of power modules is
checked and if the actual number of modules is different from Pr 11.35 a ConF.P trip is initiated.

11.36 SMARTCARD parameter data previously loaded

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 999
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background write

This parameter shows the number of the data block last parameter or difference from default data block transferred from a SMARTCARD to the drive.

11.37 SMARTCARD data number

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 1003
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read

Data blocks are stored on a SMARTCARD with header information including a number to identify the block. The header information also includes the
type of data stored in the block (i.e. the file type) and the drive mode (if this parameter is not the same as the default data), and the version number
and a checksum. This data can be viewed through Pr 11.38 to Pr 11.40 by increasing or decreasing Pr 11.37. This parameter jumps between the data
numbers of the data blocks present on the card. If this parameter is increased above the highest data block on the card it can have the special values
given below:
1000 - shows the space left on the card for data blocks in 16 byte pages.
1001 - shows the total space available on the card for data blocks in 16 byte pages.
1002 - shows the state of the read-only (bit 0) and warning suppression flags (bit 1).
1003 - shows the product identifier.
It should be noted that 16 bytes are reserved at the beginning and the end of the card which cannot be used to hold data. Therefore, a 4096 byte card
has 4064 bytes (254 x 16 byte pages) available to hold data. Compatible cards from 4Kbytes to 512Kbytes may be used with the drive. The first 16
bytes on the card hold the card header information, including the read-only flag which can be set to make the whole card read-only, plus the warning
suppression flag which can be set to prevent C.rtg and C.Optn trips when data is transferred to the drive from a card. The card header also contains
the product identifier which is described later.
The actions of erasing a card, erasing a file, creating a new file, changing a menu 0 parameter, or inserting a new card will set Pr 11.37 to 0.

164 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Various SMARTCARD actions can be initiated via Pr x.00 or the cloning (Pr 11.42) and resetting of the drive as given in the table below:

Code Action
Transfer drive parameters as difference from defaults to a bootable SMARTCARD
x.00 = 2001
block with block number 1. (This will clear data block 1 on the card if it already exists.)
x.00 = 3yyy Transfer drive parameters to a SMARTCARD block number yyy as a parameter file
Transfer drive data to a SMARTCARD block number yyy as difference from defaults
x.00 = 4yyy
file
x.00 = 5yyy Transfer drive user program to SMARTCARD block number yyy
x.00 = 6yyy Transfer SMARTCARD data block yyy to the drive
x.00 = 7yyy Erase SMARTCARD data block yyy
x.00 = 8yyy Compare drive parameters with block yyy
x.00 = 9555 Clear SMARTCARD warning suppression flag
x.00 = 9666 Set SMARTCARD warning suppression flag
x.00 = 9777 Clear SMARTCARD read-only flag
x.00 = 9888 Set SMARTCARD read-only flag
x.00 = 9999 Erase SMARTCARD
Pr 11.42 = Read Transfer SMARTCARD data block 1 to the drive provided it is a parameter file
Pr 11.42 = Prog Transfer drive parameters to a SMARTCARD block number one as a parameter file
Pr 11.42 = Auto Transfer drive parameters to a SMARTCARD block with data block number 1 as a
Pr 11.42 = boot parameter file provided Pr 11.42 has been changed since power-up.

The data and the format of the data, is different depending on the method used to store it on a SMARTCARD. The different formats are described
below. In addition to data transfers, a compare function is also provided.
If 8yyy is entered in Pr x.00 and the drive is reset, data block yyy on the SMARTCARD is compared with the data in the drive. If the compare is
successful, Pr x.00 is set to 0. If the compare fails, a trip is initiated and parameter x.00 is not cleared. This function can be used with all data block
types except the option type (18).
Parameter file type data block
This type of data block is created when 3xxx in Pr x.00, the cloning parameter (Pr 11.42) or auto/boot mode is used to initiate the transfer. The data
block (referred to as a parameter file), contains the complete data from all user save (US) parameters, except those with the NC coding bit set.
Parameter RAM is used as the source for this information. Power-down save (PS) are not saved to the SMARTCARD. When the data is transferred
back to a drive, it is transferred to the drive RAM and then to the drive EEPROM. A parameter save is not required to retain the data after power-
down. Before the data is taken from the card, defaults are loaded in the destination drive using the same default code as was last used in the source
drive.
Difference from defaults type data block
This type of data block is created when 4xxx in Pr x.00 is used to initiate the transfer. This data block format (referred to a difference from defaults
file), is different depending on the software version.
The data held in the data block has changed between different software versions as follows:
Parameters with the following attributes: NC=0 (clonable) and US=1 (user save), and menu 20 parameters except Pr 20.00 if they are different from
their default value. If a parameter is a user save (US), but has no default (ND) it is saved on the card whatever its value.
It is possible to transfer parameters between drives with each of the software version dependant formats, however, the data block compare function
does not work with data produced by the different formats.
The data density is not as high as a parameter file type data block, but in most cases the number of differences from default is small and the data
blocks are therefore smaller. This method can be used for example for creating drive macros. Parameter RAM is used as the source of this
information.
When the data is transferred back to a drive, using 6yyy in Pr x.00, it is transferred to the drive RAM and then to the drive EEPROM. A parameter
save is not required to retain the data after power-down.
Onboard Application Lite user program data blocks
This type of data block is created when 5xxx in Pr x.00 is used to initiate the transfer. The Onboard Application Lite user program from a drive, may
be transferred to/from internal flash memory, or from/to a SMARTCARD. If the user program is transferred from a drive with no program loaded, the
block is still created on the card but contains no data. If this is then transferred to a drive, the drive will then have no user program.
When transferring data between drives the following should be noted:
Parameter transfer failure
When parameter or default difference data is transferred to the drive, the parameters are automatically saved to drive EEPROM. If the transfer from
the card fails for any reason, the drive generates the appropriate trip. If the failure occurs after the transfer has begun, it is possible that some, but not
all the parameters will have been updated with the card data. However if the transfer fails, the parameters are not saved to drive EEPROM, therefore
only the RAM values will be incorrect. If the drive is powered down and then powered up again, the original drive parameters will be restored.
Read-only function
Data blocks with numbers from 1 to 499 can be created or erased by the user. Data block with numbers 500 and above are read-only and cannot be
created or erased by the user. The whole card may also be protected from writing or erasing by setting the read-only flag. If the card or a data block
on the card is read-only, then the operation to erase the whole card is disabled.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 165

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Changing the drive mode

If the destination drive has a different drive mode to the parameters on the card, the drive mode will be changed by the action of transferring
parameters from the card to the drive. The only exception is that the mode cannot be changed to a mode that is not allowed for the particular
derivative of the drive, e.g. Regen mode is not allowed with the Unidrive ES derivative. If an attempt is made to change to a disallowed mode, the
drive produces a C.Typ trip.
Different voltage ratings
If the voltage rating of the source and destination drive are different, then the parameters are transferred with the exception of rating dependent
parameters (RA attribute set, see table below), which are left at their default values. In this case a C.rtg trip is displayed as a warning that this has
happened. It is possible to suppress this warning trip for any data transfer to the drive, including a boot transfer at power-up by setting the warning
suppression flag for the whole card.

Parameter number Function

Pr 2.08 Standard ramp voltage
Pr 4.05 - Pr 4.07, Pr 21.27- Pr 21.29 Current limits
Pr 4.24 User current maximum scaling
Pr 5.07, Pr 21.07 Motor rated current
Pr 5.09, Pr 21.09 Motor rated voltage
Pr 5.10, Pr 21.10 Rated power factor
Pr 5.17, Pr 21.12 Stator resistance
Pr 5.18 Switching frequency
Pr 5.23, Pr 21.13 Voltage offset
Pr 5.24, Pr 21.14 Transient inductance
Pr 5.25, Pr 21.24 Stator inductance
Pr 6.06 dc injection braking current
Pr 6.48 Mains loss ride through detection level

Different Solutions Modules installed

If the categories of the Solutions Modules installed to the source drive are different to the destination drive, the parameters are transferred with the
exception of the parameters in the menus of the modules that are different. These parameters are left at their default values. In this case a C.Optn trip
is given as a warning. It is possible to suppress this warning trip for any data transfer to the drive, including a boot transfer at power-up by setting the
warning suppression flag for the whole card.
Different current rating with a parameter file type data block
If the current ratings of the source and destination drive are different and the parameters stored as a parameter file (not differences from default), then
rating dependant parameters are set to their defaults and a C.rtg trip is produced as described above where the voltage ratings are different. It is
possible to suppress this warning trip for any data transfer to the drive, including a boot transfer at power-up by setting the warning suppression flag
for the whole card.
Different current rating with difference from defaults type data block
If the current ratings of the source and destination drives are different, but the parameters are stored as a difference from defaults file, the rating
dependant parameters are transferred from the card to the drive and the appropriate maximums are applied. The C.rtg is still produced unless it is
suppressed. To ensure that the performance of the destination drive is similar to that of the source drive, the speed controller gains and current
controller gains are scaled as shown in the table below. Note that the gain scaling is only applied when the data block number is less than 500.

Drive modes Gains Scaling applied

RFC Speed controller gains x Source Pr 11.32 / Destination Pr 11.32
RFC Current controller gains x Destination Pr 11.32 / Source Pr 11.32

Effects of variable maximums if ratings or options are different

It should be noted that if ratings of the source and destination drives are different, or if the Solutions Modules installed to the source and destination
drives are different, it is possible that some parameters with variable maximums may be limited, and may not have the same values as on the card.
For example, the user current maximum scaling (Pr 4.24) is rating dependent and could be set to its default value when it is transferred between
drives of different ratings, but this could also affect the torque reference (Pr 4.08) as this uses Pr 4.24 as its maximum.
Unexpected rating changes
Some drive ratings may change between software versions. These changes will cause a C.rtg trip when parameters are transferred between drives of
different software versions where the rating has changed.

166 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Product identifier
When a SMARTCARD is used with any of the following software versions, it must have the correct product identifier in the card header to give full
functionality with the drive. The product identifier is written to the card when the whole card is erased. If the software version is earlier than those
given above, the product identifier is set to 255 otherwise the following values are used:

Product Product Identifier

Unidrive SP (standard) 255
Commander GP20 1
Digitax ST 2
Affinity 3
If the identifier does not match the drive product and the card contains data blocks, a C.Prod trip is produced. Also if the following functions are
initiated, a C.Acc trip is produced and the card or drive data is not affected: erase file, transfer data block from card to drive, or transfer data block
from drive to card. It is still possible to use Pr 11.37 to browse information about the whole card (i.e. Pr 11.37 = 1000 to 1003), but it is not possible to
see the data block information (i.e. Pr 11.37 < 1000). It is also possible to change the card header information (i.e. read-only flag and warning
suppression flag). This feature allows the read-only flag to be cleared so that a card can be erased for use with the product that performs the card
erase.
If the card does not contain any data blocks (i.e. an erased card), and the identifier does not match that of the drive, then the drive will automatically
change the identifier on the card to match when it is first inserted.

11.38 SMARTCARD data type/mode

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 18
Update rate Background write

Gives the type/mode of the data block selected with Pr 11.37 as shown in the following table.

Pr 11.38 String Type/mode Data stored

0 FrEE Value when Pr 11.37 = 0, 1000 to 1003
1 Reserved
2 3OpEn.LP Open-loop mode parameters Data from
3 3rfc RFC mode parameters EEPROM
4 to 5 Reserved
6 to 8 3Un Unused
9 Reserved
10 4OpEn.LP Open-loop mode parameters Defaults last
loaded and
11 4rfc RFC mode parameters
differences
12 to 13 Reserved
14 to 16 4Un Unused
17 LAddEr Onboard PLC program
18 Option A Solutions Module file
19 Reserved

11.39 SMARTCARD data version

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9,999
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read/write

Gives the version number of the data block. This is intended to be used when data blocks are used as drive macros. If a version number is to be
stored with a data block this parameter should be set to the required version number before the data is transferred. Each time Pr 11.37 is changed by
the user, the drive adds the version number of the currently viewed data block to this parameter.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 167

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.40 SMARTCARD data checksum

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65,335
Update rate Background write
Gives the checksum of the data block space left on the card, the total space on the card for the card flags see Pr 11.37 for details.

11.41 Status mode time-out

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 250 s
Default Open-loop, RFC 240
Update rate Background read

Sets the timeout for the drive display to revert to status mode from edit mode following no key presses. Although this parameter can be set to less
than 2s, the minimum timeout is 2s.

11.42 Parameter cloning

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 * 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 4
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
* Modes 1 and 2 are not US (i.e. not saved when drive parameters are saved), mode 3 and 4 are US.
Therefore this parameter can only be saved to EEPROM if it has a value of 0, 3 or 4.
Reading (1)
Setting Pr 11.42 to 1 and resetting the drive, will transfer the data from the card into the drive parameter and then the drive EEPROM, provided data
block 1 exists and is a parameter file for the current drive mode. All SMARTCARD trips apply. When the action is complete this parameter is
automatically reset to zero.
Programming (2)
Setting Pr 11.42 to 2 and resetting the drive, will save the parameters to a card, i.e. equivalent to writing 3001 to Pr x.00. If the data block already
exists it is automatically over-written. When the action is complete this parameter is automatically reset to zero.
Auto (3)
Changing Pr 11.42 to 3 and resetting the drive, will save the complete parameter set from the drive parameters to the card, i.e. equivalent to writing
3001 to Pr x.00. If the data block already exists it is automatically overwritten. If the card is removed when Pr 11.42 is set to 3, Pr 11.42 will be set to
0. The action of setting Pr 11.42 to 0 when a card is removed forces the user to change Pr 11.42 back to 3 if auto mode is still required. The user will
need to set Pr 11.42 to 3 and reset the drive to write the complete parameter set to the new card.
When a parameter in menu zero is changed via the keypad and a card is installed, the parameter is saved to both the drive EEPROM and the card.
Only the new value of the modified parameter is written to the EEPROM and the card. If Pr 11.42 was not cleared automatically when a card was
removed, then when a new card is inserted which contains data block 1, the modified parameter would be written to the existing data block 1 on the
new card and the rest of the parameters in this data block may not be the same as those in the drive.
When Pr 11.42 is equal to 3 and the parameters in the drive are saved, the card is also updated, therefore the card becomes a copy of the drive
parameters. At power up, if Pr 11.42 is set to 3, the drive will save the complete parameter set to the card. This is done to ensure that if a card is
inserted while the drive is powered down, the new card will have the correct data after the drive is powered up again.
Boot (4)
When Pr 11.42 is set 4, the drive operates in the same way as with Pr 11.42 set to 3 and automatically creates a copy of it parameters on a
SMARTCARD. Pr 11.42 has the NC (not clonable) attribute, and so it does not have a value stored on a SMARTCARD in the normal way. However,
when data is transferred to a card from the source drive, the value of this parameter is held in the header of parameter or difference from default file
type data blocks so that the destination drive can detect when boot transfer is required on power-up (i.e. the source drive had this parameter set to 4).
If a card is present at power up, and it has Pr 11.42 stored as 4 in the header of a parameter file or difference from default file as data block 1 then the
following actions are taken.

1. The parameters from data block 1 are transferred to the drive and then saved in drive EEPROM.
2. If data block 2 exists and is type 17 the user program from this data block is transferred to the drive.
3. Parameter Pr 11.42 is set to zero after the data transfer is complete.

168 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

It is possible to create a difference from default bootable file by setting parameter Pr x.00 to 2001 and resetting the drive. This type of file causes the
drive to behave in the same way at power-up as a file created with boot mode set up with Pr 11.42. The difference from default file has the added
advantage of including menu 20 parameters. A bootable difference from default file can only be created in one operation and parameters cannot be
added as they are saved via menu zero.
When the drive is powered up it detects which Solutions Modules are installed before loading parameters from a SMARTCARD which has been set
up for boot mode. If a new Solutions Module has been installed since the last time the drive was powered up, the drive produces a SLx.dF trip and
then proceeds to transfer the parameters from the SMARTCARD. If the parameter data in the card includes the parameters for the newly installed
Solutions Module, then these are also transferred to the drive. Once the transfer is complete, the drive parameters are automatically saved to the
drive EEPROM. The SLx.dF trip can be reset either by resting the drive or power recycling. Because the parameters are transferred to the drive after
detecting the Solutions Modules, it is possible to fit the required Solutions Modules to a drive (corresponding to the modules installed when the
SMARTCARD data was stored) and transfer the parameters to the drive including those for the Solutions Modules.

11.43 Load defaults

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
Setting this parameter to a non-zero value and resetting the drive loads defaults as follows. This parameter is automatically reset to zero when the
action is complete.

Parameter value Equivalent Pr x.00 value Defaults loaded

1 (Eur) 1233 Normal defaults
2 (USA) 1244 US defaults

11.44 Security status

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Update rate Background read
This parameter controls access via the drive LED keypad as follows:
Value String Action
0 L1 Only menu 0 can be accessed
1 L2 All menus can be accessed
Lock user security when drive is reset.
2 Loc
(This parameter is set to L1 after reset.)
The LED keypad can adjust this parameter even when user security is set.

11.45 Motor 2 parameters select

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
When this bit is set to 1, the motor 2 parameters in menu 21 become active instead of the equivalent parameters in other menus. Changes will only be
implemented when the drive is disabled. When the motor 2 parameters are active, the decimal point that is second from the right on the 1st row of the
display is lit. If this parameter is one when an auto-tune is carried out (Pr 5.12 = 1), the results of the auto-tune are written to the equivalent second
motor parameters instead of the normal parameters. Each time this parameter is changed the accumulator for motor thermal protection is reset to
zero.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 169

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 11 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.46 Defaults previously loaded

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2,000
Default Open-loop, RFC Number of defaults loaded, i.e. 1,233 etc.
Update rate Background write
Displays the number of the last set of defaults loaded, i.e. 1233, 1244, etc.

11.47 Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program Enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 2
Update rate Background read
This parameter is used to start and stop the drive Onboard PLC program.

Value Description
0 Halt the Drive Onboard Application Lite ladder Program.
Run the Drive Onboard Application Lite ladder Program (if installed). Any out-of-range
1 parameter writes attempted will be clipped to the maximum / minimum values valid for that
parameter before being written.
Run the drive Onboard Application Lite ladder Program (if installed). Any out-of-range
2
parameter writes attempted will cause a drive trip.

11.48 Drive Onboard PLC program status

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -128 to +127
Update rate Background write

The Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program Status parameter indicates to the user the actual state of the drive Onboard Application Lite
Ladder Program. (Not installed / running / stopped / tripped).

Value Description
Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program caused a drive trip due to an error condition while
-n
running rung n. Note that the rung number is shown on the display as a negative number.
0 Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program is not installed.
1 Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program is installed but stopped.
2 Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program is installed and running.

11.49 Drive Onboard application lite ladder programming events

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65,535
Update rate Background write
The Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Programming Events parameter, holds the number of times an Onboard Application Lite Ladder program
download has taken place, and is set to 0 by default on dispatch from the factory. If the Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Programming Events is
greater than the maximum value which may be represented by this parameter the value will be clipped to the maximum value. This parameter is not
altered when defaults are loaded.

170 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 11
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

11.50 Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program Average Scan Time
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65,535 ms
Update rate Onboard Application Lite Ladder program execution period
This parameter is updated once per second or once per Onboard PLC program scan whichever is the longest. If more than one program scan occurs
within the one second update period, the parameter shows the average scan time. If the program scan time is longer than one second, the parameter
shows the time for the last program scan.

11.51 Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program first run

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 or 1
Update rate Onboard Application Lite Ladder program execution period

The Drive Onboard Application Lite Ladder Program first run parameter is set for the duration of the first ladder diagram scan from the ladder diagram
stopped state. This enables the user to perform any required initialization every time the ladder diagram is run. This parameter is set every time the
ladder is stopped.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 171

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.14 Menu 12: Threshold detectors, variable selectors and brake control function
Menu 12 includes two threshold detectors which produce logic signals depending on the level of a variable value with respect to a threshold, and two
variable selectors which allow two input parameters to be selected or combined to produce a variable output. One menu 9 or one menu 12 function is
executed every 4ms. Therefore the sample time of these functions is 4ms x number of menu 9 and 12 functions active. A function is active if one or
more sources are routed to a valid parameter.
Figure 5-14 Menu 12 logic diagram
Threshold Threshold Threshold
Detector 1 Threshold Detector 1 Detector 1
Detector 1 output indicator output
threshold level destination
parameter Any
Any variable 12.04 12.01 unprotected
Threshold 12.07
parameter Detector 1 bit parameter
??.?? ??.??

??.?? x(-1) ??.??

12.03 12.05 12.06

Threshold Threshold Threshold
Detector 1 Detector 1 Detector 1
input source hysteresis output invert

Threshold Threshold Threshold

Detector 2 Threshold Detector 2 Detector 2
Detector 2 output indicator output
threshold level destination
parameter Any
Any variable 12.24 12.02 unprotected
Threshold 12.27
parameter Detector 2 bit parameter
??.?? ??.??

??.?? x(-1) ??.??

12.23 12.25 12.26 All parameters are shown

Threshold Threshold Threshold at their default setting
Detector 2 Detector 2 Detector 2
input source hysteresis output invert

Key
Hysteresis
Input Read-write (RW) Threshold
terminals 0.XX
parameter level
t
Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)
terminals parameter
Threshold
output
t

172 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-15 Menu 12 Logic diagram (continued)

Variable Selector 1
Any variable Variable
parameter selector 1 Variable
Variable selector 1 output selector 1
??.?? input 1 scaling indicator output Any
12.13 destination unprotected
variable
12.12 12.11
??.?? parameter
Variable selector 1 ??.??
Variable selector 1 12.10
12.08 mode
input 1 source
Any variable Variable selector 1
12.15 ??.??
parameter control
Variable selector 1
??.?? input 2 scaling
12.14
??.??

Variable selector 1
12.09
input 2 source

Variable Selector 2
Any variable Variable
parameter selector 2 Variable
Variable selector 2 output selector 2
??.?? input 1 scaling Any
indicator output
destination unprotected
12.33
variable
12.32 12.31 parameter
??.??
Variable selector 2 ??.??
Variable selector 2 12.30
12.28 mode
input 1 source
Any variable Variable selector 2
12.35 ??.??
parameter control
Variable selector 2
??.?? input 2 scaling
12.34
??.??

Variable selector 2
12.29
input 2 source
Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

Affinity Advanced User Guide 173

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

12.01 Threshold detector 1 output

12.02 Threshold detector 2 output
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write

12.03 Threshold detector 1 source

12.23 Threshold detector 2 source
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

12.04 Threshold detector 1 level

12.24 Threshold detector 2 level
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.05 Threshold detector 1 hysteresis

12.25 Threshold detector 2 hysteresis
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 25.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.06 Threshold detector 1 output invert

12.26 Threshold detector 2 output invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.07 Threshold detector 1 destination

12.27 Threshold detector 2 destination
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

174 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The threshold detector compares the modulus of the source input value (defined by Pr 12.03, Pr 12.23), converted to a percentage of its maximum
value, with the threshold level (Pr 12.04, Pr 12.24). If the value is greater or equal to the threshold plus half the hysteresis band (Pr 12.05, Pr 12.25)
the output becomes active, or if the value is less than the threshold minus half the hysteresis band the output becomes inactive. The output may be
inverted if required by setting the invert flag (Pr 12.06, Pr 12.26). The result is routed to the destination (defined by Pr 12.07, Pr 12.27).

12.08 Variable selector 1 source 1

12.28 Variable selector 2 source 1
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

12.09 Variable selector 1 source 2

12.29 Variable selector 2 source 2
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

12.10 Variable selector 1 mode

12.30 Variable selector 2 mode
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 11
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.11 Variable selector 1 destination

12.31 Variable selector 2 destination
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

12.12 Variable selector 1 output

12.32 Variable selector 2 output
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active write

Affinity Advanced User Guide 175

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

12.13 Variable selector 1 source 1 scaling

12.33 Variable selector 2 source 1 scaling
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.14 Variable selector 1 source 2 scaling

12.34 Variable selector 2 source 2 scaling
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms x number of menu 9 or 12 functions active read

12.15 Variable selector 1 control

12.35 Variable selector 2 control
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 100.00
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00
Update rate Background

The variable selectors allow two source values (defined by Pr 12.08, Pr 12.28 and Pr 12.09, Pr 12.29) to be combined as defined by the mode
(Pr 12.10, Pr 12.30) to produce an output (Pr 12.12, Pr 12.32) which can be routed to the destination parameter (defined by Pr 12.11, Pr 12.31). The
actions of the variable selector are defined by the mode parameter as given below. If the mode parameter is changed or the variable selector is
disabled because neither source is routed to a valid parameter, all internal state variables (i.e. time constant/filter accumulator, etc.) within the selector
are reset.

Mode value Action Result

0 Select input 1 output = input1
1 Select input 2 output = input2
2 Add output = input1 + input2
3 Subtract output = input1 - input 2
4 Multiply output = (input1 x input2) / 100.0
5 Divide output = (input1 x 100.0) / input2
6 Time constant/filter output = input1 / ((control param)s + 1)
output = input1 via a ramp with a ramp time of (control param)
7 Linear ramp
seconds from 0 to 100%
8 Modulus output = | input1 |
control = 0.02: output = input12 / 100.0
9 Powers control = 0.03: output = input13 / 100.02
control has any other value: output = input1
10 Reserved
11 External rectifier monitor See section 5.14.1 below

176 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.14.1 External Rectifier (BAMC/U) Monitor

This mode is intended to monitor an external rectifier system (BAMC/U) to provide over temperature monitoring, phase loss detection and mains loss
detection. The variable selector inputs should be routed to digital inputs on the drive or a Solutions Module, which are connected to the (BAMC/U)
rectifier status outputs. The external rectifier monitor produces a number of actions depending on the state of the inputs as given in the table below.
The healthy/OK state becomes active immediately both inputs are high, but the other states only become active when the required inputs have been
active for at least 0.5s. The high state is defined as a value greater than, or equal to half the source maximum, and the low state is defined as a value
less than half the source maximum (with the scaling parameters set to 1.000). If digital inputs are used as the sources, and the scaling parameters are
1.000, high is therefore defined as 1, and low is defined as 0. The variable selector output gives 0% if the rectifier is healthy/OK otherwise it gives
100%.
The output should be routed to Pr 6.51 (rectifier not active), in order that the drive is not allowed to leave the main loss condition if the rectifier is not
fully phased forwards.
Input 1 Input 2 State Trip Output
(Pr 12.08, Pr 12.28) (Pr 12.09, Pr 12.29) (Pr 12.09, Pr 12.29)
High High healthy/OK None 0%
High Low Over temperature Oht4.P trip 100%
Low High Phase Loss PH.P trip 100%
Low Low Mains Loss None 100%
For more information about Oht4.P and PH.P trips, refer to the Affinity Modular Drive User Guide.
5.14.2 Brake control function
The brake control function can be used to control an electro-mechanical brake via the drive digital I/O. A brake control function is provided for open-
loop operation of induction motors (Open-loop mode) and an alternative brake control function is provided for closed-loop operation of induction
motors (RFC mode). The parameters that are common to both brake control functions (Pr 12.40 and Pr 12.41) are described below. The other
parameters used by each of the brake control functions are then described in the section for the appropriate function.

12.40 Brake release

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Update rate Background read
This parameter should be used as a source for a digital output to control an electro-mechanical brake. This parameter is one to release the brake and
zero to apply the brake. Digital I/O can be automatically configured to use this parameter as a source (see Pr 12.41).

Affinity Advanced User Guide 177

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The brake control functions are provided to allow well co-ordinated operation of an external brake with the drive. While both hardware and
software are designed to high standards of quality and robustness, they are not intended for use as safety functions, i.e. where a fault or
failure would result in a risk of injury. In any application where the incorrect operation of the brake release mechanism could result in injury,
WARNING
independent protection devices of proven integrity must also be incorporated.

12.41 Brake controller enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Read on drive reset
0 = dis
The brake controller is disabled and no other drive parameters are affected by the brake controller. When this parameter is changed from a non-zero
value to zero the following parameters are set to zero: Pr 2.03 (all modes), Pr 6.08 (RFC mode), Pr 13.04 and Pr 13.10 (RFC mode if Pr 12.49 = 1).
1 = rel
The brake controller is enabled with I/O set up to control the brake via the relay output T41/42. Drive ok is re-routed to digital I/O 2 (T25).
2 = d IO
The brake controller is enabled with I/O set up to control the brake via digital I/O 2 (T25).
3 = User
The brake controller is enabled, but no parameters are set to select the brake output.
The following tables show the automatic parameter changes that occur to set up digital I/O2 (T25) and the relay output (T41/42) after drive reset when
Pr 12.41 has been changed. The changes are done in two stages: the first stage restores the I/O used as defined by the initial setting of Pr 12.41, and
the second stage sets up the I/O as defined by the new setting of Pr 12.41.
Stage 1: Restore I/O

Initial setting Pr 8.22 (Source / Pr 8.32 (Input/

Pr 8.12 (Invert) Pr 8.17 (Invert) Pr 8.27 (Source)
in Pr 12.41 destination) output)
0 No action
1 0 Pr 10.33 0 0 Pr 10.01
2 0 Pr 10.33 0 No action
3 No action

Stage 2: Set-up I/O

New setting Pr 8.22 (Source / Pr 8.32 (Input/
Pr 8.12 (Invert) Pr 8.17 (Invert) Pr 8.27 (Source)
in Pr 12.41 destination) output)
0 No action
1 0 Pr 10.01 1 0 Pr 12.40
2 0 Pr 12.40 1 No action
3 No action

178 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The brake control functions are provided to allow well co-ordinated operation of an external brake with the drive. While both hardware and
software are designed to high standards of quality and robustness, they are not intended for use as safety functions, i.e. where a fault or
failure would result in a risk of injury. In any application where the incorrect operation of the brake release mechanism could result in injury,
WARNING
independent protection devices of proven integrity must also be incorporated.

The control terminal relay can be selected as an output to release a brake. If a drive is set up in this manner and a drive replacement takes
place, prior to programming the drive on initial power up, the brake may be released.When drive terminals are programmed to non default
settings the result of incorrect or delayed programming must be considered. The use of a SMARTCARD in boot mode or an SM-
WARNING
Applications module can ensure drive parameters are immediately programmed to avoid this situation.

Open-loop
Figure 5-16 Open-loop brake function

Key
Current
magnitude
X Input Read-write (RW)
X terminals 0.XX
4.01 + parameter
Drive
_ active
X Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)
X
terminals parameter
10.02
Upper current
threshold
12.42
Post-brake
release
12.43 delay
Lower current 12.47
threshold
Ramp
hold
Output 2.03
frequency

5.01 +
2
12.40
i o 3
_
LAT Brake
Brake
controller 12.41 release
r enable 12.46
Brake release
frequency Pre-brake
release
12.44 T25 digital
8.12 delay
I/O 2 invert
Relay source
8.17
invert
Brake apply T25 digital I/O 2
frequency 8.22
source / destination
12.45 + input output
8.27 Relay source i o
_
T25 digital I/O 12 LAT
8.32 reset
output select r
Reference
on
If the reset input is 1, the output is 0.
1.11 If the reset input is 0, the output
latches at 1 if the input is 1.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 179

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-17 Open-loop brake sequence

Pr 12.44 Brake release frequency Pr 12.45 Brake apply frequency

Pr 5.01 Output frequency

Pr 12.42 Upper current threshold

Pr 4.01 Current magnitude

Pr 10.02 Drive active

Pr 1.11 Reference on

Pr 12.40 Brake release

Pr 2.03 Ramp hold

1 2 3 4 5 6

Pr 12.46 Pr 12.47
1. Wait for upper current threshold and brake release frequency
2. Pre-brake release delay
3. Post-brake release delay
4. Wait for brake apply frequency
5. Wait for zero frequency
6. 1s delay as phase 2 of stopping sequence (Pr 6.01=1,2 or 3)

12.42 Upper current threshold

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0 to 200 %
Default Open-loop 50
Update rate Background read

12.43 Lower current threshold

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0 to 200 %
Default Open-loop 10
Update rate Background read

The current magnitude is compared to an upper and lower threshold by a comparator with hysteresis to establish torque present and drive output
open detection functions respectively. The upper and lower threshold currents are given as a percentage of motor current defined by Pr 5.07 (or Pr
21.07 if motor map 2 is selected). The upper threshold should be set to the current level which indicates that there is magnetizing current and
sufficient torque producing current in the motor to deliver the required amount of torque when the brake is released.
The output of the comparator remains active after this level has been reached, unless the current subsequently falls below the lower threshold which
should be set to the required level to detect the condition where the motor has been disconnected from the drive. If the lower threshold is set greater
or equal to the upper threshold, the upper threshold applies a hysteresis band of zero. If Pr 12.42 and Pr 12.43 are both set to zero, then the output of
the comparator is always one.

180 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

12.44 Brake release frequency

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read

The frequency comparator can be used to detect when the motor frequency has reached a level where the motor can produce the required amount of
torque to ensure that the motor rotates in the demanded direction when the brake is released. This parameter should be set to a level slightly above
the motor slip frequency which is likely to occur under the highest expected load that is applied to the motor when the brake is released.

12.45 Brake apply frequency

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default Open-loop 2.0
Update rate Background read
The brake apply frequency threshold is used to ensure that the brake is applied before the motor frequency reaches zero, and to prevent the motor
rotating in the reverse direction due to an overhauling load, for example during the brake apply time. If the frequency falls below this threshold, but the
motor is not required to stop (i.e. reversing direction without stopping), provided the Reference on parameter (Pr 1.11) remains at one, the brake is not
applied. This prevents the brake from activating and de-activating as the motor passes through zero speed.

12.46 Pre-brake release delay

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read

The pre-brake release delay is used to allow time for the motor torque to reach the required level before the brake is released. This time should allow
for the motor flux to reach a significant proportion of the rated level (2 or 3 times the rotor time constant/filter of the motor), and the time for slip
compensation to become fully active (at least 0.5s). During the Pre-brake delay period the frequency reference is held constant (Pr 2.03 = 1).

12.47 Post-brake release delay

Drive modes Open-loop
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default Open-loop 1.0
Update rate Background read

The post-brake release delay is used to allow for the brake release time. During this period the frequency reference is held constant (Pr 2.03 = 1), so
that there is no sudden increase in motor speed when the brake actually releases.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 181

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 12 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

RFC
Figure 5-18 RFC brake function
Drive active
Motor flux +
7/8 x Rated flux _ 10.02
Post-brake
release delay 12.47 Ramp
2.03
Current hold
magnitude
i o
_
4.01 LAT
+ r

1
Brake
12.43 12.40
10.02 Brake apply release
Lower current 12.48
delay
threshold
Drive active Brake Hold zero
controller 12.41 6.08
Reference speed
on enable

1.11 T25 digital

OR 8.12
I/O 2 invert
Brake apply Relay source
8.17
Drive Speed speed delay 12.46 invert
encoder feedback T25 digital I/O 2
8.22
RFC filter source / destination
sensorless +
speed 3.42 3.02 8.27 Relay source
feedback _
T25 digital I/O 2
8.32
output select
Brake apply
speed
input output
Key i o
12.45
LAT
Input reset
0.XX Read-write (RW) r
terminals parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO) If the reset input is 1, the output is 0.

terminals parameter If the reset input is 0, the output latches
at 1 if the input is 1.

Figure 5-19 RFC brake sequence

Pr 12.45 Brake apply speed

Pr 3.02 Speed feedback

Pr 4.01 Current magnitude

Pr 10.02 Drive active

Pr 1.11 Reference on

Pr 12.40 Brake release

Pr 2.03 Ramp hold

Pr 13.10 Position control mode

Pr 6.08 Hold zero speed

1 2 3 4 5

Pr 12.47 Pr 12.46 Pr 12.48

1. Wait for motor fluxed (RFC only)
2. Post-brake release delay
3. Wait for speed threshold
4. Wait for brake apply speed delay
5. Brake apply delay

182 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 12
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

12.43 Low current threshold

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 200 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 10
Update rate Background read

If the current magnitude falls below the lower current threshold the brake is applied immediately. The lower threshold should be set to the required
level to detect the condition where the motor has been disconnected from the drive. If this parameter is set to zero, the loss of current will not cause
the brake to be applied. However, the flux detection and current threshold latch will be reset when the drive is disabled.

12.45 Brake apply speed

Drive modes RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 200 rpm
Default RFC 5
Update rate Background read
When stopping, the drive reference can be removed (i.e. Pr 1.11 = 0), but the brake will remain energized (open) until the motor has remained at a
speed below the brake apply speed for the delay defined by Pr 12.46. The delay prevents rapid activation and de-activation of the brake when fine
control of a motor is required close to zero speed.

12.46 Brake apply speed delay

Drive modes RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default RFC 1.0
Update rate Background read
See Pr 12.45.

12.47 Post-brake release delay

Drive modes RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default RFC 1.0
Update rate Background read

The post-brake release time is used to allow for the brake release time. From the time that the drive is enabled and then during this period the speed
reference is held constant at zero, so that there is no sudden increase in motor speed when the brake actually releases.

12.48 Brake-apply delay

Drive modes RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range RFC 0.0 to 25.0 s
Default RFC 1.0
Update rate Background read

The brake apply delay is used to allow for the brake application time. During this period the Hold zero speed parameter (Pr 6.08) is one, and so the
drive is enabled with zero speed reference. This ensures that the motor remains stationary while the brake is being applied.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 183

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 13 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.15 Menu 13: Not used

Menu 13 is not used by the Affinity drive but Pr 13.00 is available and provides Pr x.00 functions (See Chapter 3)

184 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Affinity Advanced User Guide 185

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.16 Menu 14: Advanced process PID

This menu contains two PID controllers. The PID controllers may be used independently or combined for complex applications. The sample rate of
the PID controller is 4ms.
Figure 5-20 Menu 14 logic diagram - single setpoint, single feedback
PID controller 1
Main reference
source parameter
14.02
Any variable
parameter PID Main
reference
??.??
14.19
??.??
14.08
PID 1
enable
&
Logic 1 Logic 1
Any bit Any bit
parameter parameter
??.?? ??.??

PID 1 reference
source parameter ??.?? ??.??

14.03
Any variable
Source Source
parameter 14.09 14.27
not used not used
??.?? Optional PID 1 Optional PID 1
enable source enable source
parameter 1 PID 1 parameter 2
??.?? reference 14.05
PID 1 PID 1 source invert
PID 1 digital reference reference PID 1
+ scaling PID 1
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.25 14.23 14.20 +
14.07 14.22
+
x(-1) _
14.28
PID 1 pre-sleep
boost level

Logic 0 Combined
PID 1 feedback PID square
source parameter 14.30 root enable
14.04 PID 1 pre- 14.62
Any variable sleep boost
parameter
level enable
??.??
PID 1 square PID 1 feedback
root enable source invert
??.?? 14.58 PID output 1
PID 1 14.60 14.06 feedback scaling
PID 1 digital feedback PID 1
feedbck + scaling feedback
+
14.26 14.24
Mode PID1 Feedback
14.21
0 PID1 FB
1 PID2 FB
x(-1)
PID controller 2
PID 2 reference
source parameter
14.33
Any variable
parameter PID mode
selector
??.??
PID 2 reference 14.59
source invert
??.?? 14.35
PID 2 PID 2
PID 2 digital reference reference PID 2
+ scaling PID 2
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.55 14.53 14.50 +
14.37 14.52
PID 2 feedback _
x(-1)
source parameter
14.34
Any variable
parameter
??.??
PID 2 square PID 2 feedback
root enable source invert
??.??
PID 2 14.61 14.36
PID 2 digital feedback PID 2
feedbck + scaling feedback
+
14.56 14.54
14.51

x(-1)

186 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

PID 1 output
14.13
high limit
PID 1 output
PID 1 output
14.14 destination
low limit
14.17 parameter*
14.10
PID 1 symmetrical 14.16 Any
PID 1 hold PID 1 proportional 14.18 unprotected
integrator enable gain limits enable
variable
14.11 PID 1 controller parameter
output PID 1 output
scale factor
+ ??.??
PID 1 integral
gain +
14.01 14.15
14.12
??.??
PID 1 derivative
gain

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

PID 2 output
14.43
high limit
PID 2 output
PID 2 output
14.44 destination
low limit
parameter*
14.40
PID 2 symmetrical 14.46 Any
PID 2 proportional 14.48 unprotected
gain limits enable
PID 2 hold variable
integrator PID 2 controller parameter
enable 14.41 PID 2 output
output
PID 2 integral scale factor ??.??
14.47 gain
14.31 14.45
14.42
??.??
14.38 PID 2 derivative
gain
PID 2
enable

*The PID controller is only enabled if Pr 14.16 is set to a non Pr xx.00 and unprotected destination parameter.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 187

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-21 Menu 14 Logic diagram - single setpoint, dual feedback

PID controller 1
Main reference
source parameter
14.02
Any variable
parameter PID Main
reference
??.??
14.19
??.??
14.08
PID 1
enable
&
Logic 1 Logic 1
Any bit Any bit
parameter parameter
??.?? ??.??

PID 1 reference
source parameter ??.?? ??.??

14.03
Any variable
Source Source
parameter 14.09 14.27
not used not used
??.?? Optional PID 1 Optional PID 1
enable source enable source
parameter 1 PID 1 parameter 2
??.?? reference 14.05
PID 1 PID 1 source invert
PID 1 digital reference reference PID 1
+ scaling PID 1
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.25 14.23 14.20 +
14.07 14.22
+
x(-1) _
14.28
PID 1 pre-sleep
boost level

Logic 0 Combined
PID 1 feedback PID square
source parameter 14.30 root enable
14.04 PID 1 pre- 14.62
Any variable sleep boost
parameter
level enable
??.??
PID 1 square PID 1 feedback
root enable source invert
??.?? 14.58 PID output 1
PID 1 14.60 14.06 feedback scaling
PID 1 digital feedback PID 1
feedbck + scaling feedback
+ Mode PID1 Feedback
14.26 14.24
14.21 2 PID1 FB + PID2 FB
3 MIN (PID1 FB, PIB2 FB)
4 MAX (PID1 FB, PIB2 FB)
x(-1)
5 AVG (PID1 FB, PID2 FB2
PID controller 2
PID 2 reference
source parameter
14.33
Any variable
parameter PID mode
selector
??.??
PID 2 reference 14.59
source invert
??.?? 14.35
PID 2 PID 2
PID 2 digital reference reference PID 2
+ scaling PID 2
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.55 14.53 14.50 +
14.37 14.52
PID 2 feedback _
x(-1)
source parameter
14.34
Any variable
parameter
??.??
PID 2 square PID 2 feedback
root enable source invert
??.??
PID 2 14.61 14.36
PID 2 digital feedback PID 2
feedbck + scaling feedback
+
14.56 14.54
14.51

x(-1)

188 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

PID 1 output
14.13
high limit
PID 1 output
PID 1 output
14.14 destination
low limit
14.17 parameter
14.10
PID 1 symmetrical 14.16 Any
PID 1 hold PID 1 proportional 14.18 unprotected
integrator enable gain limits enable
variable
14.11 PID 1 controller parameter
output PID 1 output
scale factor
+ ??.??
PID 1 integral
gain +
14.01 14.15
14.12
??.??
PID 1 derivative
gain

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

PID 2 output
14.43
high limit
PID 2 output
PID 2 output
14.44 destination
low limit
parameter
14.40
PID 2 symmetrical 14.46 Any
PID 2 proportional 14.48 unprotected
PID 2 hold gain limits enable
variable
integrator PID 2 controller parameter
enable 14.41 PID 2 output
output
PID 2 integral scale factor ??.??
14.47 gain 14.31 14.45
14.42
??.??
14.38 PID 2 derivative
gain
PID 2
enable

Affinity Advanced User Guide 189

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Figure 5-22 Menu 14 Logic diagram - dual setpoint, dual feedback

Main reference
source parameter
14.02
Any variable
parameter PID Main
reference
??.??
14.19
??.??
14.08
PID 1
enable
&
Logic 1 Logic 1
Any bit Any bit
parameter parameter
??.?? ??.??

PID 1 reference
source parameter ??.?? ??.??

14.03
Any variable
Source Source
parameter 14.09 14.27
not used not used
??.?? Optional PID 1 Optional PID 1
enable source enable source
parameter 1 PID 1 parameter 2
??.?? reference 14.05
PID 1 PID 1 source invert
PID 1 digital reference reference PID 1
+ scaling PID 1
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.25 14.23 14.20 +
14.07 14.22
+
x(-1) _
14.28
PID 1 pre-sleep
boost level
PID 1 pre-
sleep boost Logic 0 Combined
level enable PID square
14.30 root enable
PID 2 reference 14.62
source parameter
14.33
Any variable
parameter
??.??
PID 2 reference
source invert
??.?? 14.35
PID 2 PID 2
PID 2 digital reference reference PID 2
+ scaling PID 2
reference reference
+ error
slew-rate limit
14.55 14.53 14.50 +
14.37 14.52
x(-1) _
PID 1 feedback
source parameter
14.04
Any variable
parameter
PID output
14.58
??.?? 1 feedback
PID 1 square scaling
PID 1 feedback
root enable
??.?? source invert
PID 1 14.60 14.06
PID 1 digital feedback PID 1
feedbck + scaling feedback
+
14.26 14.24
14.21
PID 2 feedback
source parameter
x(-1)
14.34
Any variable
parameter
??.??
PID 2 feedback
source invert
??.??
PID 2 14.61 14.36
PID 2 digital feedback PID 2
feedbck + scaling feedback
+
14.56 14.54
14.51

x(-1)

190 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

PID 1 output
14.13
high limit
PID 1 output
PID 1 output
14.14 destination
low limit
14.17 parameter
14.10
PID 1 symmetrical 14.16 Any
PID 1 hold PID 1 proportional 14.18 unprotected
integrator enable gain limits enable
variable
14.11 PID 1 controller parameter
output PID 1 output
scale factor
+ ??.??
PID 1 integral
gain +
14.01 14.15
14.12
??.??
PID 1 derivative
gain

Mode PID 1 Error

6 MIN (PID 1 Error,

PID 2 Error)
7 MAX (PID 1 Error,
PID 2 Error)

14.59
PID mode
selector

PID 2 output
14.43
high limit
PID 2 output
PID 2 output
14.44 destination
low limit
parameter
14.40
PID 2 symmetrical 14.46 Any
PID 2 proportional 14.48 unprotected
PID 2 hold gain limits enable
variable
integrator PID 2 controller parameter
enable 14.41 PID 2 output
output
PID 2 integral scale factor ??.??
14.47 gain 14.31 14.45
14.42
??.??
14.38 PID 2 derivative
gain
PID 2
enable

PID sleep / boost

system

14.29
Maximum boost
time

Key

Input Read-write (RW)

terminals 0.XX
parameter

Output 0.XX Read-only (RO)

terminals parameter

The parameters are all shown at their default settings

Affinity Advanced User Guide 191

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.01 PID 1 Output

14.31 PID 2 Output
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -100.00 to 100.00%
Update rate 4ms read
The PID output is derived from the following algorithm:
Output = Error x [Kp + Ki/s + Kds/(0.064s + 1)] where:
• Error (Pr 14.22, Pr 14.52) = Reference (Pr 14.20, Pr 14.50) - Feedback (Pr 14.21, Pr 14.51)
• Kp = proportional gain (Pr 14.10, Pr 14.40)
• Ki = integral gain (Pr 14.11, Pr 14.41)
• Kd = differential gain (Pr 14.12, Pr 14.42)
Therefore with an error of 100% and Kp=1.000, the output produced by the proportional term is 100%. With an error of 100% and Ki=1.000, the output
produced by the integral term will increase linearly by 100% every second. With an error that is increasing by 100% per second and Kd=1.000, the
output produced by the differential term will be 100%. A filter with a 64ms time constant is applied to the differential term to reduce noise.
The output Pr 14.01 (Pr 14.31) is limited by the values in Pr 14.13 (Pr 14.43) upper limit and Pr 14.14 (Pr 14.44) lower limit. Scaling can be applied
before this value is sent to the location defined by destination parameter Pr 14.16 (Pr 14.46) by setting Pr 14.15 (Pr 14.45) to a value other than one.

14.02 PID main reference source parameter

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

14.03 PID 1 reference source parameter

14.33 PID 2 reference source parameter
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

The PID reference Pr 14.20 (Pr 14.50) is the sum of the digital reference Pr 14.25 (Pr 14.55) and the value from the location defined by the source
parameter Pr 14.03 (Pr 14.33). Before the reference is applied to the controller algorithm, it can be scaled by setting Pr 14.23 (Pr 14.53) to a value
other than one and/or inverted by setting Pr 14.05 (Pr 14.35) =1.

14.04 PID 1 feedback source parameter

14.34 PID 2 feedback source parameter
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

The feedback Pr 14.21 (Pr 14.51) is the sum of the digital feedback Pr 14.26 (Pr 14.56) and the value from the location defined by the source
parameter Pr 14.04 (Pr 14.34). Before the reference is applied to the controller algorithm, it can be scaled by setting Pr 14.24 (Pr 14.54) to a value
other than one and/or inverted by setting Pr 14.06 (Pr 14.36) =1.

192 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.05 PID 1 reference invert

14.35 PID 2 reference invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

14.06 PID 1 feedback invert

14.36 PID 2 feedback invert
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

14.07 PID 1 reference slew-rate limit

14.37 PID 2 reference slew-rate limit
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 3200.0s
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Update rate Background read

This parameter defines the time taken for the reference input to ramp from 0 to 100.0% following a 0 to 100% step change in input.

14.08 PID 1 enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

PID 1 is enabled when Pr 14.08 =1 both the parameter sources defined by Pr 14.09 and Pr 14.27 to have a value of one (the source value for
Pr 14.09 or Pr 14.27 appears as one if the parameter is set to 0.0). By default Pr 14.09 is set to 10.01 (drive ok) so that PID 1 controller is disabled if
the drive is tripped. When the PID controller is disabled, the output is zero and all the internal state variables (i.e. integrator accumulator etc.) are held
at zero.

14.09 PID 1 optional enable source parameter 1

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 10.01
Update rate Read on reset
To enable the PID controller, the drive must be ok (Pr 10.01 = 1) and the PID enable (Pr 14.08) must be one. If the option enable source (Pr 14.09) is
00.00 or routed to a non-existent parameter the PID controller is still enabled provided Pr 10.01 = 1 and Pr 14.08 = 1. If the optional enable source (Pr
14.09) is routed to an existing parameter the source parameter must be one before the PID controller can be enabled. If the PID controller is disabled
the output is zero and the integrator is set to zero.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 193

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.10 PID 1 proportional gain

14.40 PID 2 proportional gain
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate Background read

14.11 PID 1 integral gain

14.41 PID 2 integral gain
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.500
Update rate Background read

14.12 PID 1 differential gain

14.42 PID 2 differential gain
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Update rate Background read

14.13 PID 1 output upper limit

14.43 PID 2 output upper limit
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.00 to 100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 100.00%
Update rate Background read

14.14 PID 1 output lower limit

14.44 PID 2 output lower limit
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC -100.00
Update rate Background read

If Pr 14.18 (Pr 14.48) is zero, the upper limit Pr 14.13 (Pr 14.43) defines the maximum positive output for the PID Controller and the lower limit defines
the minimum positive or maximum negative output. If symmetrical limits are selected, i.e. Pr 14.18 (Pr 14.48) =1, then the upper limit defines the
maximum positive or negative magnitude for the PID output. When any of the limits is active, then the integrator accumulator is held.

194 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.15 PID 1 output scaling

14.45 PID 2 output scaling
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms read

14.16 PID 1 output destination parameter

14.46 PID 2 output destination parameter
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate Read on reset

The value written to the destination parameter is (PID controller output x scaling) + PID main reference.

14.17 PID 1 integrator hold

14.47 PID 2 integrator hold
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

When this parameter is set to zero the integrator operates normally. Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the integrator value to be held. Setting this
parameter does not prevent the integrator from being reset to zero if the PID controller is disabled.

14.18 PID 1 symmetrical limit enable

14.48 PID 2 symmetrical limit enable
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
Refer to Pr 14.13 (Pr 14.43) and Pr 14.14 (Pr 14.44).

14.19 PID main reference

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms write
The value on the main reference is added to PID 1 output after scaling has been applied.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 195

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.20 PID 1 reference

14.50 PID 2 reference
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms write

14.21 PID 1 feedback

14.51 PID 2 feedback
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms write

14.22 PID 1 error

14.52 PID 2 error
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Update rate 4ms write

14.23 PID 1 reference scaling

14.53 PID 2 reference scaling
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms read

14.24 PID 1 feedback scaling

14.54 PID 2 feedback scaling
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms read

196 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.25 PID 1 feedback reference

14.55 PID 2 feedback reference
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00%
Update rate 4ms read

14.26 PID 1 digital feedback

14.56 PID 2 digital feedback
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00%
Update rate 4ms read

14.27 PID 1 optional enable source parameter 2

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00 to Pr 50.99
Default Open-loop, RFC Pr 0.00
Update rate 4ms write
See Pr 14.08.

14.28 PID 1 pre-sleep boost level

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC ±100.00 %
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.00%
Update rate Background read

14.29 Maximum boost time

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 250.0s
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0s
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 197

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 14 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

14.30 PID 1 pre-sleep boost level enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read
If PID is used to control the motor output via Menu 1 and sleep mode is enabled, the drive will automatically stop the motor when the output drops
below the sleep/wake threshold. The feedback may then fall causing the output and hence the feedback to rise again. Setting Pr 14.28 and Pr 14.29
to non zero values results in the value in Pr 14.28 being added to the PID reference for a length of time defined in Pr 14.29 when the drive attempts to
enter sleep mode. This will reduce the frequency of the transitions into sleep mode. Pr 14.30 indicates when the boost system is enabled.

14.38 PID 2 enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 2
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate 4ms read

Parameter Value PID Enable state

0 PID 2 disabled; output is zero and integrator reset to zero
1 PID 2 enabled
2 PID 2 enable state follows PID 1 enable state

14.58 PID 1 Feedback output scaling

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
3 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 4.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 1.000
Update rate 4ms read
If Pr 14.58 is set a value greater than zero, then the following algorithm is applied to PID 1 feedback.
• Square root function output = Sign(Feedback) x 100.00% x 14.58 x v(|Feedback| / 100.00%)
where Sign(Feedback) is 1 if the feedback is positive or -1 is the feedback is negative.
If Pr 14.58 is set to 0.000 then this feature is disabled and the feedback remains unchanged.

14.59 PID mode selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 7
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
Normal mode (Pr 14.59 is between 0 and 5)
The two PID controllers operate independently. The feedback for PID2 is always from the PID2 feedback input. The feedback for PID1 is as given in
the following table.

198 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 14
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Pr 14.59 Final PID1 feedback

0 PID1 feedback

1 PID2 feedback

2 PID1 feedback + PID2 feedback

3 Lowest of PID1 feedback and PID2 feedback

4 Highest of PID1 feedback and PID2 feedback

5 (PID1 feedback + PID2 feedback) / 2

Dual Zone Mode (Pr 14.59 is 6 or 7)
When PID mode 6 or 7 is selected the controller operates in a dual zone mode. In this mode, the reference and feedback quantities from each PID
controller are used to calculate two controller errors. These two errors are then checked and the zone with the larger or smaller absolute value of error
(depending upon mode selected) is used as the error signal to the PID1 controller.

Pr 14.59 Final PID1 feedback PID1 Error

6 PID1 feedback Lowest of |PID1 Error| or |PID2 Error|
7 PID1 feedback Highest of |PID1 Error| or |PID2 Error|

14.60 PID 1 Square root enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC OFF (0) or On (1)
Default Open-loop, RFC
Update rate Background read

14.61 PID 2 Square root enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC OFF (0) or On (1)
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

14.62 Combined square root enable

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC OFF (0) or On (1)
Default Open-loop, RFC OFF (0)
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 199

Issue Number: 3
Menus 15 to Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
16 structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.17 Menus 15 and 16: Solutions Module slots

Pr x.00 and Pr x.01 are always present in menus 15 and 16. Pr x.01 indicates which type of module is present (0 = no module installed). When a
module is installed, the drive provides the relevant menu (menu 15 for slot 1, 16 for slot 2 and) depending on the Solutions Module installed. The
possible categories are shown Table 5-17.
Table 5-17 Solutions Modules available for use with Affinity drives

Solutions
Module Category
Module ID
0 No module installed
201 SM-I/O Plus
204 SM-I/O PELV
205 SM-I/O 24V Protected
Automation (I/O Expansion)
206 SM-I/O 120V
207 SM-I/O Lite
208 SM-I/O 32
301 SM-Applications
302 SM-Applications Lite
Automation (Applications)
304 SM-Applications Lite Plus
305 SM-Applications Lite V2
401 SM-LON
403 SM-PROFIBUS DP
404 SM-INTERBUS
406 SM-CAN
407 SM-Devicenet Fieldbus
408 SM-CANopen
409 SM-SERCOS
410 SM-Ethernet
421 SM-EtherCAT

Most modules include a processor and parameters are updated by the processor in the Solutions Module. Conversely, dumb modules do not contain
a processor and hence all parameters are updated by the drive processor.
Dumb Solutions Module parameters are read/written by the drive background task or at the combined update time for time critical parameters. The
combined update time depends on the number and type of dumb Solutions Module installed to the drive. For each Solutions Module the update rate
of these parameters is specified as 4ms, 8ms, etc. The combined update time is the total of the update times for all dumb Solutions Module installed.
For example, if a module with 4ms update time and a module with 8ms are installed to the drive, then the combined update time for the time critical
parameters of each module is 12ms.
In the parameter tables, the update time added by the type of module is given, for example 8ms for the SM-I/O Plus.
When parameters are saved by the user in the drive EEPROM, the option code of the currently installed module is saved in EEPROM. If the drive is
subsequently powered-up with a different module installed, or no module installed where a module was previously installed, the drive gives a Slot.dF
trip. The menu for the relevant slot appears for the new module category with the default parameter values for the new category. The new parameters
values are not stored in EEPROM until the user performs a parameter save.

Parameters common to all categories

Parameter Range() Default() Type
x.01 Solutions Module ID 0 to 599 RO Uni PT US
Solutions Module software
x.02 0.00 to 99.99 RO Uni NC PT
version
x.50 Solutions Module error status 0 to 255 RO Uni NC PT
Solutions Module software
x.51 0 to 99 RO Uni NC PT
sub-version

200 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 17
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.18 Menu 17: Building Automation Interface

17.01 ID number
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC
Default Open-loop, RFC 402
Update rate 4ms write

The ID code for the Building Automation Interface is 402.

17.02 Software version

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 99.99
Update rate N/A

Pr 17.02 and Pr 17.51 display the firmware version in the form xx.yy.zz where xx.yy is Pr 17.02 and zz is Pr 17.51.

17.03 MAC / Node address

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65535
Default Open-loop, RFC 1
Update rate Read on reset

Allowable MAC Address Values

Protocol
Minimum Maximum

Modbus RTU 1 247

BACnet ( see note 1) 0 127

MetaSys N2 1 255
If a MAC address is selected that is greater than, or less than those allowed by the currently selected protocol, then the actual address used will be
the maximum valid address value.

17.04 Baud rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 127
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

This selects the baud rate used for network communication.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 201

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 17 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

17.04 Value Baud rate (bps)

0 Protocol default value (see table below)
1 1200
2 2400
3 4800
4 9600
5 19200
6 38400
7 57600
8 76800
>8 Protocol default value (see table below)
The default value for each protocol is as follows: -

Protocol Default baud rate (bps)

Modbus RTU 19200
BACnet 9600
MetaSys N2 9600

17.05 Building Automation Network protocol

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 65535
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Read on reset

This selects the protocol used for the Building Automation Network as follows:

Pr 17.05 Protocol Reference section

0 Disabled
1 Modbus RTU 6.2
2 BACnet 7.2
3 MetaSys N2 IOopen 7.3
If a value greater than 3 is entered for Pr 17.05 then the Building Automation Network is disabled.

17.06 Received message counter

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 9999
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background write
This parameter displays the number of valid messages that have been received using the currently selected building automation protocol. If the
communications settings are configured correctly then this counter will count each time a message is received, therefore if the value remains constant
then there is likely to be an error in either the configuration or the wiring to the communications port.
The received message counter is reset to in the following circumstances: -
1. When another message is received after 9999 prior valid messages have been received.
2. Upon power up.

17.07 MS/TP maximum master MAC address

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 3000
Default Open-loop, RFC 127
Update rate Read on reset

202 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 17
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

BACnet use only

This is highest address that the drive will use when looking for the next master on the network with which token passing can be achieved.
If a value greater than 127 is entered then the value used will be 127.

17.10 Device object identifier

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 32768 to -32767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Read on reset
If this parameter is zero, then the MAC/Node address selected in parameter Pr 17.03 will be used as the object identifier for the BACnet device,
otherwise the device object identifier will be the value specified here.
If the node address is also set to zero then the Device Object Identifier value will be set to 1.

17.12 Communications lost detection timeout

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 32768 to -32767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Read on reset
This is the period of time in seconds that the drive will wait to see a valid communications frame on the building automation network before taking the
action specified in Pr 17.13.
If the value specified is less than or equal to five, then the timeout period will be adjusted to be 5 seconds. Care must be taken to ensure that this
parameter is not set to a time less than the minimum time period between frames on the network.

17.13 Communications loss action

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 32768 to -32767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Read on reset

Pr 17.13 Action Comment

0 Do nothing The drive will continue as it was before communications was lost
1 Trip the drive The drive will trip when communications is lost
2 Move to a fixed speed Preset speed 8 is used to define this speed, see below
183 Reserved Do not select this value.
The move to fixed speed option will only operate if the drive is configured to use preset speed 1 as the reference at the time communications are lost.
Every time there is a transition from the communications healthy state to the communications lost state, the reference value set in preset speed 8, will
be transferred to preset speed 1, causing the drive to run at the speed defined in preset speed 8.
The drive will continue to run at this speed until such time as the user manually changes preset speed 1 via the keypad, or communications resume
and a new speed reference is provided via the building automation network.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 203

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 17 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

17.35 CRC errors

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to +231-1
Update rate Background write
If an error is detected in the message header or body, then this count is incremented by one and the message disposed of. This parameter should
remain constant when the connection to the Building Automation Network is operating correctly.
The CRC error count is reset to zero under the following circumstances:-
1. When another CRC error is detected after 32767 prior errors.
2. Upon power up.
3. After the last successfully received message.
4. After building automation protocol is changed.

17.38 Data format

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate Background read
This selects the data transmission format used for the selected protocol.

Description
17.38
Start Bits Data Bits Parity Stop Bits
0 Protocol default value
1 1 8 None 1
2 1 8 None 2
3 1 8 Even 1
4 1 8 Odd 1
>4 Protocol default value
The default value when Pr 17.38 is set to 0 OR >4 is as follows:-

Description
Protocol
Start bits Data bits Parity Stop bits
Modbus RTU 1 8 None 2
BACnet 1 8 None 1
MetaSys N2 1 8 None 1

204 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 17
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

17.39 Response turn-around time

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255ms
Default Open-loop, RFC 5ms
Update rate Read on reset
Modbus RTU Only
There will always be a finite delay between the end of a message from the host (master), and the time at which the host is ready to receive the
response from the drive (slave). The drive does not respond until at least 1ms after the message has been received from the host, allowing 1ms for
the host to change from transmit to receive mode. This initial delay can be extended using Pr 17.39 if required.

Pr 17.39 Action
The transmitters are turned on and data transmission begins immediately after the initial
0
delay (1ms).
The transmitters are turned on after the initial delay (1ms) and data transmission begins
1
1ms later.
The transmitters are turned on after a delay of at least the time specified in Pr 17.39 and
2 or more
data transmission begins 1ms later.
184 Reserved. Do not select this value.

17.44 Real-time clock battery low

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Update rate Read on reset
The real-time clock backup battery is checked upon power up and after a drive reset to determine if it should be changed. The conditions requiring
battery replacement are when all power has been lost to the real-time clock while the drive was un-powered or that the battery voltage has fallen
below 2.5Vdc.
If this parameter is 1 then the real-time clock backup battery should be replaced at the earliest opportunity.
If the battery is low, the real-time clock will continue to operate as long as the drive remains powered.
If the time-synchronization features of are also being used then the user may never notice nor care that the battery has failed.

17.45 Communications OK flag

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Update rate Read on reset
This parameter has a value of 1 when the building automation network communications are healthy and zero when the communications lost detection
determines that an error has occurred; this is determined differently for BACnet and MetaSys as follows: -
BACnet
The network is monitored for the presence of an active token; should this token disappear for the time specified in parameter Pr 17.12 the drive will
take the action configured in parameter Pr 17.13.
MetaSys
The network is monitored for any message. Receipt of a valid message (regardless of intended destination) will be seen as communications being
healthy. If no valid message is received within time specified in Pr 17.12 the drive will take the action configured in parameter Pr 17.13. It is important
to ensure that a message is placed onto the network within the configured time-out period to prevent spurious drive operation

Affinity Advanced User Guide 205

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 17 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

17.50 Error status

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 255
Update rate Background write
If the Solutions Module detects a fault, then the drive will trip with an SL3.Er trip. The source of the trip can then be discovered from the error code
written into Pr 17.50.
Possible error codes are shown in the table below: -

Pr 17.50 Description
0 No error
10 Solutions Module operating system error
20 Real-time clock error
30 IP54 cooling fan power supply fault
40 Drive to Solutions Module interface error
50 Building Automation Network error
74 Solutions Module PCB over-temperature

17.51 Software sub version

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 99
Update rate Written on power up
See Pr 17.02.

206 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 18
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.19 Menu 18: Application menu 1

Menu 18 contains parameters that do not affect the operation of the drive. These general purpose parameters are intended for use with fieldbus and
application Solutions Modules. The read write parameters in this menu can be saved in the drive.

18.01 Application menu 1 power-down saved integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

18.02 to 18.10 Application menu 1 read-only integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Coding Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

18.11 to 18.30 Application menu 1 read-write integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

18.31 to 18.50 Application menu 1 read-write bit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

Affinity Advanced User Guide 207

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 19 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.20 Menu 19: Application menu 2

Menu 19 contains parameters that do not affect the operation of the drive. These general purpose parameters are intended for use with fieldbus and
application Solutions Modules. The read write parameters in this menu can be saved in the drive.

19.01 Application menu 2 power-down saved integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

19.02 to 19.10 Application menu 2 read-only integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

19.11 to 19.30 Application menu 2 read-write integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

19.31 to 19.50 Application menu 2 read-write bit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

208 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 20
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.21 Menu 20: Application menu 3

Menu 20 contains parameters that do not affect the operation of the drive. These general purpose parameters are intended for use with fieldbus and
application Solutions Modules. The read write parameters in this menu cannot be saved in the drive.

20.01 to 20.20 Application menu 3 read-write integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1* 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -32,768 to 32,767
Default Open-loop, RFC 0
Update rate N/A

20.21 to 20.40 Application menu 3 read-write long integer

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC

Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1* 1
Range Open-loop, RFC -231 to 231-1
Default Open-loop, RFC 0

Update rate N/A

*Menu 20 parameters are non-clonable and cannot be saved in a full parameter type data block but these parameters can be saved in a difference
from defaults type data block if they are not at their default value.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 209

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 21 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.22 Menu 21: Second motor parameters

The following parameters are used instead of the normal motor set-up parameters when Pr 11.45 = 1.
When the alternative parameter set is being used by the drive ‘mot 2’ is displayed in the bottom left hand side of the display.
For more information about a particular parameter, see the equivalent normal motor map 1 parameter.

21.01 Maximum reference clamp

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC = VM
Open-loop 0 to 3,000.0Hz
Range
RFC SPEED_LIMIT_MAX rpm
Open-loop EUR: 50.0, USA: 60.0
Default
RFC EUR: 1,500.0, USA: 1,800.0
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.06
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.02 Minimum reference clamp

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC = VM
Open-loop ±3,000.0 Hz *
Range
RFC ±SPEED_LIMIT_MAX rpm
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.0
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.07
parameter
Update rate Background read

* The range shown for Pr 1.07 shows the range used for scaling purposes (i.e. for routing to an analog output etc.). Further range restrictions are
applied as given below.

01.08 01.10 Open-loop RFC

(Neg min ref enable) (Bipolar mode enable)
0 0 0 to 01.06 0 to 21.01
0 1 0 0
1 0 -3000 to 0Hz* -SPEED_LIMIT_MAX to 0 rpm
1 1 -3000 to 0Hz* -SPEED_LIMIT_MAX to 0 rpm

21.03 Reference selector

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 5
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 (A1.A2)
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.14
parameter
Update rate 4ms read
Pr 21.03 defines how the value of Pr 1.49 is derived as follows:

210 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 21
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Value of Pr 21.03 Display String Pr 1.49

0 A1.A2 *Selected by terminal input
1 A1.Pr 1
2 A2.Pr 2
3 Pr 3
4 Pad 4
5 Prc 5
*The bit Pr 1.41 to Pr 1.44 can be controlled to force the value of Pr 1.49:
all bits equal to zero gives 1,
Pr 1.41 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 2
Pr 1.42 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 3
Pr 1.43 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 4
Pr 1.44 = 1 then Pr 1.49 = 5
The bit parameters with lower numbers have priority over those with higher numbers.
Pr 1.49 and Pr 1.50 then define the reference as follows:
Pr 1.49 Pr 1.50 Reference
1 1 Analog reference 1
1 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50
2 1 Analog reference 2
2 >1 Preset defined by Pr 1.50
3 x Preset defined by Pr 1.50
4 x Keypad reference
5 x Precision reference

Keypad reference
If Keypad reference is selected the drive sequencer is controlled directly by the keypad keys and the keypad reference parameter (Pr 1.17) is
selected. The sequencing bits Pr 6.30 to Pr 6.34, have no effect, and jog is disabled.
Reference selected by timer
The presets are selected automatically in turn. Pr 1.16 defines the time between each change.

21.04 Acceleration rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop EUR: 40.0, USA: 33.3
Default
RFC EUR: 13.333, USA: 11.111
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 2.11
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.05 Deceleration rate

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1 1
RFC DP = 3
Open-loop 0.0 to 3200.0 s/100Hz
Range
RFC 0.000 to 3200.000 s/1000rpm
Open-loop EUR: 40.0, USA: 33.3
Default
RFC EUR: 13.333, USA: 11.111
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 2.21
parameter
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 211

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 21 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

21.06 Rated frequency

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Open-loop 0 to 3000.0 Hz
Range
RFC 0 to 1250.0 Hz
Default Open-loop, RFC EUR: 50.0, USA: 60.0
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.06
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.07 Rated current

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to RATED_CURRENT_MAX A
Default Open-loop, RFC RATED_CURRENT_MAX (Pr 11.32)
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.07
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.08 Rated load rpm

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding 1 1 1
RFC DP=2
Open-loop, 0 to 180,000 rpm
Range
RFC 0.00 to 40,000.00 rpm
Open-loop, 1500
Default
RFC 1450.00
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.08
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.09 Rated voltage

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to AC_VOLTAGE_SET_MAX V
200V rating drive: 230V
400V rating drive: EUR: 400V, USA: 460V
Default Open-loop, RFC
575V rating drive: 575V
690V rating drive: 690V
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.09
parameter
Update rate Level 4 read

212 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 21
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

21.10 Rated power factor

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 1.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.850
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.10
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.11 Number of motor poles

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 60 (Auto to 120 POLE)
Default Open-loop, RFC 0 (Auto)
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.11
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.12 Stator resistance

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 65.000
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.17
parameter
Update rate Background read
Pr 21.12 shows the stator resistance of the motor. The units vary with the drive size to ensure that the full range of likely resistances can be
represented with suitable resolution. The table below shows the units. Therefore 1.000 in the parameter represents the resistance shown in the units
column.

Drive size Units

BA1xxx to BA5xxx 1 Ohm
BA6xxx, BAMxxxx 0.01 Ohms

21.13 Voltage offset

Drive modes Open-loop
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop 0.0 to 25.0 V
Default Open-loop 0.0
Normal
Open-loop Pr 5.23
parameter
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 213

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 21 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

21.14 Transient inductance (Ls)

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
3 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.000 to 500.000 mH
Default Open-loop, RFC 0.000
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 5.24
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.15 Motor 2 active

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Normal motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 21.15
parameter
Update rate Background write

Pr 21.15 does not have an equivalent normal motor parameter, but is displayed when motor 2 is active.

21.16 Thermal time constant/filter

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0.0 to 3000.0
Default Open-loop, RFC 89.0
Normal motor
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.15
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.17 Speed controller Kp gain

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
4 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 6.5335 (1/rad s-1)
Default RFC 0.0300
Normal motor
RFC Pr 3.10
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.18 Speed controller Ki gain

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 653.35 s/rad s-1
Default RFC 0.10
Normal motor
RFC Pr 3.11
parameter
Update rate Background read

214 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 21
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

21.19 Speed controller Kd gain

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
5 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00000 to 0.65335 s-1 / rad s-1
Default RFC 0.00000
Normal motor
RFC Pr 3.12
parameter
Update rate Background read
When the second motor is selected the gains defined in Pr 21.17 to Pr 21.19 are used directly by the speed controller. The speed controller set-up
method defined by Pr 3.13 is ignored.

21.22 Current controller Kp gain

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000
Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V
Default Open-loop, 20 20 20 20
RFC 75 150 180 215 45 90 110
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.13
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.23 Current controller Ki gain

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to 30,000
Drive voltage rating: 200V 400V 575V 690V
Default Open-loop, 40 40 40 40
RFC 1,000 2,000 2,400 3,000
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.14
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.24 Stator inductance (Ls)

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range RFC 0.00 to 5,000.00 mH
Default RFC 0.00
Normal
RFC Pr 5.25
parameter
Update rate Background read

Affinity Advanced User Guide 215

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Menu 21 Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

21.25 Motor saturation breakpoint 1

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 100% of rated flux
Default RFC 50
Normal
RFC Pr 5.29
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.26 Motor saturation breakpoint 2

Drive modes RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1
Range RFC 0 to 100% of rated flux
Default RFC 75
Normal
RFC Pr 5.30
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.27 Motoring current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.05
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.28 Regen current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.06
parameter
Update rate Background read

21.29 Symmetrical current limit

Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
1 1 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC 0 to MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX %
Default Open-loop, RFC 110.0*
Normal
Open-loop, RFC Pr 4.07
parameter
Update rate Background read

*These are the maximum default values. If the variable maximum of this parameter (MOTOR2_CURRENT_LIMIT_MAX) gives a lower value with the
default value of Motor rated current (Pr 21.07) the default of this parameter is at the lower value.

216 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode Menu 22
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.23 Menu 22: Additional menu 0 set-up

Menu 22 contains parameters that are used to set up the source parameters for menu 0 in addition to those that are set up from within Menu 11.

22.01 to 22.07
22.10 to 22.11
Parameter 00.xy set-up
22.18
22.20 to 22.29
Drive modes Open-loop, RFC
Bit SP FI DE Txt VM DP ND RA NC NV PT US RW BU PS
Coding
2 1 1 1 1
Range Open-loop, RFC Pr 1.00 to Pr 21.51
Default Open-loop, RFC See Table 5-18
Update rate Background read

These parameters define the parameters that reside in the programmable area in menu 0.
Table 5-18 Menu 22 default settings

Menu 0
Parameter Open-loop RFC
parameter
Pr 22.01 Pr 031 Pr 11.33
Pr 22.02 Pr 0.32 Pr 11.32
Pr 22.03 Pr 0.33 Pr 6.09
Pr 22.04 Pr 0.34 Pr 11.30
Pr 22.05 Pr 0.35 Pr 11.24
Pr 22.06 Pr 0.36 Pr 11.25
Pr 22.07 Pr 0.37 Pr 11.23
Pr 22.10 Pr 0.40 Pr 5.12
Pr 22.11 Pr 0.41 Pr 5.18
Pr 22.18 Pr 0.48 Pr 11.31
Pr 22.20 Pr 0.50 Pr 11.29
Pr 22.21 Pr 0.51 Pr 8.29
Pr 22.22 Pr 0.52 Pr 9.35
Pr 22.23 Pr 0.53 Pr 9.36
Pr 22.24 Pr 0.54 Pr 9.37
Pr 22.25 Pr 0.55 Pr 9.38
Pr 22.26 Pr 0.56 Pr 9.39
Pr 22.27 Pr 0.57 Pr 9.40
Pr 22.28 Pr 0.58 Pr 9.43
Pr 22.29 Pr 0.59 Pr 0.00
It should be noted that if the parameter values saved in the drive EEPROM or on a SMARTCARD are all zero for menu 22, the drive will automatically
load defaults for this menu when the drive is powered up, or the parameters are transferred from the SMARTCARD. This ensures that defaults are
used for this menu if the saved parameters are from a software version which did not include this menu.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 217

Issue Number: 3
 32 bit Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
parameters structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

5.24 32 bit parameters

All parameters in the drive are 1 bit, 16 bit or 32 bit. This section identifies all the 32 bit parameters in the drive and Solutions Modules.
5.24.1 Drive parameters
The table below contains all the 32 bit parameters present in the drive for all four modes of operation (open loop, RFC).
Table 5-19 32 bit drive parameters
Menu 32-bit parameters
Pr 1.01 Pr 1.02 Pr 1.03 Pr 1.04 Pr 1.06 Pr 1.07 Pr 1.17 Pr 1.18
Menu 1 Pr 1.21 Pr 1.22 Pr 1.23 Pr 1.24 Pr 1.25 Pr 1.26 Pr 1.27 Pr 1.28
Pr 1.36 Pr 1.37 Pr 1.39
Pr 2.01 Pr 2.07 Pr 2.11 Pr 2.12 Pr 2.13 Pr 2.14 Pr 2.15 Pr 2.16
Menu 2 Pr 2.17 Pr 2.18 Pr 2.19 Pr 2.21 Pr 2.22 Pr 2.23 Pr 2.24 Pr 2.25
Pr 2.26 Pr 2.27 Pr 2.28 Pr 2.29
Menu 3 Pr 3.01 Pr 3.02 Pr 3.03 Pr 3.10 Pr 3.18 Pr 3.22
Menu 4 Pr 4.01 Pr 4.02 Pr 4.08 Pr 4.17
Menu 5 Pr 5.01 Pr 5.03 Pr 5.04 Pr 5.07 Pr 5.08 Pr 5.24 Pr 5.25
Menu 11 Pr 11.32
Menu 20 Pr 20.21 Pr 20.22 Pr 20.23 Pr 20.24 Pr 20.25 Pr 20.26 Pr 20.27 Pr 20.28
Pr 20.29 Pr 20.30 Pr 20.31 Pr 20.32 Pr 20.33 Pr 20.34 Pr 20.35 Pr 20.36
Menu 21 Pr 20.37 Pr 20.38 Pr 20.39 Pr 20.40
Pr 21.01 Pr 21.02 Pr 21.04 Pr 21.05 Pr 21.07 Pr 21.08 Pr 21.14 Pr 21.24
Some of the parameters listed above are only 32 bit parameters in certain modes. Below is a table listing these parameters and the modes in which
they are 32 bit parameters.

Parameter Modes in which the parameter is 32 bit

Pr 3.01 RFC
Pr 3.03 RFC
Pr 3.18 RFC
Pr 4.08 Open Loop, RFC

5.24.2 Solutions Module parameters

Some Solutions Modules contain 32 bit parameters. Below is a table listing these parameters and the modules in which they are 32 bit parameters.
Table 5-20 32 bit Solutions Module parameters
Parameter Solutions modules in which the parameter is 32 bit
Pr x.35 All Fieldbus modules

218 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

6 PC communications protocol Value Data field

0 +0 (parameter with no decimal places)
6.1 ANSI communications protocol 0 +0.00 (parameter with 2 decimal places)
6.1.1 Introduction 1.2 +1.2
Affinity supports an ANSIx3.28 type comms protocol as supported by -345.78 -345.78
previous Control Techniques products with some modification to allow 123456 +123456
access to 32 bit parameters. This chapter describes the implementation
of the protocol for Affinity. If the parameter to be read does not exist the End of transmission
character (Ctl D) is returned.
6.1.2 Physical layer and UART The checksum is derived by exclusive ORing the message byte together
Attribute Description excluding the STX and the checksum, i.e. Checksum = M1 ^ M2 ^ P1^
Physical layer 2 wire EIA485 P2 ^ D1 ^ D2 ^ ...... Dn ^ ETX. The checksum is an unsigned 8 bit value
Standard UART asynchronous symbols with Non and if the checksum is less than 32 then 32 is added to the calculated
Bit stream checksum.
Return to Zero (NRZ)
Each symbol consists of: 6.1.4 Writing to a parameter
1 start bit The command to write to a parameter is:
Symbol 7 data bits (ASCII)
EOT End of transmission (Ctl D)
1 parity bit (even parity)
1 stop bit A1 Drive address: 1st digit
Baud rates 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 A1 Drive address: 1st digit
A2 Drive address: 2nd digit
6.1.3 Reading a parameter
A2 Drive address: 2nd digit
The command to read a parameter is:
STX Start of text (Ctl B)
EOT End of transmission (Ctl D)
M1 Menu number: 1st digit
A1 Drive address: 1st digit
M2 Menu number: 2nd digit
A1 Drive address: 1st digit
P1 Parameter number: 1st digit
A2 Drive address: 2nd digit
P2 Parameter number: 2nd digit
A2 Drive address: 2nd digit
D1 Data: 1st digit
M1 Menu number: 1st digit
D2 Data: 2nd digit
M2 Menu number: 2nd digit
-
P1 Parameter number: 1st digit
-
P2 Parameter number: 2nd digit Dn Data: nth digit
ENQ Enquiry (Ctl E) ETX End of text (Ctl C)
If the message is correct and the parameter exists the response is: Checksum

STX Start of text (Ctl B) The following rules apply to the data field:
M1 Menu number: 1st digit 1. The maximum length is 12 characters.
M2 nd 2. The field may contain leading spaces, but not after any other
Menu number: 2 digit
character.
P1 Parameter number: 1st digit 3. A sign character is optional. No sign indicates positive.
P2 Parameter number: 2nd digit 4. A decimal point is optional. This can appear at any point in the data
field, but not before the sign or before 10 numbers (i.e. the value
D1 Data: 1st digit written should not have more than 9 decimal places). If the decimal
D2 Data: 2nd digit point is not in the same position as used by the parameter, some
- accuracy may be lost or extra decimal places added (i.e. if +1.2345
is written to a parameter with one decimal place the result is +1.2, if
-
+1.2 is written to a parameter with three decimal places the result is
Dn Data: nth digit +1.200). It should be noted that parameters can only have 0, 1, 2, 3,
ETX End of text (Ctl C) 4, 5, or 6 decimal places.
Checksum 5. The data field can contain up to 10 numbers, but the value even
ignoring decimal points must not exceed the range –231 to 231-1.
The length of the data field varies depending on the number of
significant digits required to represent the value of the parameter. The If the parameter is written successfully, an Acknowledge character (Ctl
maximum length is 12 digits, including the sign and decimal point if F) is returned. If the parameter does not exist, the value written exceeds
present. The data field always starts with a sign, either a minus sign for the allowed parameter range or the data field rules are not obeyed an
negative numbers or a plus sign for zero and positive numbers. The field Not acknowledge character (Ctl U) is returned.
may contain a decimal point, but this will not be before all the numbers in The checksum is derived by exclusive ORing the message byte together
the field or after all the numbers in the field. The following examples excluding the STX and the checksum, i.e. Checksum = M1 ^ M2 ^ P1^
demonstrate some possible data fields. P2 ^ D1 ^ D2 ^ ...... Dn ^ ETX. The checksum is an unsigned 8 bit value
and if the checksum is less than 32 then 32 is added to the calculated
checksum.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 219

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

6.1.5 Drive address 3. EOT is received.

The drive only acts on received messages which contain a drive address 4. A character other than NAK, ACK, BS or STX is sent as a short
if the whole drive address or drive group address, matches the whole command.
address or the group address in the message, or if the address in the 5. A character other than ENQ is sent at the end of a read command.
message is 0 (i.e. a global message). Global or group addressing allows
data to be written to more than one drive with one command. The drive 6.1.7 Summary of control characters
does not give a response to a global or group write message. Although it ASCII code Ctl code
is possible to perform a global or group read, this would result in
STX Start of text 02 B
messages crashing if more than one drive responds to the command.
ETX End of text 03 C
Drive Message EOT End of transmission 04 D
Command Action
address address ENQ Enquiry 05 E
7.8 7.8 Read Read ACK Acknowledge 06 F
7.8 7.8 Write Write BS Back space 08 H
7.8 7.0 Read Read NAK Not acknowledge 15 U
7.8 7.0 Write Write with no response
7.8 0.0 Read Read
7.8 0.0 Write Write with no response

6.1.6 Short commands

The following short commands can be used:

NAK Not acknowledge (Ctl U)

This is the same as requesting the value of the last parameter to be read
or written to. The response is the same as for a normal read.

ACK Acknowledge (Ctl F)

This is the same as requesting the value of the parameter after the last
parameter to be read or written to. The response is the same as for a
normal read.

BS Back space (Ctl H)

This is the same as requesting the value of the parameter before the last
parameter to be read or written to. The response is the same as for a
normal read.

STX Start of text (Ctl B)

M1 Menu number: 1st digit
M2 Menu number: 2nd digit
P1 Parameter number: 1st digit
P2 Parameter number: 2nd digit
D1 Data: 1st digit
D2 Data: 2nd digit
-
-
Dn Data: nth digit
ETX End of text (Ctl C)
Checksum

Writes to the specified parameter at the same drive address as used by

the last read or write.
All the short commands will only read from the drive or write to the drive
if a valid address has already been sent to the drive in a previous
command. The address is registered as being valid once a read or write
command has been completed provide the address was valid for the
drive even if the parameter does not exist. The valid address is
cancelled if a message is received for a non-valid address or one of the
following occurs:
1. The command is aborted because a non-numerical value is received
in the drive address, menu or parameter numbers.
2. The command is aborted because the two digits for the drive
address first digit, drive address second digit, menu number or
parameter number are not the same as each other.

220 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

6.2 CT Modbus RTU specification

This section describes the adaptation of the MODBUS RTU protocol offered on Control Techniques' products. The portable software class which
implements this protocol is also defined.
MODBUS RTU is a master slave system with half-duplex message exchange. The Control Techniques (CT) implementation supports the core
function codes to read and write registers. A scheme to map between MODBUS registers and CT parameters is defined. The CT implementation also
defines a 32bit extension to the standard 16bit register data format.

6.2.1 MODBUS RTU

Physical layer
Attribute Description
Normal physical layer for multi-drop operation EIA485 2 wire
Bit stream Standard UART asynchronous symbols with Non Return to Zero (NRZ)
Each symbol consists of:-
1 start bit
Symbol
8 data bits (transmitted least significant bit first)
2 stop bits*
Baud rates 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200

*The drive will accept a packet with 1 or 2 stop bits, but will always transit 2 stop bits
RTU framing
The frame has the following basic format

SLAVE FUNCTION Silent

message data 16bit CRC
ADDRESS CODE interval

Message data

The frame is terminated with a minimum silent period of 3.5 character times (for example, at 19200 baud the minimum silent period is 2ms). Nodes
use the terminating silence period to detect the end of frame and begin frame processing. All frames must therefore be transmitted as a continuous
stream without any gaps greater or equal to the silence period. If an erroneous gap is inserted, then receiving nodes may start frame processing early,
in which case the CRC will fail and the frame will be discarded.
MODBUS RTU is a master slave system. All master requests, except broadcast requests, will lead to a response from an individual slave. The slave
will respond (i.e. start transmitting the response) within the quoted maximum slave response time (this time is quoted in the data sheet for all Control
Techniques products). The minimum slave response time is also quoted, but will never be less that the minimum silent period defined by 3.5 character
times.
If the master request was a broadcast request, then the master may transmit a new request once the maximum slave response time has expired.
The master must implement a message time-out to handle transmission errors. This time-out period must be set to the maximum slave response time
plus transmission time for the response.

minimum silence minimum silence

period period

Slave frame
Master request frame detect Slave response Master request
processing

New master request

Slave response time
can start here

Time

6.2.2 Slave address

The first byte of the frame is the slave node address. Valid slave node addresses are 1 through 247 decimal. In the master request this byte indicates
the target slave node; in the slave response this byte indicates the address of the slave sending the response.
Global addressing
Address zero addresses all slave nodes on the network. Slave nodes suppress the response messages for broadcast requests.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 221

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

6.2.3 MODBUS registers The following function codes are supported:

The MODBUS register address range is 16bit (65536 registers) which at Code Description
the protocol level is represented by indexes 0 through 65535.
3 Read multiple 16bit registers
PLC registers 6 Write single register
Modicon PLCs typically define 4 register 'files' each containing 65536
16 Write multiple 16bit registers
registers. Traditionally, the registers are referenced 1 through 65536
rather than 0 through 65535. The register address is therefore 23 Read and write multiple 16bit registers
decremented on the master device before passing to the protocol.
FC03 Read multiple
File type Description Read a contiguous array of registers. The slave imposes an upper limit
on the number of registers, which can be read. If this is exceeded the
1 Read only bits ("coil")
slave will issue an exception code 2.
2 Read / write bits ("coil")
Table 6-1 Master request
3 Read only 16bit register
4 Read / write 16bit register Byte Description
The register file type code is NOT transmitted by MODBUS, and all Slave destination node address 1 through 247, 0 is
0
register files can be considered to map onto a single register address global
space. However, specific function codes are defined in MODBUS to 1 Function code 0x03
support access to the "coil" registers. 2 Start register address MSB
All standard CT drive parameters are mapped to register file '4' and the 3 Start register address LSB
coil function codes are not required. 4 Number of 16bit registers MSB
CT parameter mapping 5 Number of 16bit registers LSB
All CT products are parameterized using the #menu.param notation. 6 CRC LSB
Indexes 'menu' and 'param' are in the range 0 through 99. The
7 CRC MSB
#menu.param is mapped into the MODBUS register space as menu*100
+ param.
Table 6-2 Slave response
To correctly map the parameters at the application layer, the slave
device increments the received register address. The consequence of Byte Description
this behavior is that #0.0 cannot be accessed. 0 Slave source node address
1 Function code 0x03
CT MODBUS PLC Register address
Comments 2 Length of register data in read block (in bytes)
parameter register (protocol level)
3 Register data 0 MSB
#0.0 cannot
#X.Y 40000 + X x 100 + Y X x 100 + Y - 1 4 Register data 0 LSB
be accessed
Examples: 3+byte count CRC LSB
#1.02 40102 101 4+byte count CRC MSB
#1.00 40100 99 FC06 Write single register
#0.01 40001 0 Writes a value to a single 16bit register. The normal response is an echo
#20.00 42000 1999 of the request returned after the register contents have been written. The
register address can correspond to a 32bit parameter, but only 16 bits of
Data types data can be sent.
The MODBUS protocol specification defines registers as 16bit signed
Table 6-3 Master request
integers. All CT devices support this data size.
Refer to the section 6.2.7 Extended data types on page 223 for detail on Byte Description
accessing 32bit register data. 0 Slave node address 1 through 247, 0 is global
1 Function code 0x06
6.2.4 Data consistency
All CT devices support a minimum data consistency of one parameter 2 Register address MSB
(16bit or 32bit data). Some devices support consistency for a complete 3 Register address LSB
multiple register transaction. 4 Register data MSB
6.2.5 Data encoding 5 Register data LSB
MODBUS RTU uses a 'big-endian' representation for addresses and 6 CRC LSB
data items (except the CRC, which is 'little-endian'). This means that 7 CRC MSB
when a numerical quantity larger than a single byte is transmitted, the
MOST significant byte is sent first. So for example Table 6-4 Slave response

16 - bits 0x1234 would be 0x12 0x34 Byte Description

32 - bits 0x12345678 would be 0x12 0x340x560x78 0 Slave source node address
6.2.6 Function codes 1 Function code 0x06
The function code determines the context and format of the message 2 Register address MSB
data. Bit 7 of the function code is used in the slave response to indicate 3 Register address LSB
an exception. 4 Register data MSB
5 Register data LSB
6 CRC LSB
7 CRC MSB

222 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

FC16 Write multiple Table 6-8 Slave response

Writes a contiguous array of registers. The slave imposes an upper limit
Byte Description
on the number of registers which can be written. If this is exceeded, the
slave will discard the request and the master will time-out. 0 Slave source node address
Table 6-5 Master request 1 Function code 0x17
2 Length of register data in read block (in bytes)
Byte Description
3 Register data 0 MSB
Slave node address 1 through 247,
0 4 Register data 0 LSB
0 is global
3+byte count CRC LSB
1 Function code 0x10
4+byte count CRC MSB
2 Start register address MSB
3 Start register address LSB 6.2.7 Extended data types
4 Number of 16bit registers MSB Standard MODBUS registers are 16bit and the standard mapping maps
5 Number of 16bit registers LSB a single #X.Y parameter to a single MODBUS register. To support 32bit
data types (integer and float), the MODBUS multiple read and write
6 Length of register data to write (in bytes)
services are used to transfer a contiguous array of 16bit registers.
7 Register data 0 MSB
Slave devices typically contain a mixed set of 16bit and 32bit registers.
8 Register data 0 LSB
To permit the master to select the desired 16bit or 32bit access, the top
7+byte count CRC LSB two bits of the register address are used to indicate the selected data
8+byte count CRC MSB type.
NOTE
Table 6-6 Slave response
The selection is applied for the whole block access.
Byte Description
0 Slave source node address
bit 15 bit 14
bits 0 - 13
1 Function code 0x10 TYP1 TYP0
2 Start register address MSB
3 Start register address LSB Type select Parameter address
4 Number of 16bit registers written MSB X x 100+Y-1

5 Number of 16bit registers written LSB

The 2bit type field selects the data type according to the table below:
6 CRC LSB
7 CRC MSB Type field Selected data
Comments
bits 15-14 type
FC23 Read/Write multiple 00 INT16 backward compatible
Writes and reads two contiguous arrays of registers. The slave imposes 01 INT32
an upper limit on the number of registers which can be written. If this is
IEEE754 standard
exceeded the slave will discard the request and the master will time-out. 10 Float32
Not supported on all slaves
Table 6-7 Master request 11 Reserved
Byte Description
If a 32bit data type is selected, then the slave uses two consecutive 16bit
Slave node address 1 through 247 MODBUS registers (in 'big endian'). The master must also set the
0
0 is global correct 'number of 16bit registers'.
1 Function code 0x17
Example: read #20.21 through #20.24 as 32bit parameters using FC03
2 Start register address to read MSB from node 8:
3 Start register address to read LSB
Table 6-9 Master request
4 Number of 16bit registers to read MSB
Byte Value Description
5 Number of 16bit registers to read LSB
6 Start register address to write MSB 0 0x08 Slave destination node address
7 Start register address to write LSB 1 0x03 FC03 multiple read
8 Number of 16bit registers to write MSB 2 0x47 Start register address #20.21
3 0xE4 (16384 + 2021 - 1) = 18404 = 0x47E4
9 Number of 16bit registers to write LSB
10 Length of register data to write (in bytes) 4 0x00 Number of 16bit registers to read
#20.21 through #20.24 is 4x32bit registers =
11 Register data 0 MSB 5 0x08
8x16bit registers
12 Register data 0 LSB
6 CRC LSB
11+byte count CRC LSB
CRC
12+byte 7
CRC MSB MSB
count

Affinity Advanced User Guide 223

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

Table 6-10 Slave response

Start Number
Byte Value Description Write register of 16bit Data Comments
0 0x08 Slave destination node address address registers
1 0x03 FC03 multiple read Standard 16 bit write to a
#1.28 127 1 0x1234 32bit register. Value
Length of data (bytes) = 4x32bit registers =
2 0x10 written = 0x00001234
16bytes
3-6 #20.21 data Standard 16 bit write to a
#1.28 127 1 0xABCD 32bit register. Value
7-10 #20.22 data
written = 0xFFFFABCD
11-14 #20.23 data
Value written =
15-18 #20.24 data #1.28 16511 2 0x00001234
0x00001234
19 CRC LSB #1.29 128 1 0x0123 Value written = 0x0123
20 CRC MSB Value written =
#1.29 16512 2 0x00000123
0x00000123
Reads when actual parameter type is different from selected
The slave will send the least significant word of a 32 bit parameter if that
6.2.8 Exceptions
parameter is read as part of a 16 bit access.
The slave will respond with an exception response if an error is detected
The slave will sign/extend the least significant word if a 16 bit parameter in the master request. If a message is corrupted and the frame is not
is accessed as a 32 bit parameter. The number of 16 bit registers must received or if the CRC fails, then the slave will not issue an exception.
be even during a 32 bit access.
In this case the master device will time-out. If a write multiple (FC16 or
Example: If #1.28 is a 32 bit parameter with a value of 0x12345678, FC23) request exceeds the slave maximum buffer size then the slave
#1.29 is a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0xABCD, and #1.30 is will discard the message. No exception will be transmitted in this case
a signed 16 bit parameter with a value of 0x0123. and the master will time-out.

Start Number Exception message format

The slave exception message has the following format.
Read register of 16bit Response Comments
address registers Byte Description
Standard 16 bit access 0 Slave source node address
to a 32bit register will 1 Original function code with bit7 set
#1.28 127 1 0x5678
return low 16bit word of 2 Exception code
truncated data
3 CRC LSB
#1.28 16511* 2 0x12345678 Full 32bit access
4 CRC MSB
Number of words must
#1.28 16511* 1 Exception 2
be even for 32bit access Exception codes
Standard 16 bit access The following exception codes are supported.
to a 32bit register will
#1.29 128 1 0xABCD Code Description
return low 16bit word of
data 1 Function code not supported
32bit access to a 16bit Register address out of range, or request to read too many
2
#1.29 16512* 2 0xFFFFABCD register will return 32bit registers
sign extended data
Parameter over range during block write FC16
32bit access to a 16bit The slave processes the write block in the order the data is received. If a
#1.30 16513* 2 0x00000123 register will return 32bit write fails due to an out of range value then the write block is terminated.
sign extended data However, the slave does not raise an exception response, rather the
Standard 16 bit access error condition is signalled to the master by the number of successful
#1.28
0x5678, to a 32bit register will writes field in the response.
- 127 2
0xABCD return low 16bit word of
#1.29 Parameter over range during block read/write FC23
truncated data
There will be no indication that there has been a value out of range
#1.28 during a FC23 access.
0x12345678,
- 16511* 4 Full 32bit access
0xFFFFABCD
#1.29
*For 32 bit access, bit 14 is set
Writes when actual parameter type is different from
selected
The slave will permit the writing of a 32 bit value to a 16 bit parameter,
provided the 32 bit value is within the normal range of the 16 bit
parameter.
The slave will permit the writing of a 16 bit value to a 32 bit parameter.
The slave will sign extend the written value, therefore, the effective
range of this type of write will be ±32767.
Examples, if #1.28 has a range of ±100000, and #1.29 has a range of
±10000.

224 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

6.2.9 CRC
The CRC is a 16bit cyclic redundancy check using the standard CRC-16
polynomial x16 + x15 + x2 + 1. The 16bit CRC is appended to the
message and transmitted LSB first.
The CRC is calculated on ALL the bytes in the frame.

6.2.10 Device compatibility parameters

All devices have the following compatibility parameters defined:
Parameter Description
Device ID Unique device identification code.
The minimum delay between the end of a
Minimum slave response message from the master and the time at
time which the master is ready to receive a
response from the slave.
When global addressing, the master
Maximum slave response must wait for this time before issuing a
time new message. In a network of devices,
the slowest time must be used.
Maximum baud rate
If this data type is not supported then an
32bit float data type
over range error will be raised if this data
supported
type is used.
Maximum buffer size Determines the maximum block size.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 225

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7 Building Automation Network

7.1 Introduction
The Affinity Building Automation Network (BAN) Interface supports the following communication protocols:
• Modbus RTU (see section 6.2)
• BACnet
• Metasys N2

7.2 BACnet Analog input objects

Object ID Present value
The tables in the following sections describe the BACnet objects that are Object name Description
(AIn) access mode
available on the drive. The device object is also produced when queried
by a master on the network. Analog input 1 on
1 Drive analog input 1 RO
drive (Pr 7.01)
The number of objects available is variable depending upon which
Solutions Modules are installed. Object identifiers are allocated in the Analog input 2 on
2 Drive analog input 2 RO
following order: drive (Pr 7.02)
1. Drive Analog input 3 on
3 Drive analog input 3 RO
2. Module in slot 1 drive (Pr 7.03)
3. Module in slot 2 The first available
Module x analog
4 analog input on a RO
The Present Value property of each of the objects can be accessed in input 1
Solutions Module.
the manner indicated in the right-hand column of each of the object
tables. The three access types are as follows:    
th
Module x analog The n available
Code Type Description n analog input on a RO
input n
Solutions Module
The present value of these objects can only be
RO Read only
read Analog output objects
The present value property of these objects can To control an analog output via BACnet the source parameter for the
be both read from and written to. output must be set to a read/write parameter on menu 18. (Pr 18.11 to
RW Read/write
Writes from different BACnet devices will Pr 18.30 are acceptable).
overwrite each other
Object
The present value property of these objects can Present value
ID Object name Description
be both read from and written to. Writes are access mode
(AOn)
C Commanded accompanied by a priority level in the range 1 to
16, the underlying drive parameter is set to the Analog output 1 on
1 Drive analog output 1 C
value written at the highest priority level drive
Analog output 2 on
The supported properties for each of the supported object types are 2 Drive analog output 2 C
drive
given in the table below:
The first available
Module x analog
Binary Binary Binary Analog Analog Analog 3 analog output on a C
Object Property output 1
input output value input output value Solutions Module
Object_Identifer          
Object_Name       The first available
Module x analog
Object_Type      
n analog output on a C
output 1
Solutions Module
Present_Value      
Status_Flags      
Event_State      
Reliability      
Out_Of_Service      
Units x x x   
Priority_Array x   x  
Relinquish_
x   x  
Default
Polarity*   x x x x

*The polarity property is read-only for all objects that support it, and can
only be changed via the invert parameter associated with the input/
output represented by the object.

226 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

The following list describes the Device Object properties supported on Energy meter Energy meter (kWh)
the BAN interface with Affinity. 17 RO
(KWH) (Pr 6.26)
Table 7-1 Device Object properties PID 1 digital Digital reference for PID 1
18 C
reference (Pr 14.25)
Device Object Property
PID 1 digital Digital feedback for PID 1
APDU-timeout 19 C
feedback (Pr 14.26)
Application software version PID 1 Sum of all reference inputs
20 RO
Database revision reference to PID 1 (Pr 14.20)
Firmware revision PID 1 Sum of all feedback inputs to
21 RO
Local date feedback PID 1 (Pr 14.21)
The output from PID 1
Local time 22 PID 1 output RO
(Pr 14.01)
Max-APDU-length-accepted
PID 2 digital Digital reference for PID 2
Model name 23 C
reference (Pr 14.55)
Number of APDU retries PID 2 digital Digital feedback for PID 2
24 C
Object identifier feedback (Pr 14.56)
Object-list PID 2 Sum of all reference inputs
25 RO
Object-name reference to PID 2 (Pr 14.50)
Object-type PID 2 Sum of all feedback inputs to
26 RO
feedback PID 2 (Pr 14.51)
Protocol object types supported
The output from PID 2
Protocol-version 27 PID 2 output RO
(Pr 14.31)
Segmentation-supported
System-status
Binary input objects
Vendor-identifier
Present
Vendor-name
Object value
Object name Description
ID (BIn) access
mode
Analog value objects
Object ID Present value Digital input 1 on drive
Object name Description 1 Drive digital input 1 RO
(AVn) access mode (bi-dir Pr 8.01)
Drive The drive parameter to read/ Digital input 2 on drive
1 RW 2 Drive digital input 2 RO
parameter write (bi-dir Pr 8.02)
The new value for the Digital input 3 on drive
Parameter 3 Drive digital input 3 RO
2 parameter, or the value read RW (bi-dir Pr 8.03)
value
from the parameter Digital input 4 on drive
 Drive digital input 4 RO
Whether the parameter (bi-dir Pr 8.04)
Parameter
3 should be read or written RW Digital input 5 on drive
read/write 5 Drive digital input 5 RO
(1 = write, 2 = read) (bi-dir Pr 8.05)
The required output Digital input 6 on drive
Speed 6 Drive digital input 6 RO
4 frequency/speed reference C (bi-dir Pr 8.06)
reference
(Pr 1.21)
Drive enable input
Maximum 7 Drive digital input 7 RO
The maximum reference (Pr 8.09)
5 speed RW
clamp value (Pr 1.06) The first available digital
reference Module x digital
8 input on a Solutions RO
Output Motor output current input 1
6 RO Module
current magnitude (Pr 4.01)
   
Motor output torque
7 Output torque (Pr 4.20) as a percentage of RO The nth available digital
Module x digital
full load n input on a Solutions RO
input n
Output Drive output frequency (Pr Module
8 RO
frequency 5.01)
9 Output speed Motor speed (Pr 5.04) RO
10 Output power Drive output power (Pr 5.03) RO
Drive status
11 Drive status word (Pr 10.40) RO
word
User trip
12 User trip (Pr 10.38) RW
parameter
13 Last trip Last drive trip (Pr 10.20) RO
Filter change Time between filter changes
14 RW
(dt) (Pr 6.21)
Time to next Time before filter change
15 RO
filter change due (Pr 6.23)
Energy meter Energy meter (MWh)
16 RO
(MWH) (Pr 6.25)

Affinity Advanced User Guide 227

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Binary output objects

To control a binary output via BACnet the source parameter for the
output must be set to a read/write bit parameter on menu 18. (Pr 18.31
to Pr 18.50 are acceptable).

Present
Object value
Object name Description
ID (BOn) access
mode
Digital output 1 on drive
1 Drive digital output 1 C
(bi-dir Pr 8.01)
Digital output 2 on drive
2 Drive digital output 2 C
(bi-dir Pr 8.02)
Digital output 3 on drive
3 Drive digital output 3 C
(bi-dir Pr 8.03)
 Drive digital output 4 24V Output (Pr 8.08) C
Drive digital output 5
5 Drive relay (Pr 8.07) C
(R)
The first available digital
Module x digital
6 output on a Solutions C
output 1
Module
   
The nth available digital
Module x digital
n output on a Solutions C
output n
Module

Binary value objects

Present
Object value
Object name Description
ID (BVn) access
mode
Reset energy Reset drive energy meter
1 RW
meter (Pr 6.24)
Filter change Filter change required/
2 RW
required done (Pr 6.22)
3 Drive run forward Run forward (Pr 6.30) C
Drive OK indication
4 Drive OK RO
(Pr 10.01)
Drive warning/alarm state
5 Drive warning RO
(Pr 10.19)
6 Drive reset Drive reset (Pr 10.33) RW

228 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Table 7-2 BACnet protocol implementation conformance statement

Date 7th March 2011

Vendor Name Control Techniques
Product Name Affinity Variable Speed Drive
Product Model Number Affinity (All models)
Applications Software BACnet Protocol
n/a Firmware Revision V01.03.08 4
Version Revision
 BACnet Operator Workstation (B_OWS)
 BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
BACnet Standardized Device Profile  BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)
(Annex L)  BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
 BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
 BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
Supported BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks DS-RP-B, DS-WP-B, DM-DDB-B, DM-DCC-B, DM-RD-B,
(Annex K) DM-TS-B, DM-DOB-B
Able to transmit segmented messages Window Size _____
Segmentation Capability
 Able to receive segmented messages Window Size _____
Standard Object Types Supported See BACnet Objects section
 BACnet IP, (Annex J)
 BACnet IP, (Annex J), Foreign Device
 ISO 8802-3, Ethernet (Clause 7)
 ANSI/ATA 878.1, 2.5Mb. ARCNET (Clause 8)
 ANSI/ATA 878.1, EIA-485 ARCNET (Clause 8)
MS/TP master (Clause 9), baud rates :
Data Link Layer Options

1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800
MS/TP slave (Clause 9), baud rates :

1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800
 Point-To-Point, EIA 232 (Clause 10)
 Point-To-Point, modem (Clause 10)
 LonTalk, (Clause 11)
 Other
Device Address Binding Supported  Yes  No
 Router, Clause 6
 Annex H, BACnet Tunnelling Router over IP
Networking Options  BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)
 Yes
BBMD supports registration by Foreign Devices
 No
Character Sets Supported
Indicating support for multiple character sets does not imply that they can all be supported simultaneously
 ANSI X3.4  IBM™/Microsoft™ DBCS  ISO 8859-1
 ISO 10646 (UCS-2)  ISO 10646 (UCS-4)  JIS C 6226

Affinity Advanced User Guide 229

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.3 Metasys N2
7.3.1 Introduction
The sections below detail the Metasys N2 regions, points, commands, alarms and warnings supported by the Affinity drive.
The supported region types are listed in the table below.

Region Name Description

1 Analog Inputs Drive numeric parameters that are read-only
2 Binary Inputs Drive bit parameters that are read-only
3 Analog Outputs Drive numeric parameters that are read-write
4 Binary Outputs Drive bit parameters that are read-write and read-only
5 Internal Float Values Used for non cyclic access
6 Internal Integer Values Not supported
7 Internal Byte Values Not supported
Within each region, there may be up to 256 points that can be accessed over the network. The points available in the drive are detailed in the sections
below.
The "Protocol level point list" should be used for the direct communications by client software, and the "Controller level point list" should be used for
the controllers such as the "Johnson Controls N2 master Controller", "SlotServer's Metasys N2 module", etc.
7.3.2 Analog Inputs
Analog input points are numeric parameters (real) that are read-only. An analog input cannot be written to but can be overridden.
NOTE
The drive only supports integer parameters with an implied decimal point. Any such parameter returned by a Metasys query will be in IEEE floating
point (not the internal representation in the drive).

Protocol level Controller level

Description Parameter Access
point list point list
0 1 Motor output current magnitude Pr 4.01 RO
1 2 Motor output torque % full load Pr 4.20 RO
2 3 Drive output frequency Pr 5.01 RO
3 4 Motor Speed Pr 5.04 RO
4 5 Drive output power Pr 5.03 RO
5 6 Drive status word Pr 10.40 RO
6 7 Last drive trip Pr 10.20 RO
7 8 Time to next filter change Pr 6.23 RO
8 9 Energy meter (MWh) Pr 6.25 RO
9 10 Energy meter (kWh) Pr 6.26 RO
10 11 Sum of all reference inputs to PID 1 Pr 14.20 RO
11 12 Sum of all feedback inputs to PID 1 Pr 14.21 RO
13 13 The output from PID 1 Pr 14.01 RO
13 14 Sum of all reference inputs to PID 2 Pr 14.50 RO
14 15 Sum of all feedback inputs to PID 2 Pr 14.51 RO
15 16 The output from PID 2 Pr 14.31 RO
16 17 Analogue input 1 on drive Pr 7.01 RO
17 18 Analogue input 2 on drive Pr 7.02 RO
18 19 Analogue input 3 on drive Pr 7.03 RO
19* 20 Analogue input 4 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.40 RO
20* 21 Analogue input 5 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.44 RO
21* 22 Analogue input 4 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.40 RO
22* 23 Analogue input 5 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.44 RO

*Only available if I/O Solutions Modules are fitted on the drive. The number of available I/O’s will vary depending on the type of I/O Solutions Modules
installed.

230 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Table 7-3 Supported attributes for analog inputs

Attribute Name Commands

1 Object configuration Read, Write
2 Object Status Read
3 Analog Input Value Read, Override
8 Low Alarm Limit Read, Write
9 Low Warning Limit Read, Write
10 High Warning Limit Read, Write
11 High Alarm Limit Read, Write
12 Differential Read, Write

7.3.3 Binary Inputs

Binary input points are drive bit parameters that are read-only. A binary input cannot be written to but can be overridden.

Protocol
Controller
level point Description Parameter Access
level point list
list
0 1 Filter change required/done Pr 6.22 RO
1 2 Drive healthy indication Pr 10.01 RO
2 3 Drive warning/alarm state Pr 10.19 RO
3 4 Digital Input 1 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.01 RO
4 5 Digital Input 1 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.02 RO
5 6 Digital Input 1 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.03 RO
6 7 Digital Input 1 on drive Pr 8.04 RO
7 8 Digital Input 1 on drive Pr 8.05 RO
8 9 Digital Input 1 on drive Pr 8.06 RO
9 10 Drive enable state Pr 8.09 RO
10* 11 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.09 RO
11* 12 Digital Input/Output 2 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.10 RO
12* 13 Digital Input/Output 3 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.03 RO
13* 14 Digital Input 4 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.04 RO
14* 15 Digital Input 5 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.05 RO
15* 16 Digital Input 6 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.06 RO
16* 17 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.09 RO
17* 18 Digital Input/Output 2 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.10 RO
18* 19 Digital Input/Output 3 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.03 RO
19* 20 Digital Input 4 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.04 RO
20* 21 Digital Input 5 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.05 RO
21* 22 Digital Input 6 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.06 RO

Table 7-4 Attributes supported for Binary inputs

Attribute Name Commands

1 Object Configuration Read, Write
2 Object Status Read, Override

Affinity Advanced User Guide 231

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

7.3.4 Analog outputs

NOTE
The drive only supports integer parameters with an implied decimal point. Any such parameter returned by a Metasys query will be in IEEE floating
point (not the internal representation in the drive).

Protocol level Controller level

Description Parameter Access
point list point list
0 1 Preset Speed Reference 1 Pr 1.21 RW
1 2 Maximum reference clamp Pr 1.06 RW
2 3 User trip Pr 10.38 RW
3 4 Time between Filter Changes Pr 6.21 RW
4 5 PID 1 Digital Pr 14.25 RW
5 6 PID 1 Digital Pr 14.26 RW
6 7 PID 1 Digital Pr 14.55 RW
7 8 PID 1 Digital Pr 14.56 RW
8 9 Analogue Output 1 on Drive Pr 7.19 RW
9 10 Analogue Output 2 on Drive Pr 7.22 RW
10* 11 Analogue output 3 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.48 RW
11* 12 Analogue output 3 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.48 RW

*Only available if I/O Solutions Modules are fitted on the drive. The number of available I/Os will vary depending on the type of I/O Solutions Modules.
Table 7-5 Attributes supported for Analog Outputs

Attribute Name Commands

1 Object Configuration Read, Write
2 Object Status Read
3 Current Value Read, Override

7.3.5 Binary Outputs

Binary output points are drive bit parameters that have read/write access. The output is updated by using a Metasys write command. Reading a
binary output will return its current state.

Protocol level Controller level

Description Parameter Access
point list point list
0 1 Sequencing Bit – Run Forward Pr 6.30 RW
1 2 Drive Reset Pr 10.38 W
2 3 Reset energy meter Pr 6.24 RW
3 4 Digital Input 1 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.01 RO
4 5 Digital Input 2 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.02 RO
5 6 Digital Input 3 on drive (bi-directional) Pr 8.03 RO
6 7 24 Volt Output State Pr 8.08 RO
7 8 Relay State Indicator Pr 8.07 RO
8* 9 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.21 RO
9* 10 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.22 RO
10* 11 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.23 RO
11* 12 Relay 1 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.27 RO
12* 13 Relay 2 on I/O Plus – slot 1 Pr 15.28 RO
13* 14 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.21 RO
14* 15 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.22 RO
15* 16 Digital Input/Output 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.23 RO
16* 17 Relay 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.27 RO
17* 18 Relay 1 on I/O Plus – slot 2 Pr 16.28 RO

*Only available if I/O Solutions Modules are fitted on the drive. The number of available I/Os will vary depending on the type of I/O Solutions Modules.

232 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Performance RFC mode
structure display x.00 description format descriptions protocol network

Table 7-6 Attributes supported for Binary Outputs Affinity supports the COS (change of state) feature for all supported
points (except internal float values). The drive constantly queries the
Attribute Name Commands points and any that have changed from the stored current value will be
1 Object Configuration Read, Write flagged in the status byte as having changed state.
2 Object Status Read, Override Table 7-8 lists the conditions which cause a change of state to be
detected.
7.3.6 Internal Float Values Table 7-8 Change of state
Internal float values are read/write internal parameters used to
implement a generic parameter access method allowing access to any Point type Region COS Detection Conditions
drive parameter. Current value transitions into one of four
Point Description Access alarm/warning regions (high alarm, high
Analog Inputs 1
warning, low warning, low alarm) or current
Parameter (specified as a float e.g. 1.25 = value transitions back to normal
0 RW
Pr 1.25)
Binary Inputs 2 Current bit changes logic state.
1 Value (specified as a float value) RW
Analog
Read/Write command code 3 Current value changes by .001%
Outputs
0 = Idle
2 RW Binary Outputs 4 Current bit changes logic state.
1 = Write
2 = Read Internal Float
5 Not applicable
Values
Table 7-7 Attributes supported for Internal Float Values
When the polling command appears, the flagged point will be returned in
Attribute Name Commands the status reply message. Transmission of the status reply will clear the
change of state indication.
1 Object Status Read
2 Current Value Read, Override

7.3.7 Metasys N2 commands

The Metasys commands supported by Affinity are listed in the table
below.

Metasys commands
Synch time command
Poll without ack message
Read analog input command
Read binary input command
Read analog output command
Read binary output command
Read internal parameter command
Write analog input command
Write binary input command
Write analog output command
Write binary output command
Write internal parameter command
Override analog input command
Override binary input command
Override analog output command
Override binary output command
Override internal parameter command
Override release request
Identify device type command

7.3.8 Change of state

Affinity Advanced User Guide 233

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

8 Performance
8.1 Digital speed reference
Table 8-1 Accuracy and resolution
Open loop RFC
Preset Precision Preset Precision
Accuracy 0.01%* 0.01%* 0.01%* 0.01%*

Resolution 0.1Hz 0.001Hz 0.1rpm 0.001rpm

*0.01% of the reference

8.2 Analog reference

Table 8-2 Update rates

Open Loop RFC

Pr 1.36 / Pr 1.36 /
Pr 4.08 Pr 3.19 Other Pr 4.08 Pr 3.22 Other
Pr 1.37 Pr 1.37
All kHz Analog input 1 4ms 4ms 4ms 4ms 250s* 4ms* 250s* 4ms*

Analog input 2 / 3 4ms 4ms 4ms 4ms 250s 250s 250s 4ms
* Analog input 1 is subject to a window filter as defined in Pr 7.26.
Table 8-3 Resolution

Open loop RFC

Analog input 1 16 bits plus sign* 16 bits plus sign*

Analog input 2 / 3 10 bit plus sign 10 bit plus sign

*16 bit plus sign as a speed reference, resolution = Pr 7.26 x 500 x 103 .

8.3 Analog outputs

Table 8-4 Analog outputs
Resolution (voltage mode) 10 bit plus sign

Resolution (current mode) 10bit

Update rate 4ms

Update rate (high speed update - voltage mode

250s
only)*

*When sourced from Pr 4.02, Pr 4.17 in any mode and Pr 3.02, Pr 5.03
in RFC mode.

8.4 Digital inputs and outputs

Table 8-5 Response times

Open loop RFC

Switching
Terminals Pr 6.35 / Pr 6.36 Pr 6.35 / Pr 6.36
frequency Other Other
(Limit switches) (Limit switches)
All 24-26 as input 4ms 4ms 250s 4ms
All 24-26 as output 4ms 4ms 4ms 4ms
All 27-29 4ms 4ms 250s 4ms
All 31 (enable) 4ms* 4ms*
All 31 (disable) <100us <100s
All Relay output closing 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms*
All Relay output opening 4ms* 4ms* 4ms* 4ms*
*software only

234 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

8.5 Current feedback

Accuracy: 5% worst case, 2% typical
Resolution: 10 bit plus sign
Full scale resolution is equivalent to 222% drive rated current (OI.AC trip level)

8.6 Bandwidth
The following bandwidth values are for 12kHz PWM switching frequency:

8.6.1 Speed loop

The speed loop bandwidth is 160Hz

8.6.2 Current loop

The current loop bandwidth is 1100Hz for the 3dB point, and 400Hz for
the 45point.

1. The gain characteristic and associated 3dB point is most useful

where drive is used in an application where the current controller is
not included within an outer control loop.
2. The phase characteristic and associated 45 point is most useful
where the current controller is used within an outer control loop such
as a speed controller. The phase delay of the current controller has a
limiting effect on the response of the outer loop.

Affinity Advanced User Guide 235

Issue Number: 3
 Parameter Keypad and Parameter Advanced parameter PC comms Building automation
Parameter x.00 Performance RFC mode
structure display description format descriptions protocol network

9 Rotor Flux Control (RFC) mode

9.1 Introduction
Rotor Flux Control (RFC) mode, is a sub mode of closed loop vector mode on the drive. Instead of using a position feedback device, the drive uses a
position estimator to determine the position of the flux in the motor. The drive uses motor currents, motor voltages and key motor parameters in a
robust model of the motor to estimate flux position, flux magnitude and motor speed. The control system is exactly the same as the system used with
closed loop vector with position feedback, except that in RFC mode the feedback is derived from a position estimator instead of an actual feedback
device. The position estimator gives an effective resolution of 16384 lines per revolution.
RFC mode can eliminate instability when operating a large motor on light load and at low frequencies, for example in large fan applications.

9.2 Setting up the RFC mode

This section describes how to set up the drive to run in RFC mode.
It is recommended that the lowest possible switching frequency is used, preferably 3kHz. This is because as the switching frequency is increased, the
effect of the IGBT switching dead times is greater, which reduces stability. This is more of an issue on larger drives, where the IGBT dead times are
longer.
To set up the Affinity in RFC mode follow the instructions below.
Action Detail
Set Pr xx.00 to 1253 (EUR defaults) or 1254 (US defaults), set Pr 11.31 (or Pr 0.48) to CL VECt, and perform
1 Set the drive into RFC mode
a drive reset.
Ensure all the following motor map parameters are entered into the drive using the motor nameplate.
• Motor rated frequency in Pr 5.06
Enter the motor nameplate
2 • Motor rated current in Pr 5.07
values
• Motor rated speed in Pr 5.08
• Motor rated voltage in Pr 5.09
If catch a spinning motor mode is not required then set Pr 6.09 to 0.
If catch a spinning motor mode is required then leave Pr 6.09 at the default of 1, but depending on the size of
the motor the value in Pr 5.40 may need to be adjusted. Pr 5.40 defines a scaling function used by the
Select or deselect catch a algorithm that detects the speed of the motor. The default value of Pr 5.40 is 1 which is suitable for small
3
spinning motor mode motors (<4kW). For larger motors the value in Pr 5.40 will need to be increased. Approximate values of Pr
5.40 for different motor sizes are as follows, 2 for 11kW, 3 for 55kW and 5 for 150kW.
If the value of Pr 5.40 is too large the motor may accelerate from standstill when the drive is enabled. If the
value of this parameter is too small the drive will detect the motor speed as zero even if the motor is spinning.
It is highly recommended that a rotating autotune is performed (Pr 5.12 set to 2). If a rotating autotune is not
4 Autotune possible then a static autotune must be performed (Pr 5.12 set to 1) and the nameplate value of power factor
entered into Pr 5.10

9.3 Further Tuning

The position estimator used in RFC mode, has a filter with a time constant/filter of 4ms which will reduce the possible bandwidth of the speed
controller compared with the bandwidth possible when position feedback is used.
This means that the speed loop integral gain will need to be lower than the value normally used when a feedback device used.
With Unidrive SP software version V01.10.00 onwards, the default of the speed loop I gain has been decreased from 1.00 to 0.10 and the P gain
increased from 0.0100 to 0.0300 to enable the RFC mode to work at optimum levels with the default parameter settings. The speed loop gains should
be modified to obtain the best possible performance for the application, but it is unlikely that the integral gain can be increased much above 0.50.
A filter with a 4ms time constant/filter is always present on the output of the speed estimator. This filter may be extended by setting Pr 3.42 as follows:
0 = 4ms
1 = 8ms
2 = 16ms
3 = 32ms
4 = 64ms
5 = 128ms
The output of the speed estimator can include some ripple, which increases as the drive passes into field weakening and the filter can be used to
remove this ripple. This is particularly useful when using standard ramp or spinning start with a low friction high inertia load, and can prevent over
voltage trips when the drive has no braking resistor. When operating above rated speed it may be necessary to include further filtering of the current
demand (Pr 4.12 set to a value between 1.0 and 5.0ms) to achieve stable operation.

236 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
 Index
Numerics C
3 ..............................................................................................51 Catch a spinning motor ........................................................... 98
4 -20mA ........................................................................ 116, 117 Closed .................................................................................... 58
Coding .................................................................................... 16
A Compliance angle ................................................................... 57
Acceleration ..............................................................................6 Compliance angle set-up ........................................................ 57
Acceleration rate selector ........................................................45 Control word ......................................................................... 105
Access Level ...........................................................................12 Current control ........................................................................ 60
Accuracy .................................................................................49 Current controller Ki gain ........................................................ 70
Active current ..........................................................................66 Current controller Kp gain ....................................................... 69
Advanced menus ......................................................................8 Current limit ............................................................................ 67
Advanced parameter descriptions ...........................................22 Current limit operation ............................................................ 70
Alarm .......................................................................................13
Analog I/O .............................................................................111 D
Analog input 1 destination .....................................................115 Damping factor ....................................................................... 58
Analog input 1 level ...............................................................113 DC bus voltage ................................................................. 17, 80
Analog input 2 destination .....................................................116 Deceleration ............................................................................. 6
Analog input 2 level ...............................................................113 Deceleration rate selector ....................................................... 46
Analog input 2 mode .............................................................116 Destinations ............................................................................ 20
Analog input 3 destination .....................................................117 Differential feedback gain ....................................................... 55
Analog input 3 level ...............................................................113 Digital I/O 1 output select ..................................................... 128
Analog input 3 mode .............................................................117 Digital I/O 1 source/destination ............................................. 127
Analog input objects ..............................................................226 Digital I/O 2 output select ..................................................... 128
Analog output 1 mode ...........................................................118 Digital I/O 2 source/destination ............................................. 127
Analog output 1 source .........................................................118 Digital I/O 3 output select ..................................................... 128
Analog output 2 mode ...........................................................119 Digital I/O 3 source/destination ............................................. 127
Analog output 2 source .........................................................118 Digital I/O read word ............................................................. 127
Analog output objects ............................................................226 Digital input ........................................................................... 122
Analog reference 1 ..................................................................35 Digital input 4 destination ..................................................... 127
Analog reference resolution ....................................................49 Digital input 5 destination ..................................................... 127
Analog value objects .............................................................227 Digital input 6 destination ..................................................... 127
ANSI communications protocol .............................................219 Digital input auto-selection disable ....................................... 129
Application menu 1 ....................................................... 201, 207 Digital output ......................................................................... 122
Application menu 2 ................................................................208 Digital reference resolution ..................................................... 49
Application menu 3 ................................................................209 Direction commanded ........................................................... 141
At speed ................................................................................140 Direction running .................................................................. 142
At speed lower limit .................................................................50 Display ...................................................................................... 9
At speed upper limit ................................................................51 Display - special functions ...................................................... 13
Auto-reset attempts ...............................................................155 Drive active ........................................................................... 140
Auto-tune .................................................................................84 Drive enable ......................................................................... 126
Drive mode ........................................................................... 163
B Drive ok ................................................................................ 140
Bandwidth ...............................................................................58 Drive reset ...................................................................... 13, 155
Bandwidth set-up ....................................................................57 Drive warning ........................................................................ 142
Baud rate ...............................................................................161 Dynamic V to F ....................................................................... 87
Binary input objects ...............................................................227
Binary output objects .............................................................227 E
Binary sum ............................................................................136 Edit mode ............................................................................... 10
Binary value objects ..............................................................228 Energy meter ........................................................................ 102
Bipolar reference enable .........................................................31 External trip .......................................................................... 155
Brake control function ...........................................................172
Braking IGBT active ..............................................................141 F
Braking resistor alarm ...........................................................141 Fd ........................................................................................... 87
Braking time ..........................................................................153 Field gain reduction ................................................................ 90
Building ........................................................................ 201, 226 Field weakening compensation disable .................................. 92
Building Automation Network ................................................226 Fire mode ............................................................................... 37
Fixed boost ....................................................................... 83, 87
Flux optimise select ................................................................ 87
Frequency/speed reference .................................................... 26

Affinity Advanced User Guide 237

Issue Number: 3
G Menu 09 - Programmable logic, motorised pot and
Gain select .............................................................................. 55 binary sum .......................................................................130
Menu 10 - Status and trips ....................................................140
H Menu 11 - General drive set-up ............................................159
Hard speed reference ............................................................. 58 Menu 12 - Threshold detectors and variable selectors .........172
Hard speed reference update rate .......................................... 21 Menu 14 - User PID controller ...............................................186
High dynamic performance enable ......................................... 91 Menu 15 and 16 - Solutions Module slots .............................200
High stability space vector modulation .................................... 90 Menu 17 - Building Automation Interface ..............................201
Menu 18 - Application menu 1 ..................................... 201, 207
I Menu 19 - Application menu 2 ..............................................208
IGBT junction temperature .................................................... 120 Menu 20 - Application menu 3 ..............................................209
Inertia compensation enable ................................................... 74 Menu 21 - Second motor parameters ...................................210
Inertia compensation torque ................................................... 48 Menu 22 - Additional menu 0 set up ............................ 217, 218
Inertia measurement ............................................................... 86 Menu structure ..........................................................................5
Injection braking level ............................................................. 98 Minimum reference clamp .......................................................29
Integral gain ............................................................................ 55 Motor 2 parameters select ....................................................169
Motor control ...........................................................................77
J Motor rated current ..................................................................81
Jog acceleration rate ............................................................... 46 Motor rpm ................................................................................80
Jog deceleration rate .............................................................. 47 Motor saturation breakpoint ....................................................92
Jog reference .......................................................................... 28 Motor torque per amp (Kt) .......................................................93
Motorised pot ........................................................................132
K
N
Keypad ...................................................................................... 9
Keypad control ........................................................................ 13 Number of motor poles ............................................................84
Keypad control mode reference .............................................. 33
O
L Open collector output ............................................................128
Limit switch ........................................................................... 104 Output frequency .....................................................................80
Load reached ........................................................................ 141 Output power ...........................................................................80
Logic diagram Output voltage .........................................................................80
Menu 01 ............................................................................ 26 Overload accumulator .............................................................74
Menu 02 ............................................................................ 41 Overload alarm ......................................................................142
Menu 03 Open-loop ............................................................ 50 Overspeed threshold ...............................................................54
Menu 03 RFC ..................................................................... 52
Menu 04 Open-loop ............................................................ 64 P
Menu 04 RFC ..................................................................... 65 Parameter - description format ................................................16
Menu 05 Open-loop ............................................................ 77 Parameter navigation ................................................................5
Menu 05 RFC ..................................................................... 78
Parameter security ..................................................................12
Menu 06 ............................................................................ 95
Menu 07 .......................................................................... 112
Parameter structure ..................................................................5
Menu 08 .......................................................................... 124 Parameter view mode .............................................................10
Menu 09 .......................................................................... 130 Parameter x.00 ........................................................................14
Menu 12 .......................................................................... 172 PID controller ........................................................................186
Menu 14 .......................................................................... 186 Precision reference .................................................................33
Logic function 1 ..................................................................... 132 Preset reference selected indicator .........................................36
Logic function 2 ..................................................................... 132 Preset selector ........................................................................32
Low load .................................................................................. 75 Programmable logic ..............................................................130
Proportional gain .....................................................................54
M
Mains loss .......................................................................70, 142 Q
Mains loss mode ..................................................................... 97 Quasi-square enable ...............................................................90
Maximum reference clamp ...................................................... 29
Menu ..................................................................................... 184
Menu 0 ..............................................................................5, 159
Menu 0 cloning .......................................................................... 5
Menu 0 parameters ................................................................... 6
Menu 01 - Frequency/speed reference ................................... 26
Menu 02 - Ramps ................................................................... 40
Menu 03 - Slave frequency, speed feedback, speed control .. 49
Menu 04 - Torque and current control .................................... 60
Menu 05 - Motor control .......................................................... 77
Menu 06 - Sequencer and clock ............................................. 95
Menu 07 - Analog I/O ............................................................ 111
Menu 08 - Digital I/O ............................................................. 122

238 Affinity Advanced User Guide

Issue Number: 3
R T
Ramp enable ...........................................................................42 Thermal protection mode ........................................................ 72
Ramp mode select ..................................................................42 Thermal time constant ............................................................ 71
Ramps .....................................................................................40 Thermistor ............................................................................ 117
Ranges ....................................................................................17 Threshold detector 1 ............................................................. 174
Rated frequency ......................................................................81 Threshold detector 2 ............................................................. 174
Rated load rpm ........................................................................82 Threshold detectors .............................................................. 172
Rated power factor ..................................................................84 Timers ................................................................................... 137
Rated speed ............................................................................82 Torque control ........................................................................ 69
Rated voltage ..........................................................................82 Torque demand ...................................................................... 66
Reactive current ......................................................................73 Torque mode selector ............................................................. 69
Real time clock ......................................................................100 Torque offset .......................................................................... 68
Reference offset ......................................................................28 Torque reference .................................................................... 68
Reference selected indicator ...................................................36 Transient inductance .............................................................. 91
Reference selector ..................................................................31
Regenerating .........................................................................141 U
Relay source .........................................................................128 Under voltage active ............................................................. 142
Resolution ...............................................................................49 Update rate ............................................................................. 19
RFC mode .............................................................................236 Ur ............................................................................................ 87
Rotating test ..................................................................... 85, 86 Ur_Auto .................................................................................. 87
Running cost .........................................................................103 Ur_I ......................................................................................... 87
Ur_S ....................................................................................... 87
S US defaults ............................................................................. 15
S ramp .....................................................................................43 User Security .......................................................................... 12
Second motor parameters .............................................. 13, 210
Security ...................................................................................12 V
Security code ........................................................................162 Variable maximums ................................................................ 17
Security status .......................................................................169 Variable selector 1 ................................................................ 175
Sequencer ...............................................................................95 Variable selector 2 ................................................................ 175
Sequencing bit ......................................................................103 Variable selectors ................................................................. 172
Serial communications look-up table .....................................151 Voltage boost .......................................................................... 88
Serial communications protocol ............................................219 Voltage controller .................................................................... 93
Serial mode ...........................................................................160 Voltage mode select ............................................................... 87
Skip reference 1 ......................................................................34 Voltage offset .......................................................................... 87
Sleep/wake mode ..................................................................110 Voltage rating ....................................................................... 163
Slip compensation enable .......................................................92
SMARTCARD ........................................................................164 Z
Software sub-version ............................................................163 Zero speed ........................................................................... 140
Software version ...................................................................162 Zero speed threshold .............................................................. 50
Solutions Module slots ..........................................................200
Sources ...................................................................................20
Speed controller ......................................................................57
Speed error .............................................................................53
Speed feedback ......................................................................53
Square law mode ....................................................................83
Stationary test .................................................................. 85, 86
Stator inductance ....................................................................91
Stator resistance .....................................................................87
Status mode ............................................................................10
Status word ...........................................................................157
Stop mode ...............................................................................96
Switching frequency - maximum .............................................89

Affinity Advanced User Guide 239

Issue Number: 3
0474-0011-03